2008T Hemodialysis Machine Operator's Manual

2008T Hemodialysis Machine
Operators Manual
Caution: Federal (US) law restricts this device to sale only by or on the order of a physician
P/N 490122 Rev N

2008T Hemodialysis Machine Operators Manual
Copyright 2008 - 2016 Fresenius USA, Inc.All Rights Reserved
This document contains proprietary information of Fresenius Medical Care Renal Therapies Group, LLC
and its affiliates (Fresenius Medical Care). The contents of this document may not be disclosed to
third parties, copied, or duplicated in any form, in whole or in part, without the prior written permission
of Fresenius Medical Care.
Fresenius Medical Care, the triangle logo, 2008, Clinical Data Exchange, Combiset, Twister,
NaturaLyte, GranuFlo, bibag, Crit-Line, CLiC, Optiflux, DIASAFE and PURISTERIL are trademarks of
Fresenius Medical Care Holdings, Inc., and/or its affiliated companies. Citrasate is a registered
trademark of Advanced Renal Technologies, Inc. in the United States and used under license from
Advanced Renal Technologies, Inc. All other trademarks are the property of their respective owners.
The 2008T hemodialysis machine is manufactured by:
Fresenius USA, Inc.
4040 Nelson Avenue
Concord, CA 94520
(800) 227-2572
Installation, maintenance, calibration and other technical information may be found in the 2008T
Technicians Manual, P/N 490130.
Contact Fresenius Medical Care Technical Support for applicable Field Service Bulletins. The spare
parts manual for the model 2008T and other information may be found on our website at www.fmcna.com
Caution: Federal (US) law restricts this device to sale only by or on the order of a physician.
Caution: Frequency, duration, and parameters of treatment are to be determined by the prescribing
physician.
Note: Not all features are available in all regions.
Indications for Use:
2008T Hemodialysis Machine:
The 2008T hemodialysis machine is indicated for acute and chronic dialysis therapy.
bibag System (Optional): The bibag system is used with three stream proportioning hemodialysis systems
equipped with the bibag module such as the 2008T Hemodialysis Machine and is intended for use in
bicarbonate hemodialysis for acute and chronic renal failure. The bibag is intended for extracorporeal
bicarbonate hemodialysis according to a physicians prescription.
Crit-Line Clip Monitor (CLiC) (Optional): The Crit-Line Clip Monitor is used with the 2008T
Hemodialysis Machine to non-invasively measure hematocrit, oxygen saturation and percent change in
blood volume. The CLiC device measures hematocrit, percent change in blood volume and oxygen
saturation in real time for application in the treatment of dialysis patients with the intended purpose of
providing a more effective treatment for both the dialysis patient and the clinician. Based on the data that
the monitor provides, the clinician/nurse, under physician direction, intervenes (i.e., increases or
decreases the rate at which fluid is removed from the blood) in order to remove the maximum amount of
fluid from the dialysis patient without the patient experiencing the common complications of dialysis
which include nausea, cramping and vomiting.
2 2008T Machine Operators Manual P/N 490122 Rev N

Contents
About this manual ........................................................................................................................ 7

Requirements ................................................................................................................................... 8
Related Reading ............................................................................................................................... 8
Conventions ..................................................................................................................................... 9
About Hemodialysis................................................................................................................... 11
General Warnings .......................................................................................................................... 13
Using a Central Venous Catheter ................................................................................................... 18
CHAPTER 1
Overview ................................................................................................................................................. 19
Function of the 2008T Hemodialysis Machine .............................................................................. 19
Organization of the 2008T Hemodialysis Machine ....................................................................... 19
The Control Panel .......................................................................................................................... 22
Control Panel Keypad .................................................................................................................... 23
The Back Panel .............................................................................................................................. 30
Modules ......................................................................................................................................... 32
The Dialysate Path ......................................................................................................................... 38
IV Pole and Dialyzer Holder.......................................................................................................... 42
Moving the Machine ...................................................................................................................... 43
CHAPTER 2
Daily Preparation for Treatment ............................................................................................................. 45
Starting Point ................................................................................................................................. 45
Preparing the Dialysis Delivery System ........................................................................................ 46
Preparing the Extracorporeal Blood Circuit................................................................................... 49
Connecting the Extracorporeal Blood Circuit ................................................................................ 50
Testing the 2008T Hemodialysis Machine .................................................................................... 55
Recirculation and Final Set-Up Procedure..................................................................................... 58
CHAPTER 3
Setting Treatment Parameters ................................................................................................................. 60
Recommended Screen Order ......................................................................................................... 60
New Treatment Key ....................................................................................................................... 61
Entering a Treatment Parameter .................................................................................................... 62
Dialysate Screen Settings ............................................................................................................... 63
Home Screen Settings .................................................................................................................... 74
2008T Machine Operators Manual P/N 490122 Rev N 3

Ultrafiltration ................................................................................................................................. 78
Sodium Variation System .............................................................................................................. 83
Heparin Screen Settings ................................................................................................................. 87
Test & Options Screen Settings ..................................................................................................... 92
Blood Pressure Screen Settings ..................................................................................................... 94
Starting Dialysis ............................................................................................................................. 97
CHAPTER 4
Monitoring the Treatment ....................................................................................................................... 99
Home Screen Monitoring ............................................................................................................. 100
Trends Screen Monitoring ........................................................................................................... 105
Kt/V & Access Flow Monitoring ................................................................................................. 108
Blood Temperature Monitor / Blood Volume Monitor Screen .................................................... 116
Crit-Line Screen ........................................................................................................................... 119
Blood Pressure Screen Monitoring .............................................................................................. 125
During Treatment ......................................................................................................................... 126
Blood Recirculation Procedure .................................................................................................... 128
Power Failure during Dialysis ..................................................................................................... 129
Completion of Dialysis ................................................................................................................ 132
CHAPTER 5
Disinfection and Maintenance .............................................................................................................. 136
Cleaning and Disinfection............................................................................................................ 136
Cleaning the Exterior Surface ...................................................................................................... 140
Rinse Program.............................................................................................................................. 142
Acid Clean Program..................................................................................................................... 143
Heat Disinfection Program .......................................................................................................... 144
Chemical/Rinse Program ............................................................................................................. 145
Chemical/Dwell Program............................................................................................................. 147
Acid & Heat Disin (Disinfect) Program ...................................................................................... 149
CHAPTER 6
Alarms and Troubleshooting ................................................................................................................. 153
Operational Status ........................................................................................................................ 153
Troubleshooting ........................................................................................................................... 157
Replacing the Diasafe Plus Filter ................................................................................................. 218
Replacing the 9-Volt Battery ....................................................................................................... 218
APPENDIX A
Single Needle Dialysis (Optional) ........................................................................................................ 220

APPENDIX B
The CDX System (Optional)................................................................................................................. 233
Machine Connections................................................................................................................... 235
Instructions for Clinic Information Systems Personnel ............................................................... 237
CDX PC Specifications for the Intel Atom D525 Processor ....................................................... 239
CDX PC Specifications for the Intel Atom N270 Processor ....................................................... 240
APPENDIX C
Concentrate Types ....................................................................................................................... 242
Estimated bibag disposable run times (minutes).......................................................................... 244
Adding New Concentrates or Changing the Type ....................................................................... 245
Auto Flow and Idle Mode ............................................................................................................ 249
Auto Heat Disinfect ..................................................................................................................... 253
Creating Custom UF Profiles ....................................................................................................... 255
Testing the Dialysate.................................................................................................................... 256
Available Software & Hardware Treatment Options and Default Settings ................................. 258
Equipment Storage and Maintenance .......................................................................................... 263
Machine Specifications ................................................................................................................ 264
Manufacturers EMC Declaration................................................................................................ 271
Product Improvement Policy ....................................................................................................... 274
Warranty ...................................................................................................................................... 275
Glossary ................................................................................................................................................ 276
Index ..................................................................................................................................................... 281

This page intentionally blank

About this manual
About this manual

The purpose of the 2008T Hemodialysis Machine Operators Manual is to instruct qualified
patient-care staff in the function, operation, and maintenance of the 2008T hemodialysis
machine. It is not intended as a guide for performing hemodialysis, a medical treatment that
should only be performed under the supervision of a licensed physician.
This manual is organized to systematically guide a patient-care specialist through the set up,
operation, and clean up of the 2008T hemodialysis machine in daily use. The book begins
with an overview that introduces the operator to the major components and describes how
they are organized on the machine. Next, the operator is guided through a daily set-up
procedure. Once the machine has been prepared for daily use, a step-by-step guide to
preparing the machine for a patient-specific treatment is provided. The operator is then
provided a tour of the various treatment screen functions useful in monitoring the treatment,
followed by instruction in terminating treatment and post-treatment clean up. Also included
are sections on troubleshooting, maintenance, and treatment options.
The organization of the 2008T hemodialysis Operators Manual is as follows:
Preface
Identifies the intended audience, and describes how the manual is organized. It
addresses various issues regarding the performance of hemodialysis and product
liability, and provides information for contacting Fresenius USA, Inc.
Chapter 1Overview
Introduces the operator to the 2008T hemodialysis machine, its features, their functions,
and how they are organized on the machine through pictures and descriptions.
Chapter 2Daily Preparation for Treatment
Provides instructions on the recommended methods of preparing the 2008T
hemodialysis machine for daily, standard-dialysis operation.
Chapter 3Setting Treatment Parameters
Describes how to enter treatment data, and guides the operator through the relevant,
treatment screens to enter patient-specific, treatment parameters in their recommended
order. The chapter also covers the procedure for beginning dialysis treatment.
Chapter 4Monitoring and the Completion of Treatment
Guides the user through the screens used to monitor the dialysis treatment. It explains
the features of each screen and describes the information displayed. The screens that
provide a general overview of the treatment status are provided first, followed by the
screens providing more in-depth data that are narrower in scope. It concludes with a
description of the recommended, end-of-treatment procedure.
Chapter 5Cleaning and Disinfection
Recommendations for scheduled cleaning and disinfection, as well as maintenance
procedures that should be performed by the operator are found here.

About this manual
Chapter 6Alarms and Troubleshooting

This chapter is indexed by alarm messages to provide the operator a quick-reference
guide for determining the cause and remedies for alarms and warning situations.
Appendices
In addition, this manual includes several appendices covering optional hemodialysis
treatments, such as single-needle hemodialysis, and provides information on the setup,
customizing, storage and specifications of the 2008T hemodialysis machine.
Glossary
A glossary of terms is included
Index
An index to aid the operator in referencing information is included
Requirements
Operators of the 2008T hemodialysis machine must be trained to administer hemodialysis at
the direction of a physician. In addition, the operator should be:
Knowledgeable of hemodialysis methodology and relevant physiology.
Proficient in healthcare procedures regarding aseptic techniques.
Thoroughly familiar with the contents of this manual.
Fully trained and qualified to operate this machine, and able to distinguish between
normal and abnormal operation.
Related Reading
The following documents contain information on related to the 2008T hemodialysis machine:
2008T Hemodialysis Machine bibag System Operators Instructions (P/N 508213)
2008T Hemodialysis Machine with CLiC Users Guide (P/N 490206)
2008T Technicians Manual (P/N 490130)
2008T Calibration Procedures Manual (P/N 508032)
2008T Preventive Maintenance Procedures Manual (P/N 508033)
2008T Troubleshooting Guide (P/N 102297-01)
2008T Spare Parts Manual (P/N 490124)
2008T Installation Checklist (P/N 490129)
2008T Installation Checklist Instructions (P/N 508035)
2008T Field Service Bulletins may be obtained from the Fresenius Medical Care North
America (FMCNA) website: www.FMCNA.com or contact your clinic for more
information.
Comments are available concerning the expected increased recirculation of blood in the
extracorporeal circuit during single needle treatment when using the recommended
administration sets, dialyzers, catheters, and fistula needles.

About this manual
Conventions
Symbol Description
Warning! A warning is a statement that identifies conditions or actions
and that could result in personal injury or loss of life. Warnings found in this
manual outside of this section are designated with the warning symbol.
Shock Hazard: A shock hazard warning refers to a risk of a possibly
and severe electrical shock due to improper use or handling of the equipment.
Corrosive Substance Hazard: A corrosive substance hazard warning

refers to a risk of injury or machine damage due to improper use or
handling of the equipment.
Hot Surface, Fluid, or Vapors Hazard: A hot surface, fluid, or vapors
hazard warning refers to risk of burn injury due to improper use or
handling of the equipment.
Caution: A caution is a statement that identifies conditions or actions that
could result in damage to the machine.
Mandatory Action: A command describing required action to maintain

safety.
Note: Notes are advisory comments or recommendations regarding

practices or procedures.
Do not reuse
ON: This symbol, at the top of the switches on the back of your machine,
means the switch is in the ON position.
OFF: This symbol, at the bottom of the switches on the back of your
machine, means the switch is in the OFF position.
Degree of protection against electric shock: Type B
Degree of protection against electric shock: Type CF Blood

Pressure Cuff only
MR Unsafe: An item which poses unacceptable risks to the patient,
medical staff or other persons within the MR (Magnetic Resonance)
environment.
IPX1 Vertical drip-proof level of protection from liquid drips, leaks and spills
Protective ground terminal
Equipotentiality
RF transmitter: Intentional Radio Frequency (RF) transmissions for

wireless communications (see The CDX System, Appendix B)

About this manual
Name Description
Button A button refers to specific fields located in the treatment screens that are
used to set treatment parameters or perform an action when selected.
Control Panel The control panel is located at the top third of the machine and contains
the display screen and panel keys used in controlling the treatment.
Display The area located at the top of the control console that displays the
Screen treatment screens.
Key A key is a pressure-sensitive, raised pad found on the control panel

outside of the treatment screen that is used to enter a value, make a
selection, or initiate an action or process.
Keyboard The keyboard is located below the display screen. It flips down for data
entry and can be closed again when not in use.
Screen The graphic image displayed inside the display screen. There are eight
main screens all of which are accessible from any of the other screens.
Subscreen A smaller screen that can be opened from inside a particular main screen.
Subscreens are not accessible from all main screens.
Touchpad A flip-down panel on the right side of the control panel that reacts to
fingertip pressure. The Touchpad controls an on-screen cursor (arrow).
Touchscreen Optional data input device that overlays the display screen. The
Touchscreen reacts to fingertip pressure.

About Hemodialysis
About Hemodialysis
Indications
Hemodialysis is prescribed by physicians for patients with acute or chronic renal failure,
when conservative therapy is judged inadequate. Dialysis therapy may be intermittent or
continuous.
Contraindications
There are no absolute contraindications to hemodialysis, but the passing of a patients blood
through an extracorporeal circuit may require anticoagulation to prevent blood clotting. In
addition, the parameters of dialysis should be optimized to avoid discomfort to the patient.
Many patients are taking medicinal therapy prescribed by their physicians. Due to the dialysis
treatment, some of the medication may be removed from the patients blood thereby lowering
the therapeutic level in the blood. In other cases, medications may not be excreted as quickly
as expected with patients with renal insufficiency and the level may be higher than expected.
Therefore, the prescribing physician should determine the appropriate dosage of the medicine
to obtain the desired medicinal response in the patient.
Some Side Effects of Hemodialysis

Dialysis therapy occasionally causes hypovolemia, hypervolemia, hypertension, hypotension
and related symptoms, headache, nausea, cramping or other muscular discomfort in some
patients. Hypothermia, hyperthermia, itching, anxiety, convulsions, seizure, and other
neurologic symptoms associated with dialysis dementia may also be manifested by the
patient. These symptoms are thought to occur if the patients blood volume or electrolyte
balance is not maintained within acceptable limits. Other, more serious, complications
arising from dialysis, such as hemorrhage, air embolism, or hemolysis, can cause serious
patient injury or death. The prescribing physician must understand that prescribing
insufficient bicarbonate may contribute to metabolic acidosis; excessive bicarbonate may
contribute to metabolic alkalosis. Both conditions are associated with poor patient outcomes,
including increased risk of mortality. Proper control of all elements of dialysis may prevent
or control these physiological reactions or complications.
Pyrogenic reactions may occur which can result in patient injury. Generally it is thought that
these may be controlled by maintaining the dialysate solution within the chemical and
bacteriologic limits (see Water Quality on page 265 of the Machine Specifications section
for more information). Failure to use these standards for water can also lead to accumulated
toxic effects. A regular program for disinfection and testing of the water treatment system,
piping, inlet lines, filters, concentrate feed containers or system, and the dialysate delivery
machine must be established and followed. This program will vary from facility to facility.
Infections or pyrogen reactions may also result from contamination of the extracorporeal
circuit or inadequate procedures used to reuse dialyzers.

About Hemodialysis
Allergic reactions to chemical disinfectants may occur if insufficient procedures are used to
remove or maintain the residual disinfectant at acceptable levels. Chemical disinfectants are
used for dialyzer disinfection, machine disinfection, or for disinfection of water treatment and
distribution systems.
All blood connections must be made using aseptic technique.
All tubes and connections must be secured and closely monitored to prevent loss of blood or
entry of air into the extracorporeal circuit or errors in the ultrafiltration control system. The
patient may require blood transfusion or other medical intervention to prevent respiratory or
cardiac disorders if these occur.
The patients blood pressure and general physical status must be closely monitored during
dialysis in order to initiate appropriate remedial measures or therapy. Of particular
importance is the control of the patients serum potassium level to prevent cardiac
dysrhythmia and the patients blood clotting time to prevent clotting disorders.
These instructions are for the 2008T hemodialysis machine. The machine must only be
operated in accordance with these instructions. All operators of this machine must be
thoroughly trained and have read this entire manual and any applicable appendices before
using the machine. Improper care/use of this device may result in serious patient injury or
death.
Blood Pressure Module Contraindications
The following are generally accepted contraindications for using a timed automatic blood
pressure instrument utilizing the oscillometric principle:
Use of a heart lung machine
Peripheral circulation problems
Severe arrhythmia
Ectopic beats
Convulsions
Spasms
Tremors
Tachycardia
Use of incorrectly sized blood pressure cuffs may result in inaccurate blood pressure
readings.
This is a guideline only. Final determination of the suitability of any medical instrument for
use with any patient is the responsibility of the treating physician.

General Warnings
General Warnings
This section contains general warnings statements regarding the use and maintenance of the
2008T hemodialysis machine. It is not a complete summary, and additional warning
statements specific to pertinent topics can be found within this manual.
Water
Warning! Connect water inlet according to the specifications for the machine. For further
information, see Appendix C, Machine Specifications. The correct ionic concentration
and bacterial quality can generally be achieved in the dialysate only with treated water that
meets water quality standards (see Water Quality and Dialysate Quality on page 265 of the
Machine Specifications section for more information). Be sure that all specifications are
satisfied. The water source must be monitored periodically to detect fluctuations in water
composition and quality that could have an adverse effect on the patient or dialysate delivery
machine. Particular attention must be taken for chemicals such as aluminum, chlorine, and
chloramine, as these chemicals can cause complications in dialysis patients.
Warning! Comply with all local regulations in respect of separation of devices in the water
supply in case of back siphonage; an air gap must be created between the machines drain
line and its drain.
Concentrates
Warning! The specific acid and bicarbonate concentrates, including the sodium,
bicarbonate, and electrolyte compositions, must be prescribed by a physician.
Warning! Many concentrate types are available for use in dialysate delivery machines.
Concentrates contain various amounts of dextrose, potassium, calcium, sodium, chloride,
magnesium, and other components. Most concentrates are designed as a two-part system of
acid and bicarbonate solutions which are mixed in the machine with water. Even within the
subgroup of bicarbonate type concentrates, there are at least four methods of compounding
the solutions. Each of these methods requires special calibrations or setups. Certain
methods are not supported. It is mandatory that the acid and bicarbonate types be matched
to each other. Be sure to use compatible solutions, labeling, and setups. These setups
include machine calibration, special adapters for certain concentrate types, correct setting of
concentrate option, and labeling. Failure to use the properly matched solutions and machine
calibrations may allow improper dialysate to be delivered to the patient, resulting in patient
injury or death. Verify composition, conductivity, and pH after converting to a different
type of concentrate.
Warning: Acid concentrate, bicarbonate concentrate, and water must be of the appropriate
quality to ensure safety and performance of the final dialysate are met (see Water Quality,
Dialysate Quality, and Concentrate Quality on page 265 of the Machine Specifications
section for more information).
Warning: The dissolved bibag bicarbonate concentrate must be used within 24 hours of
connecting to the dialysis machine. Do not refill the bibag container.

General Warnings
Warning! Connection to a central acid or bicarbonate feed system requires the installation
of certain mechanical parts. Contact Fresenius USA, Inc. for more information.
Warning! Bicarbonate and acid concentrates intended for other dialysate delivery machines
will deliver safe dialysate solution only if the machine is set up for them. The selection of
other dialysate concentrate types must be done by a qualified, authorized person. The
2008T hemodialysis machine can be set up for various concentrate types. Use Table 35 in
Appendix C to ensure that you have compatible concentrates and configurations.
Warning! Acid concentrate products are used as one component in mixing dialysate bath.
These acid products contain chemical compounds that, after mixing, yield acetate (and
citrate in certain products) in the dialysate. (Please refer to the acid concentrate product
labeling for specific acetate/citrate amounts.) After diffusion across the dialyzer membrane,
acetate (and citrate when present) is metabolized by the liver to serum bicarbonate and adds
to the serum bicarbonate that separately results from the diffusion of dialysate bicarbonate
across the dialyzer membrane. During dialysis, the dynamic of diffusion and concentration
gradients prevent serum bicarbonate concentration from exceeding the dialysate bicarbonate
concentration. The bicarbonate concentration of the dialysate is the bicarbonate setting on
the dialysis machine, and is the bicarbonate dose prescribed by the physician. On the 2008
series hemodialysis machines, the bicarbonate dose may be set in a range between 20 and 40
milliequivalents per liter, but may be set in different ranges in other machines.
When the dialysis session terminates, acetate (and citrate when present) that has not yet
metabolized may remain in the blood and will be converted to serum bicarbonate after
diffusion ceases, without possibility of diffusion out of the blood. The post dialysis
metabolism of acetate (and citrate when present) could thus briefly increase serum
bicarbonate concentration above the prescribed bicarbonate concentration of the dialysate.
Physicians should consider this possibility in prescribing bicarbonate dose.
Prescription of insufficient bicarbonate may contribute to metabolic acidosis; excessive
bicarbonate may contribute to metabolic alkalosis. Both conditions are associated with poor
patient outcomes, including increased mortality risk.
Warning! Incorrect composition will result if the acid concentrate nozzle is not connected
to the appropriate acid concentrate or the bicarbonate concentrate nozzle is not connected to
the appropriate bicarbonate solution. The acid and bicarbonate concentrates must match
those selected in the Dialysate screen. Patient injury or death may occur if incorrect
dialysate solution is used. Fresenius USA, Inc. recommends the operator use the concentrate
containers provided with the machine. These containers, being of different size and shape,
help to reduce the chances of mismatching the acid and bicarbonate concentrates.
Warning! Test the conductivity and approximate pH of the dialysate with an independent
device before beginning treatment. Test it also when changing concentrates during
treatment and when switching from the bibag system to liquid bicarbonate*. The wrong
conductivity or pH may cause serious injury or death.
*Note: If alternative liquid bicarbonate concentrate sources are used (jugs or central
delivery) the end user must ensure the bicarbonate is of appropriate quality and is prepared
per manufacturers instructions.
Warning! Use of an acid concentrate intended for a 1:44 mix ratio in any 1:34
proportioning dialysate delivery machine may result in a dialysate solution with a normal
conductivity but without a physiological buffer. There may be no alarms in this event. Use
of this improper dialysate solution may cause patient injury or death.

General Warnings
Warning! The machine must be labeled to indicate the type of concentrate for which it is
configured. Check the composition (i.e., Na, Cl, K, Ca, Mg, HCO3) and pH of the dialysate
solution after the machine is installed or after the machine is modified for different
concentrate types. Check the conductivity and approximate pH of the dialysate solution
with an independent device before initiating dialysis. Improper conductivity or pH could
result in patient injury or death.
Machine
Warning! Failure to install, operate, and maintain this equipment according to the
manufacturers instructions may cause patient injury or death.
Warning! Proper functioning of the machine must be verified prior to initiating treatment.
Unidentified malfunctions or alarm failure could potentially expose a patient to a serious
health risk. Alarm limits for the arterial pressure monitor, venous pressure monitor, and
transmembrane pressure (TMP) monitor are automatically set and delayed for pressure
stabilization. Alarm limits for temperature and conductivity are calculated for the dialysate
composition and may be somewhat adjusted by the operator. These must be maintained
within safe physiological limits as specified by the prescribing physician.
Warning! Never perform maintenance when a patient is connected to the machine. If
possible, remove the machine from the treatment area when it is being serviced. Label the
machine to ensure it is not accidentally returned to clinical use before the service work is
completed. Disinfect the machine and test the dialysate for acceptable conductivity and pH
values before returning the machine to clinical use. Always test the machine when
maintenance is completed.
Warning! The electrical source must be single phase, three-conductor type provided with a
hospital grade receptacle and a ground fault interrupter at 120 volts, 60 Hz. The proper
polarity and ground integrity must be initially checked and maintained. Failure to do so may
result in electrical shock or burn to the operator or patient. The machine must be plugged
directly into the electrical outlet; extension cords and power strips are prohibited.
Warning! Shock hazard. Do not remove covers. Refer servicing to qualified personnel.
Replace fuses only with the same type and rating.
Warning! Do not install the 9-Volt battery backwards in the machine, as it will damage the
No Power alarm.
Warning! Do not use devices emitting strong electromagnetic radiation such as portable
phones, radio equipment (walkie-talkies, etc.), radio transmitters, and like equipment near
your machine. Improper operation may result.
Cellular phones and WiFi connected devices may be conditionally allowed. However, if any
interference is noted, such as false pressure readings that disappear when the external signal
is removed, it is recommended to move the cellular phone at least ten feet away from the
2008T hemodialysis machine when making or receiving phone calls. If a WiFi-connected
device (e.g. laptop computers, tablet devices, smartphones) is found to cause interference, it
is recommended to use that device at least four feet away from the 2008T hemodialysis
machine.
For exact separation distance recommendation, please refer to the Manufacturers EMC
Declaration statement on page 271.

General Warnings
Warning! Transducer protectors should be used between pressure ports and each pressure
monitor line of the extracorporeal system to prevent the internal transducer protectors from
getting wet. Wet transducer protectors must be replaced, as they will cause inaccurate
pressure readings. If the external transducer protector and the internal transducer protector
become contaminated with blood, the transducer protectors must be replaced and the
transducer and associated parts must be disinfected or replaced.
Warning! A new, sterile transducer protector should be placed on all the air connections
from the drip chambers to the machine pressure monitor ports. This will prevent
contamination of the machine and filters air that enters the chambers through the monitor
lines. If the transducer protector should get wet and air is not able to pass, replace the
transducer protector and clear the monitor line.
Warning! The machine is compatible with a number of venous lines. The Level Detector
module must be calibrated for the model venous line being used. In addition, verify that the
venous line clamp is capable of fully occluding the model of bloodline that your facility
uses.
Warning! To avoid damaging the equipment or personal injury, internal adjustments to the
blood pressure module should only be made by a qualified technician.
Warning! Possible Explosion Hazard if used in the presence of flammable anesthetics.
Warning! Check all bloodlines for leaks after the treatment has started. Keep access sites
uncovered and monitored. Improper bloodline connections or needle dislodgements can
result in excessive blood loss, serious injury, and death. Machine alarms may not occur in
every blood loss situation.
Warning! The dialysate path is a closed fluidics system. Discontinue use immediately if a
fluid leak is detected. Do not attempt to administer or continue dialysis treatment with a
machine which has a fluid leak, this could result in excessive fluid removal from the patient
leading to serious injury or death. System leaks may also pose a slip-and-fall hazard. Clean
up spills immediately.
Warning! Replace a leaking bibag disposable immediately. Spills can cause damage to
carpeting and other surfaces. To contain such spills, the machine should be on a spill-
tolerant surface. Spills can cause slips and falls; clean up spills immediately.
Warning! When using the bibag system, the acid and bicarbonate pressures must not exceed
10 psi when using a Central Delivery System. It may be necessary to use pressure
regulators in order to reach proper conductivity. When not using the bibag system, the
maximum supplied pressure is 2 psi.
Caution: Only the bags manufactured by Fresenius Medical Care may be used in the bibag
connector.
Caution: System leaks may occur. Unattended operation of the machine (for example,
during disinfection at night) may result in flooding and can cause property damage. Clean
up spills immediately.

General Warnings
Caution: Be careful not to tip the machine when rolling over uneven surfaces. Push the
machine from the middle when moving it.
Caution: Do not squeeze the blood pressure cuff when deflating it. Squeezing the blood
pressure cuff may damage the machine's internal blood pressure module.
Note: The Diasafe Plus filter is required when the bibag system is in use.
Note: A smoke detector should be properly installed in the room used for dialysis. Follow
the manufacturers instructions. The alarm should be tested according to the manufacturers
instructions. Replace the battery as specified.
Note: You must follow all environmental regulations regarding waste disposal and eventual
machine disposal. Contact your clinic for more information. Prior to the disposal of your
machine, any possible risk of infection from blood borne pathogens must also be eliminated
by appropriate disinfection.
Note: The temperature of the bloodline and the durometer of the tubing affect the ability of
the bloodline/blood pump system to prime during setup. Cold tubing may not prime as
readily as warm tubing.
Fresenius Medical Care manufactures bloodlines for use with the model 2008T
hemodialysis machine. The performance of bloodlines not manufactured by Fresenius
Medical Care cannot be guaranteed by Fresenius Medical Care and are therefore the
responsibility of the prescribing physician.
Note: The following materials come into contact with purified water, dialysate, or dialysate
concentrate:
Dyflor (PVDF) Polypropylene (PP)
Ethylene-propylene terpolymer (EPDM) Polypropylene 20% glass fiber (PP-GF20)
Foraflon (PVDF) Radel 10 & 20% glass fiber (PES)
Glass Stainless steel (types 300 & 316)
Lupolen (PE) Silicone (Si)
Makrolon (PC) Teflon (PTFE)
Noryl (PPE & PS) Thermocomp (PES)
Polyethersulfone (PES) Titanium TiAl 4 V6
Polyphenylene oxide (PPO) Ultem (PEI)
Polyphenylene oxide 20% glass fiber (PPO- Ultradur+ (PBT)
GF20) Victrex (PEEK)
Polyphenylsulfone (PPSU) Vinyl chloride polymer (PVC)

General Warnings
Using a Central Venous Catheter
Shock Hazard: Ensure that no conductive electrical devices connected to or near the patient
have leakage currents above the maximum CF applied parts limit of 10 A DC and 50 A
DC in a single fault condition. Failure to follow these precautions may result in serious
injury or death.
Maintenance
Assembly, installation, adjustment, or repair is to be performed only by persons authorized by

the facility medical director or by Fresenius USA, Inc.
Questions?
For further information regarding the operation, repair, parts, or maintenance of the 2008T
hemodialysis machine, please contact:
Fresenius USA, Inc. (800) 227-2572

Attention: Service Department
4040 Nelson Avenue
Concord, CA 94520
www.FMCNA.com

OVERVIEW
Chapter 1
Overview
The 2008T hemodialysis machine is designed to perform hemodialysis in hospitals and

dialysis clinics. It can be used for patients suffering chronic or acute renal failure.
Function of the 2008T Hemodialysis Machine

The 2008T hemodialysis machine is designed to provide hemodialysis treatment by
controlling and monitoring both the dialysate and extracorporeal blood circuits.
In the extracorporeal blood circuit, the blood is continuously circulated from the patient
through a dialyzer, where toxins are filtered out through a semi-permeable membrane, before
being returned to the patient. During this process, the extracorporeal blood circuit is
monitored for venous and arterial blood pressures, and for the presence of air and blood. The
2008T hemodialysis machine can also administer heparin evenly throughout the treatment.
In the dialysate circuit, the dialysate concentrates are mixed with purified water, heated,
degassed, and delivered to the dialyzer. Balancing chambers ensure that the incoming flow
of the dialysate is volumetrically equal to the outgoing flow in order to control ultrafiltration
from the patient.
Organization of the 2008T Hemodialysis Machine

The 2008T hemodialysis machine is designed for functional efficiency. The back of the
machine houses the utility connections such as water source, drain, and electrical
connections. By mounting them to the back, the water lines and power cord remain out of the
way during treatment.
The front of the machine contains all of the controls the operator needs access to during
hemodialysis. It can be broken down into three main sections. The top section contains the
control panel and houses the computer that runs the treatment program. The middle section
contains the modules used for the safe transmission of the blood to and from the dialyzer.
Dialysate is the primary concern of the bottom section of the 2008T hemodialysis machine.
Here the concentrates used to make up the dialysate are mixed and pumped to the dialyzer.
The following pages contain front and rear views of the 2008T hemodialysis machine and a
brief description of the machines features. You should familiarize yourself with the location
and purpose of these features.

Chapter 1Overview
OVERVIEW
Figure 1 2008T Hemodialysis MachineFront View

Chapter 1Overview
OVERVIEW
Figure 2 2008T Hemodialysis MachineRear View

Chapter 1Overview
OVERVIEW
The Control Panel

The control panel (see Figure 3) is located at the top, front of the 2008T hemodialysis
machine and contains keys that allow the user to control the operation of the 2008T
hemodialysis machine. Located at the top of the control panel is a display screen that can
show a variety of treatment screens which the operator uses to set treatment parameters and
monitor the treatment.
The treatment display screen provides a means of setting the treatment parameters and
monitoring the treatment and patient status during dialysis. The operator can access
treatment screens, select the Tx Clock, and set treatment parameters by selecting specific,
identified sites (buttons) on the screen by using the Touchpad cursor or by touching them
directly with the optional Touchscreen. Most numbers and parameters selected on the screen
must then be confirmed by pressing the CONFIRM key on the control panel.
Optional
Touchscreen
Keypad
Touchpad
Keyboard
Figure 3 The Components of the Control Panel

Chapter 1Overview
OVERVIEW
Control Panel Keypad
Figure 4 Control Panel Keypad
The Control Panel Keypad contains seven keys associated with starting or stopping the basic
power and alarm aspects of any dialysis treatment. The table below lists each key and its
function.
Caution: Use a finger to press the keys and the touchscreen. Use of objects to press the
keys or touchscreen may result in damage or premature failure.
Table 1 Control Panel Keypad Keys
Press To
Turn the machine on. Hold for one second to turn the power off and If blood is
sensed, the machine will power down with an audible alarm.
Silence an alarm for two minutes or until another alarm occurs.
Note: The following alarms are muted for an extra four minutes (for
a total of six minutes) when using a bibag disposable for the
bicarbonate source: Conductivity Low, Conductivity High, bibag:
Cond Low, Bicarb Cond 2 Low, Bicarb Cond 2 High, Low
Temperature, and High Temperature.

Chapter 1Overview
OVERVIEW
Press To
(New Treatment) Erase the current treatment information and move the
summary information to the previous record in the Trends screen.
Press the CONFIRM key on the Touchpad or Enter on the Keyboard to
complete the action. To cancel, press the Escape key on the Touchpad or the
Esc key on the Keyboard.
Reset the machine after an alarm.
Press and hold for two seconds to spread the alarm window by 300 mm Hg for
arterial and venous pressures and fully open the transmembrane (TMP)
pressure window for 30 seconds. The light above the RESET key will not be on.
During a blood leak alarm, press and hold for three seconds to override the
alarm and keep the blood pump running for three minutes. The light above the
RESET key will be on during an override.
Note: The RESET key is only used to reset alarms; it does not reset
or cancel changes to a parameter.
Start an unscheduled, manual blood pressure measurement when the cuff is

deflated, or instantly deflate the inflated blood pressure cuff.
Note: Certain versions of the blood pressure module require a 30
second delay between blood pressure measurements.
Note: Pressing the Stat/Deflate key while in CDX mode will only exit
CDX mode. The operator must then press the Stat/Deflate key
again in order to take a blood pressure measurement.
Turn the ultrafiltration pump on or off. During ultrafiltration, the green light is
illuminated. This light will flash when ultrafiltration is interrupted.
Note: When the UF pump is turned off, there is no minimum
ultrafiltration occurring.
Prime the extracorporeal blood circuit. Pressing Prime will keep the blood
pump running when air is sensed in the venous blood chamber and an air
detector alarm is present (as is the case during initial set up when the blood
circuit tubing is empty). The pump will run for:
Two minutes, or
Until an adequate fluid level is detected by the ultrasonic sensors in the level
detector module, or
Until the volume set in Service Mode is reached.
Note: Pressing any control panel key (except for the Power key) while in CDX Mode (if
available) will switch the machine back to Dialysis Mode. See Appendix B on page 233 for
more information on CDX Mode.

Chapter 1Overview
OVERVIEW
Treatment Display Section
Figure 5 Treatment Display Section
The Treatment Display section is used to access and set all treatment parameters. It is
organized into three subsections: the status light, the treatment display screen, and the screen
access buttons.
The Status Light, located at the top, indicates the machines status with an illuminated dome.
Its color matches the Status Box (see Figure 5). The lights (red, green, or yellow) are used to
display status information. This allows clinic personnel to monitor the status of each 2008T
hemodialysis machine from a distance during treatment. There are several selections for
meaning of the lights described in the Available Software & Hardware Treatment Options,
page 260.
The treatment screen display contains the area for viewing the various treatment screens. The
screen access buttons below the display area are used to access the various treatment screens.

Chapter 1Overview
The Status Box appears at the top left corner of every treatment screen. During normal
OVERVIEW
operation it displays the operational mode of the machineDialysis. During alarm

situations, it displays an informational message. It may also prompt the operator for a
specific action in situations when the treatment parameters are being set.
To the right of the Status Box, is the Dialogue Box. During normal treatment, the Dialogue
Box displays the current time, the time of the last blood pressure reading and the patients
blood pressure and pulse rate at that time.
When attempting to enter a treatment parameter that is outside the range of allowable limits,
the Dialogue Box displays an advisory message.
Dialogue Box
Status Box
Touchscreen
Screen-Buttons
Figure 6 Control Panel Treatment Display Section
Table 2 Screen-Buttons
Select To
View current treatment data including treatment time remaining, UF data,

arterial, venous, and transmembrane pressures, and dialysate data.
View charts that provide graphic views of treatment effectiveness (Kt/V),

sodium variation system (SVS) and ultrafiltration (UF) profiles, and
patients blood pressure over time.
Displays the summary data of the patients treatment progress.

Chapter 1Overview
Select To
OVERVIEW
View and select acid/bicarbonate concentrate type, bicarbonate,
sodium, electrolyte concentrations, and conductivity settings.
View Pressure test, Alarm test, and Diasafe test options and results.
View treatment options for single needle patients, high flux dialyzers,
patient ID numbers, and dialysate sampling.
View options for administering heparin gradually over the course of the
treatment and/or as a bolus injection.
View estimate of treatment effectiveness based on the actual dialyzer

clearance.
View the Access Flow messages and data
View arterial and venous blood temperature data with machines

equipped with the optional Blood Temperature Module. For more
information, see Blood Temperature Monitor Operating Instructions
(P/N 470164).
View the relative blood volume data and trends with machines
Or equipped with the optional Blood Volume Module. For more
information, see Blood Volume Monitor Operating Instructions (P/N
490041).
When the Crit-Line in a Clip (CLiC) device is used during the
treatment, the Crit-Line screen replaces the BTM BVM screen. The
Crit-Line screen can be configured (in Service Mode) to show either
blood volume or hematocrit. Additionally, the Crit-Line screen can
alternately display blood pressure or oxygen saturation graphs during
the treatment. Most of the commonly viewed data from other screens
are also grouped on the Crit-Line screen for convenient monitoring.
For more information, see the 2008T Hemodialysis Machine with CLiC
Users Guide (P/N 490206).
View all pulse and blood pressure test results taken during treatment.
Blood pressure alarm limits and inflation pressure and frequency of
blood pressure tests are set in this screen.
Specific information regarding each treatment screen can be found in Chapter 3, Setting
Treatment Parameters and Chapter 4, Monitoring the Treatment.

Chapter 1Overview
OVERVIEW
Fold-Down Keyboard
Figure 7 Control Panel Fold-Down Keyboard

The Keyboard is located directly below the display screen. It folds down for entering
treatment parameter values or making selections inside the treatment screens and folds up
again to prevent accidental changes. Folding up the Keyboard also provides an unobstructed
view of the blood pump and arterial and venous drip chambers.
Table 3 Keyboard Keys
Press To
Enter numerical values when setting parameters for such treatment options as
ultrafiltration rate, times, goal, and volumes.
Scroll up or down a list of parameter choices or to increase (up arrow) or
decrease (down arrow) parameter values. To speed up the rate at which the
value changes, press and hold the key down.
Note: (CDX only) holding down the Shift key while pressing an arrow key will
shift to the secondary function printed on the key.
Save a treatment parameter entry or confirm an action initiated on the display
screen. The Enter key is a backup, safety feature designed to prevent
accidental changes to the intended treatment parameters.
Note: The Enter key functions the same as the CONFIRM key on the Touchpad
Void the current entry and return to previously entered parameter value before
CONFIRM is pressed. If the on-screen cursor disappears, press the Esc key to
show it again.
Note: The Esc key functions the same as the Escape key on the Touchpad.
CDX only: Pressing the blue CDX key will enter or exit the optional Clinical Data
Exchange (CDX) system. For more information, see page 233.
CDX only: The blue Fn (Function) Lock key selects the secondary function of
keys with blue function numbers (F1-F12) at the top of the keyboard. Press the
Fn Lock key and then press a function key to select that function. The Fn Lock
light in the upper left corner of the keyboard indicates the lock status: when the
light is on, the function lock is on. Press the Fn Lock key again to turn off the
function lock.
Note: Older versions of the keyboard instead feature a Fn key which must be
held down to select the secondary functions of the blue function number keys.

Chapter 1Overview
Fold-Down Touchpad
OVERVIEW
Figure 8 Control Panel Touchpad
The Touchpad is located directly below the Control Panel Keypad. It folds down to reveal a
touchpad which is used to move the on-screen cursor arrow. It also features two keys:
Table 4 Touchpad Keys
Press To
Select a field highlighted by the on-screen cursor arrow.

Save a treatment parameter entry or confirm an action initiated on the
display screen. The CONFIRM key is a backup, safety feature designed
to prevent accidental changes to the intended treatment parameters.
Note: The CONFIRM key functions the same as the Enter key on the
Keyboard.
Void the current entry and return to previously entered parameter value
before CONFIRM is pressed.
Note: The Escape key functions the same as the Esc key on the
Keyboard.
Tap the Touchpad to select a field highlighted by the on-screen cursor

Touchpad arrow
Tap the Touchpad again to confirm a change.
Note: The on-screen cursor arrow will disappear if not moved for five seconds. Move the
cursor using the Touchpad for it to reappear.
It also disappears when a value is entered but not yet confirmed. To display the cursor
again, press the Escape key to cancel the change or press the CONFIRM key to confirm the
change.

Chapter 1Overview
The Back Panel

OVERVIEW
CDX Mode Dialysis Mode Alarm Dialysis Mode

Speaker USB Port 2 RS 232 Port Volume Control Speaker
Hour Meter Ethernet Port 9-V Battery Heater On/Off Mains Power Supply
Compartment Switch On/Off Switch
Figure 9 Back Panel
The back panel of the 2008T hemodialysis machine is located on the back of the machine at
the top of the cabinet. It contains additional controls like audible volume, switches and
various connections.
Table 5 Back Panel Features
Feature Function
CDX Mode Sound from the CDX PC (optional) will be produced by this speaker only
Speaker when the machine is in CDX Mode (see page 233 for more information).
It is muted when displaying Dialysis Mode treatment screens.
USB Port 2 Expansion for CDX PC (optional). Only self-powered USB devices may be
connected when the 2008T hemodialysis machine is used with a patient.
Warning! Do not connect devices requiring an external AC

power connection to the machine's USB ports (for example:
printers, card readers, or USB hard drives that plug into a wall
outlet). Only freestanding (self-powered) devices such as
USB flash drives are permitted. Inserting a powered USB
device into your machine's USB ports may adversely affect the
machine's electrical safety and patient isolation.

Chapter 1Overview
Feature Function
OVERVIEW
RS 232 Port Electrically isolated RS 232 serial interface connector; hard wired, used
for display terminal connection.
Volume Used to adjust the volume (sound pressure level) of the dialysis machine
Control audible warnings and alarms. Warning sound is adjustable between 75
(Dialysis dBA and 89 dBA (at 1 meter). Alarm sound is adjustable between 67 dBA
Mode Only) and 81 dBA (at 1 meter). Does not affect the volume from the separate
CDX speaker.
Dialysis Mode The Dialysis Mode speaker makes two different sounds: a warning
Speaker sound, and an alarm sound. The two sounds are distinct; the first one is
used for lower priority alarms, and the second for more important alarms.
Hour Meter This displays the number of hours the machine has run over its lifetime.
See the 2008T Preventive Maintenance Procedures Manual (P/N
508033) for information on scheduled maintenance.
Ethernet Port 10/100 Ethernet connection for the CDX PC (optional); electrically
isolated.
9-V Battery 9-V heavy duty alkaline battery for main power failure. A steady, audible
(Power Failure alarm will immediately sound for seven minutes that cannot be silenced
Alarm ) with the Mute key. It can be silenced manually, however, by removing
this 9-volt battery. See Replacing the 9-Volt Battery on page 218 for
more information.
Heater On/Off This switch turns the power to the dialysate heater on or off. This switch
Switch must be in the ON position during treatment.
Mains Power This switch turns the power to the whole machine on or off. This switch
Supply On/Off must be in the ON position (|) to operate the machine.
Switch
Note: Periodically check the power cord for damage (fraying, over-heating, cuts, scrapes,
etc.)

Chapter 1Overview
Modules
OVERVIEW
The modules accompanying the 2008T hemodialysis machine are located just below the
control panel. The Arterial Drip Chamber, Blood Pump, Heparin Pump, and Level Detector
modules contribute to the task of transmitting the blood from the patient, through the dialyzer
and back to the patient. The red lines on the modules are guides for the arterial bloodline
(from patient to the dialyzer). The blue lines are guides for the venous bloodline (from
dialyzer to patient).
Any machine can be set up for a pre-pump or post-pump arterial chamber, or single-needle
dialysis (requiring two blood pumps) by adding modules, or rearranging their order.
The preferred arrangements, shown in Figure 22 and Figure 23 on page 49, can help to
simplify the routing of the blood tubing and minimize the possibility of kinking the bloodline.
Additionally, the internal blood pressure module is explained on page 37 and the shunt
interlock is explained on page 34.
The Arterial Drip Chamber Module
The arterial drip chamber module is a panel with guides for blood tubing and a holder for the
arterial drip chamber. The button used to raise the arterial drip chamber level is located on
the Blood Pump module.
Arterial Drip
Chamber
Tubing
Holder
Guides
Figure 10 The Arterial Drip Chamber Module

Chapter 1Overview
The Blood Pump Module
OVERVIEW
The blood pump draws blood from the patient and pumps it to the dialyzer and back to the
patient in a closed circuit. To accomplish this, the pump segment of the blood tubing is
threaded through the pump housing along a circular track. As the pump rotor rotates, twin
rollers squeeze the pump segment, pulling and pushing the blood through the blood pump
segment. The speed of the pump can be adjusted using the arrow keys on the blood pump or
the Blood Pump Rate button on the Home screen (see page 75 for more information). The
blood pump can be stopped by pressing the Start/Stop key or by opening the blood pump
door. When the door is open, the diameter of the pump segment is shown in the display
window.
Pressing the single key on the Blood Pump Module activates a small pump that raises the
fluid level in the arterial chamber. This key (level adjust) can be used only to raise the
level of blood in the chamber, and cannot be used to lower it. This is to avoid introducing air
into the blood flow.
Warning! The key (level adjust) on the Blood Pump module can only be used to raise
the level in the arterial chamber. Do not press the level adjust key so long that the pressure
transducer protector becomes wet. Wet transducer protectors must be replaced to avoid
erroneous pressure readings.
Note: A separate hand crank is supplied with the pump at the back of the machine that can
be used to return the blood to the patient in case of a power failure.
Note: The 2008T hemodialysis machines modules and internal hydraulics involve fluids:
accidental spills can occur. Spills may cause slips and falls and can cause damage to
carpeting and other surfaces. To contain such spills, the machine should be on a spill-
tolerant surface. Clean up spills immediately.

Chapter 1Overview
Start/Stop Key Up/Down

OVERVIEW
Arrow Keys
Display
Window
Level
Adjust Key
Arterial
Pressure Port
Tubing
Retainer
Clamp-Panel
Blood Pump
Rotor
Left and
Right Yokes
Figure 11 The Blood Pump Module
The following table describes the operational features of the blood pump.
Table 6 Blood Pump Features
FEATURE PURPOSE
Start/Stop Key Starts and stops the blood pump. Opening the door will also stop the
blood pump.
Pressure Port Line from arterial drip chamber is connected to a transducer protector
and attached here to provide arterial pressure readings.
Level Adjust Key Pressing the key (level adjust key on the Blood Pump module) will
raise the level of the fluid in the arterial drip chamber.
Display Window Displays the blood flow rate setting in increments of 5 ml/min during
blood pump operation. When the door is open it displays the pump-
segment diameter in mm.
Up/Down Keys Increases the speed of the pump when Up arrow () is depressed,
decreases the pump speed when Down arrow () is depressed.
When door is open, simultaneously press the and keys and then
press the or key to select the pump segment diameter.
Tubing Retainer A spring-loaded device that secures the pump segment in place.

Chapter 1Overview
The Heparin Pump Module
OVERVIEW
The heparin pump provides a means of injecting heparin into the blood circuit gradually over
the course of the treatment and/or as a bolus. The pump can accommodate a variety of
syringes that are commercially available. The pump works in conjunction with the Heparin
screen where such parameters as the size and type of the syringe, infusion rate, infusion time,
and bolus amount of heparin to be infused are selected.
If heparin is infused manually (by pushing in the carriage lock button while pushing on the
slide carriage), the volume will not be added to the displayed amount, and must be added to
the total heparin amount. Manually moving the carriage to infuse heparin is not
recommended.
Syringe
Barrel
Lock
Tabs
Wings
Slot
Syringe
Plunger
Slide
Carriage
Carriage
Latch
Figure 12 The Heparin Pump Module (shown with syringe)

Chapter 1Overview
OVERVIEW
The Level Detector Module
The Level detector module is used to monitor the level of fluid in the venous drip chamber.
The venous drip chamber is mounted inside its holder and the blood tubing leading back to
the patient is threaded through the venous line clamp below it. An ultrasonic device inside
the chamber holder monitors the drip chamber for the presence of air. If the level of blood in
the chamber is too low and air is detected, the machine alarms, the blood pumps stops, and
the clamp occludes the venous blood tubing.
An optical sensor located below the occlusion clamp recognizes whether or not blood, an
opaque fluid, is detected in the venous line. When the dialysate supply lines are on the shunt,
and the shunt door is closed, and blood is not sensed, the audible alarm is suppressed entirely.
Also located on the front of the module is a pressure port. The small monitor line from the
drip chamber is connected to the transducer port. The pressure of the venous side of the
blood circuit is read by the transducer mounted on the inside of the module, and the pressure
is displayed in the Home screen.
Venous
Pressure Port
Venous Drip
Chamber
Holder
Up/Down
Level Adjust
Door
Latch
Level Detector
Sensor
Venous
Optical Clamp
Detector
Optical Detector
Door (Rotate
Clockwise to Open)
Figure 13 The Level Detector Module

Chapter 1Overview
OVERVIEW
Table 7 Level Detector Features
FEATURE PURPOSE
Venous Pressure Line from venous drip chamber is connected to a transducer protector
port (PVen.) and attached here to provide venous blood pressure readings.
Venous Drip Holds the drip chamber and aligns it with the ultrasonic level detector
Chamber Holder sensor. Latching door secures chamber in place.
Level Adjust Keys Raises the level of the fluid in the chamber when the (up arrow)
key is pressed, and lowers the level when the (down arrow) key on
the level detector is pressed.
Optical Detector Secures venous blood tubing leading back to the patient and houses
venous line clamp and optical detector. The optical detector
distinguishes between opaque fluid (blood) and a transparent
medium such as saline.
Venous Line Automatically occludes the blood tubing leading back to the patient
Clamp during blood-alarm situations.
Blood Tubing System
The dialysate delivery machine can be used with a variety of blood-tubing configurations.
The modules (Arterial Drip Chamber, Blood Pump, Level Detector, and Heparin Pump) can
be arranged on the 2008T hemodialysis machine in a variety of ways to allow for pre- or
post-arterial pump pressure monitoring. The machine can accommodate most standard blood
tubing that have pump segments ranging from 2 to 10 mm internal diameter. An additional
single needle blood pump and special arterial line with two pump segments and a compliance
chamber is required on a machine set up for single-needle dialysis.
Blood Pressure Module
The Blood Pressure module is located internally with the pressure tubing running from the
back of the machine to the cuff. The module can automatically take the patients blood
pressure at defined intervals, record the systolic, diastolic, MAP, and pulse values, and plot
out the results on both the Blood Pressure screen and the Trends screen. The pressure
cuffs come in a variety of sizes to accommodate small through large adult patients. The
Adult size comes standard with the 2008T hemodialysis machine and can accommodate
patients with upper arm circumferences of 25-35 centimeters. An optional large cuff is also
available.

Chapter 1Overview
The Dialysate Path

OVERVIEW
The 2008T hemodialysis machine is a three-stream dialysate delivery machine: it mixes the
dialysate from three different sources and sends it to the dialyzer for treatment. The three
main parts of the dialysate are: purified (RO) water, acid concentrate, and bicarbonate
concentrate. After the machine heats and degasses the water, it mixes in the concentrates to
form dialysate. The machine then filters the dialysate with the Diasafe Plus filter (see page
218). The ultra-pure dialysate pumps through dialysate lines to the ports on the side of the
dialyzer. Meanwhile, the blood pumps through the bloodlines connected at each end of the
dialyzer. The blood and dialysate meet in the dialyzer but never touch. The dialysate pulls
waste from the patients bloodstream and then washes it out the drain. The Balancing
Chamber makes sure that the incoming flow of the dialysate is equal to the volume of the
outgoing flow to control ultrafiltration from the patients body. Ultrafiltration (UF) is the
process of removing excess fluid during the treatment. The fluid that is removed is called UF
Removed and the value is displayed on the machines Home screen.
The Dialysate Section
The Dialysate Section contains connectors for acid and bicarbonate concentrates.
Optional Red Acid Concentrate Jug Blue Fluid

bibag Connector Connector Cap Bicarbonate Sample
Connector Connector Port
Figure 14 The Dialysate Section

Chapter 1Overview
Table 8 Dialysate Section Features
OVERVIEW
FEATURE PURPOSE
Red acid and blue The concentrate connectors draw in acid and bicarbonate
bicarbonate concentrates. The concentrate connectors pull out and connect to
connectors jugs of acid and bicarbonate concentrates or a concentrate central
feed. When connecting, make certain to correctly match red to acid
and blue to bicarbonate concentrates.
Concentrate Jug The connector cap snaps onto the top of concentrate jugs. The Acid
Connector Cap and Bicarbonate connectors connect to the cap so the machine can
pull concentrate from the jugs.
Fluid Sample Port The Fluid Sample Port allows testing of the UF pump.
Optional bibag System
The bibag connector is part of the bibag system. It is a hardware option that allows use of a
dry bicarbonate powder to make dialysate solution for the 2008T hemodialysis machine. The
bicarbonate powder is contained in a bag called the bibag disposable. The machine adds
purified (RO) water to the bag and pumps out the liquid bicarbonate concentrate to mix with
the acid concentrate and more RO water.
Note: The 45x concentrate family must be selected in order to use the bibag system.
When a 45x type concentrate is selected with the bibag module installed, the machine will
automatically detect whether or not a bibag disposable is connected upon entering Dialysis
Mode.
Bicarbonate outlet Door handle

nozzle
bibag door
(open)
bibag
disposable Water inlet
handle nozzle
Straw
bibag disposable
Bicarbonate powder
Figure 15 The Optional bibag Connector (with bibag disposable)

Chapter 1Overview
Table 9 Optional bibag Connector Features

OVERVIEW
FEATURE PURPOSE
Optional bibag The bibag connector connects the bibag disposable to the machines
connector dialysate path.
bibag Door The bibag door covers the nozzles of the bibag connector. When the
door is closed with no bag on the bibag connector, the nozzles form a
loop in the dialysate path so the machine can rinse and disinfect the
bibag connector. Pressing down on the bibag door locks the door in
place. Lifting up on the door handle will open the bibag door.
Bicarbonate Outlet The machine pumps the liquid bicarbonate out of the bibag
Nozzle disposable through this opening.
Water Inlet Nozzle The machine adds purified water to the bicarbonate powder in the
bibag disposable through this opening.
bibag Disposable The bibag disposable is a bag filled with dry bicarbonate powder. At
the top of the bag are special inlet and outlet ports. These ports
match up with the nozzles on the machines bibag connector.
The Bicarbonate Outlet Nozzle connects to a straw inside the bag to
reach the bottom of the bag.
The handle on the bag allows you to easily lift the bibag disposable
off the bibag connector.
See the bibag estimated run time table on page 244 for more
information.
Dialyzer
The 2008T hemodialysis machine is compatible with commercially available dialyzers that
are equipped with standard dialysate connections (ISO 8637). The dialyzer connects to the
dialysate path via the dialysate lines on the shunt interlock.

Chapter 1Overview
The Shunt Interlock
OVERVIEW
Shunt Door Open
Shunt Door Closed
Dialyzer Return Dialyzer Supply Shunt Dialysate Dialysate Flow Float

Line Connector Line Connector Interlock Sample Port Indicator Tube
(Red) (Blue)
Figure 16 Shunt Interlock, Flow Indicator & Dialyzer Connectors (viewed from back
of machine)
The shunt interlock is located on the right side of the 2008T hemodialysis machine. It links
the dialysate lines when they are connected to it. The shunt door flips up to reveal color-
coded latching-connectors.
Push the dialyzer connectors onto the shunt interlock to snap them in place
Press down on the end of the red or blue lever and pull out the dialyzer connector to
remove it from the shunt interlock
The dialyzer connectors attach to the dialyzer during dialysis or the shunt interlock during
rinse programs. Make certain to correctly match red to red and blue to blue.
The blue dialyzer supply line features a dialysate flow indicator tube. A moving float in the
tube allows the operator to see when dialysate is running through the lines and the dialyzer.
The float does not move when the machine is in bypass mode. Lifting the shunt door will
manually put the machine in bypass mode.
The dialysate sample port on the same line allows the operator to take a sample of the
dialysate. For more information, see Testing the Dialysate on page 256.

Chapter 1Overview
IV Pole and Dialyzer Holder

OVERVIEW
IV Pole Release
Grip
Dialyzer Bloodline Swivel Elbow Release Latch IV Pole

Holder Holders Joint Button Clamp
Figure 17 The IV Pole and Dialyzer Holder

Chapter 1Overview
Table 10 IV Pole and Dialyzer Holder Features
OVERVIEW
FEATURE PURPOSE
IV Pole The IV pole is on the right side of the 2008T hemodialysis machine.
This pole is utilized to hold various medications and solutions that
may be required during a treatment.
Near the top of the pole is a black release grip that is used to adjust
the height of the IV pole. Lift up on the grip to slide the top of the IV
pole up or down. Let go of the grip to lock the IV pole at its new
height.
Dialyzer Holder The dialyzer holder keeps the dialyzer in place during the treatment.
The end of the dialyzer holder swings shut to clamp around a
dialyzer. It rotates at the swivel joint on an arm. This is so the
dialyzer can be easily flipped in the holder during treatment setup and
end procedures.
The opposite end of the arm clamps on the IV pole when the arm is
straight. To move the arm up or down along the IV pole: slide the
Release Latch Button toward the IV pole and bend the arm upward at
the elbow. The arms IV pole clamp will loosen and then the arm can
move freely. To clamp the arm on the IV pole, straighten the arm at
the elbow again.
The dialyzer holder also has bloodline holders like the tubing guides
on the machines modules. Press the bloodlines into these holders to
help keep them visible and free from kinks.
Moving the Machine

The 2008T hemodialysis machine has wheels on the bottom to make it easy to move. Before
moving the machine, make sure the IV pole is secured in its lower mount.
The wheel lock may need to be released before the machine will roll. The wheel lock is on
the right side of the 2008T hemodialysis machine at the base. To unlock the wheels, press
down on the front end of the foot pedal. To lock the wheels again, push down on the back
end of the foot pedal.
Unlocked Wheels Locked Wheels

Figure 18 The Wheel Lock

Chapter 1Overview
Warning! Tip Hazard. Do not push or lean against machine when the wheel lock is set.
OVERVIEW
Warning! Be careful not to tip the machine when rolling it over uneven surfaces. Push the
machine from the middle when moving it.
Moving across a level surface
Before moving the machine,

properly secure the IV pole Hold IV pole below
to its lower mount. Hold the upper mount
IV pole below its upper
mount as a handle to
maintain control of the
machine. Push the machine Secure IV pole to lower
from the middle when mount
moving it.
Moving over a inch threshold
1. Stop machine at 2. Brace foot against base. Use 3. Push machine slowly
threshold. IV pole to raise forward over threshold. Keep
wheels onto threshold. Do firm hold on IV pole.
not tip machine too far back!
Moving down a 1 inch step
1. Stop machine at 2. Brace foot against base. 3. Slowly lower machine

step. Hold IV pole above upper down step. Keep firm
mount. hold on IV pole. Do not
tip machine too far
forward!
Figure 19 Moving the 2008T Hemodialysis Machine

Chapter 2
Daily Preparation for Treatment
PREPARATION
TREATMENT
This chapter provides the qualified operator with the recommended daily procedures for
preparing the 2008T hemodialysis machine for regular hemodialysis operation.
Covered here are the initial tasks that are to be performed before the patient is connected to
the extracorporeal blood circuit. These tasks are not patient-specific, and are broken down
into three categories:
Setting up the dialysis delivery system
Preparing the extracorporeal blood circuit
Conducting pressure and alarm tests
Starting Point
The following is a checklist of conditions that should exist after installation of the 2008T
hemodialysis machine by a qualified technician. Before beginning the daily preparation
procedures, visually inspect the machine to verify that:
The water supply line is connected to the water inlet and the water is turned on.
The machines drain line is inserted into a drain with an air gap.
The power cord is plugged into a grounded, GFI-protected wall socket, and the main
power switch located on the back of the machine is in the ON position.
The heater switch is in the ON position.
The acid/acetate suction line (red connector) is inserted into the red, acid/acetate, rinse
port.
The bicarbonate suction line (blue connector) is inserted into the blue, bicarbonate,
rinse port.
If the machine has the optional bibag connector, check that the bibag door is firmly
closed
The dialyzer supply line (blue connector) and dialyzer return line (red connector) are
inserted into the matching-color connectors of the shunt interlock.
The machine has been recently disinfected and rinsed, and is ready for use.
Ensure the emergency hand crank for the blood pump is available.
If any of the conditions listed vary from those found on the machine, correct them before
continuing with the daily preparation procedure.

Preparing the Dialysis Delivery System

To prepare the 2008T hemodialysis machine for operation:
1. Press the POWER key on the control panel. The Select Program screen (see Figure
20) will appear on the monitor after approximately one minute.
PREPARATION
TREATMENT
2. Flip down the Touchpad located below the Control Panel Keypad.
Note: If the machine is filled with disinfectant or Rinse is the only option that appears in the
Select Program screen, the machine must complete a rinse cycle before being used for
treatment. Select Rinse to start the rinse cycle. Upon completion of rinse cycle test the
machine for any residual disinfectant according to the established guidelines of the facility.
Note: During the power up sequence a message is displayed for a few seconds: Press
Confirm for Service Mode. If this is done, the machine enters the calibration screens
instead of the Select Program screen.
Note: The Select Program screen displays any additional software applications (Apps)
that are installed on the 2008T hemodialysis machine (see Figure 20 for an example).
Figure 20 The Select Program Screen and Touchpad
Note: If the bibag disposable is the bicarbonate source, do not pull the blue bicarbonate
connector from the machines rinse port. Do the following to prepare the bibag disposable:
1. Remove the white plastic seal from underneath the water and bicarbonate nozzles of
the bibag disposable.
2. Open the bibag door on the machine by lifting up on the dark-gray handle.
3. With the white bibag handle facing outward, hang the bag on the bibag connector
nozzles.
4. Close the door, making sure it latches firmly in place. An audible click means the
door is closed.
Note: The bibag disposable must hang freely below the bibag connector. Make certain that
there are no jugs or other objects obstructing or touching the bibag disposable.

3. Insert the acid concentrate (red) connector into a centralized acid supply or a jug
containing sufficient acid concentrate for an entire treatment. If acetate concentrate is
being used, insert the red connector into the acetate supply.
Caution: Be sure the jug contains enough concentrate for the entire treatment. If the jug
runs out during treatment, a condition known as air lock may occur, causing conductivity
PREPARATION
problems.
TREATMENT
4. If the machine is being prepared for normal dialysis, select the Dialysis button on the
display screen by highlighting the button with the Touchpad and either tapping or
pressing the CONFIRM key. The Dialysate screen will appear on the monitor (see
Figure 21). (The optional Touchscreen can be used by touching the Dialysis button
directly.)
5. Verify that the concentrate type, displayed near the top of the screen, correctly matches
the prescribed concentrate type, and that the acid/bicarbonate or acetate concentrates
connected to the machine match the type selected. If an incorrect concentrate type is
displayed, the correct concentrate must be entered. To change the concentrate selection,
see Setting an Acid/Bicarbonate Type on page 69.
Note: The machine will not allow usage of the bibag disposable unless the 45x concentrate
family is selected in Service Mode.
Current acid
concentrate
selection
Figure 21 The Dialysate Screen
Note: If the machine is set up for use with Citrasate, a Citrate meter box will be displayed
in the dialysate constituent list.

6. After the concentrate displayed is correct, verify that the Base Na+ and Bicarbonate are
as prescribed. Press the CONFIRM key, and then select the Home screen-button.
7. If a liquid bicarbonate is to be used for the treatment, insert the bicarbonate concentrate
(blue) connector into a central bicarbonate supply or a jug containing sufficient
bicarbonate concentrate for an entire treatment. Again, be sure the jug contains enough
concentrate for the entire treatment.
PREPARATION
TREATMENT
Note: If the dry bicarbonate powder in the bibag disposable will instead be the bicarbonate
source, do not pull the blue bicarbonate connector out of your machines bicarbonate port.
Doing so will stop the flow to and from the bibag disposable.
Note: Dialysate flow must be ON in order to fill the bibag disposable with heated water.
Note: The bibag disposable contains a fixed volume of bicarbonate powder. Refer to the run
time tables on page 244 to verify that enough run time (including any set-up time and
potential pre-treatment delays) is available to complete a treatment using one bag.
When the machine is ready (water at minimum temperature and no air in the hydraulics), it
will begin mixing the concentrates. If a bibag disposable is connected, the machine will then
fill the bag with heated water to be used as a bicarbonate concentrate for dialysate production.
The machines conductivity and temperature readings should stabilize within ten minutes.
While the 2008T hemodialysis machine is preparing the dialysate, the bloodlines may be set
up. Turn to the next page for instructions on preparing the extracorporeal blood circuit.

Preparing the Extracorporeal Blood Circuit

Use Figure 22 or Figure 23, depending on the configuration of your machine, as a guide for
connecting the bloodlines. The red lines on the machine are guides for arterial bloodline
(from patient to dialyzer). The blue lines on the machine are guides for the venous bloodline
(from the dialyzer to the patient). Be sure to use aseptic technique for all bloodline
PREPARATION
TREATMENT
connections.
Note: To prepare the 2008T hemodialysis machine for single-needle dialysis, see Single
Needle Dialysis in Appendix A.
Figure 22 Pre-pump Arterial Chamber Configuration
Figure 23 Post-pump Arterial Chamber Configuration

Connecting the Extracorporeal Blood Circuit

For the following set of instructions, refer to Figure 11 The Blood Pump Module on page
PREPARATION
34 and Figure 13 The Level Detector Module on page 36 regarding the names of the
TREATMENT
various module parts.

To connect the bloodlines:
Warning! Use aseptic technique.
Note: These are general instructions are for a new, dry-pack dialyzer. Your specific
procedure should be consistent with the dialyzer manufacturers instructions.
Arterial Bloodline Setup
1. Close medication port clamp.
2. Snap the arterial chamber into its holder.
3. Connect the arterial monitor line to the arterial pressure port using a transducer protector
and verify that the monitor line is unclamped.
Warning! Transducer protectors should be used between transducers and each pressure
monitor line of the extracorporeal system to prevent the transducers from getting wet. Wet
transducer protectors must be replaced, as they will cause inaccurate pressure readings. If
the external transducer protector and the internal transducer should become contaminated
with blood, the transducer protectors must be replaced, and the transducer must be
disinfected or replaced.
4. Open the blood pump door.
Warning! Inspect the blood pump rotor for proper operation (tubing guide posts not bent,
rollers move freely, crank lever moves freely). Bent or loose tubing guide posts can damage
bloodlines. Replace rotor if necessary. See page 140 for rotor diagram.
5. If necessary, set the pump for the diameter of the blood pump segment:
Press the Up () and Down () keys on the blood pump module simultaneously.
The display will flash.
Press the Up () or Down () key on the blood pump module until the diameter of
the pump segment being used is displayed.
6. Load the blood pump segment:
a. Press and hold the Start/Stop key on the blood pump module to align rotor for line
insertion.
b. Grasp the pump segment and, using thumb pressure, position it behind the left yoke
by pressing the tubing retainer inward. Be sure the end of the segment clears the
bottom of the yoke.
Warning! Make sure the collar of the pump segment is positioned below the bottom of the
yoke. This will minimize the possibility of the segment kinking during pump operation.
Warning! Keep fingers free of rotor while it is turning to avoid possible injury.
c. Press and hold the Start/Stop key. The rotor will rotate to the 5 oclock position and
stop. Relieve pressure on the retainer and release the segment. The beginning of the
pump segment should be secured between the left yoke and the tubing retainer.

d. Press and hold the Start/Stop key again and the rotor will rotate one full turn to
automatically position the remainder of the segment within the pump housing. After
loading, any extra pump segment tubing length should be on the right side of the
pump.
e. Release the Start/Stop key when the pump segment has been inserted along the track
inside the pump housing all the way to the right yoke.
PREPARATION
TREATMENT
f. Grasp the remaining portion of the segment and, using thumb pressure in a manner
similar to step b, position it behind the right yoke.
g. Release the tubing retainer and close the pump door. Be sure the pump segment is
free of kinks and both ends of the segment extend below the yoke.
7. Snap remaining arterial tubing in the clips along the red guidelines shown on modules.
8. Aseptically place the patient end of the arterial line into the priming bucket clip. Snap
the dialyzer end of the arterial bloodline into the dialyzer holder clip.
Warning! Do not allow the ends to touch the fluid in the bucket to prevent contamination.
Venous Bloodline Setup

1. Close medication port clamp.
2. Open the level detector door and roll the venous drip chamber into its holder with the
filter below the sensor heads. Close and latch the door.
Warning! The level detector must be calibrated to the venous line model being used.
Warning! If the venous chamber contains a filter, be sure the filter portion of the chamber is
positioned below the ultrasonic sensor heads of the drip chamber holder.
3. Connect the venous pressure monitor line to the pressure port. Be sure to insert a
transducer protector between the line and the port. Verify that the monitor line is
unclamped.
4. Snap remaining venous tubing in the clips along the blue guidelines shown on modules
(do not insert the venous bloodline into the venous clamp yet).
5. Snap the dialyzer end of the venous bloodline into the dialyzer holder clip.
6. Aseptically place the patient end of the venous line into the priming bucket clip.
Dialyzer Setup
1. Mount the dialyzer in its holder, arterial-end up.
2. If the CLiC device will be used for this treatment, connect the Crit-Line Blood Chamber
to the dialyzers arterial port at this time. For more information, see the 2008T
Hemodialysis Machine with CLiC Users Guide (P/N 490206).

Priming the Blood Circuit
There are two different ways to prime the blood circuit on the 2008T hemodialysis
machineStandard Prime method and Prime Amount method. The Standard Prime method
PREPARATION
allows the operator to prime the blood circuit by controlling the flow of the saline manually.
TREATMENT
The Prime Amount method is a machine option that is set in the Service Mode, and limits the
amount of saline used in the priming procedure to a preset volume. Prime the blood circuit
according to how your machine was set up. Follow your unit protocol or dialyzer
manufacturers instructions for priming and rinsing dialyzers.
Standard Prime Method
1. Connect the dialyzer end of the arterial bloodline to the arterial port of the dialyzer.
Rotate the dialyzer to the arterial end down position.
2. Connect the dialyzer end of the venous bloodline to the venous port of the dialyzer.
3. Insert the venous line in the venous line clamp and the optical detector. Close the optical
detector door.
Warning! The tubing beneath the venous drip chamber must be inserted into the venous line
clamp and the optical detector.
4. Hang a saline bag and attach an administration line, if not already attached, to the saline
port on the arterial bloodline. Aseptically spike the saline bag.
5. Gravity prime the patient end of the arterial bloodline below the saline T with saline.
When primed, clamp the patient end of the arterial bloodline.
6. If the heparin pump is to be used: connect the heparin syringe, prime the heparin line
with heparin, and load heparin syringe into heparin pump. If the heparin pump is not
used, clamp the heparin line.
7. On the control panel keypad, press the Prime key.
8. Press the blood pump Start/Stop key and run the blood pump at a rate of 150 ml/min.
Adjust the flow rate by pressing the (up) or (down) keys.
9. Fill the arterial drip chamber to an acceptable level using the key (level adjust) on the
blood pump. Close the arterial pressure monitor line clamp and disconnect the line from
the arterial pressure port so the port is open to atmosphere.
Warning! The Level Adjust key on the Blood Pump module can only be used to raise the
level in the arterial chamber. Do not press the Level Adjust key so long that the pressure

10. Run the blood pump to flush saline through the circuit until a fluid level is detected in the
venous drip chamber. The blood pump will stop when the level detector senses a level of
fluid.
11. Press the RESET key on the control panel to restart the blood pump and continue
flushing saline through the blood circuit in accordance with established facility protocol
regarding dialyzer rinsing.
PREPARATION
TREATMENT
12. After the required saline amount has passed through the circuit, press the Start/Stop key
on the blood pump to stop the pump.
13. Clamp the patient end of the venous bloodline.
14. Adjust the fluid levels in the drip chambers by pressing the appropriate or level
adjust keys. Close the venous pressure monitor line clamp and disconnect the monitor
line from the venous pressure port so the port is open to atmosphere.
15. Aseptically connect the patient end of the arterial bloodline to the patient end of the
venous bloodline using a sterile recirculation piece. Unclamp both lines.
16. Set the blood pump rate to 350-400 ml/min. Press the blood pump Start/Stop key to
start the pump and begin recirculation. If necessary, press the RESET key to clear any
alarms.
17. Ensure that the extracorporeal circuit is free of air bubbles.
Note: The dialysate lines will have to be attached at the appropriate point during the priming
process, depending on facility procedure and manufacturers instructions. If 1.5x or 2x
dialysate flow (Auto Flow) is selected, be sure that the dialysate flow rate is at least the
minimum required rate.
Prime Amount Method
3. Hang a saline bag and attach an administration line, if not already attached, to the saline
port on the arterial bloodline. Aseptically spike the saline bag.
When primed, clamp off the patient end of the arterial bloodline.
with heparin, and load heparin syringe into heparin pump. If the heparin pump is not
used, clamp the heparin line.
6. On the control panel keypad, press the Prime key.
7. Press the blood pump Start/Stop key and run the blood pump at a rate of 150 ml/min.
Adjust the flow rate by pressing the (up) or (down) keys.

8. Fill the arterial drip chamber to an acceptable level using the key (level adjust) key on
the blood pump. Close the arterial pressure monitor line clamp and disconnect the line
from the arterial pressure port so the port is open to atmosphere.
Warning! The Level Adjust key on the Blood Pump module can only be used to raise the
level in the arterial chamber. Do not press the Level Adjust key so long that the pressure
PREPARATION
TREATMENT
9. The blood pump will start and continue to run until the pre-set amount of saline has been
flushed through the circuit. When blood pump stops, clamp the patient end of the venous
bloodline.
10. Insert the venous bloodline into the venous line clamp and optical detector on the level
detector module. Close the optical detector door.
Warning! The tubing beneath the venous drip chamber must be inserted into the venous line
clamp and the optical detector.
11. Adjust the fluid levels in the drip chambers by pressing the appropriate level adjust keys.
Close the venous pressure monitor line clamp and disconnect the monitor line from the
venous pressure port so the port is open to atmosphere.
13. Set the blood pump rate to 350-400 ml/min. Press the blood pump Start/Stop key to start
the pump and begin recirculation. If necessary, press the RESET key to clear any
alarms.
14. Ensure that the extracorporeal circuit is free of air bubbles.
Note: The dialysate lines will have to be attached at the appropriate point during the priming
process, depending on facility procedure and manufacturers instructions. If 1.5x or 2x
dialysate flow (Auto Flow) is selected, be sure that the dialysate flow rate is at least the

Testing the 2008T Hemodialysis Machine

Before beginning treatment, the machine should undergo Pressure and Alarm tests to ensure
PREPARATION
TREATMENT
that it is functioning properly. Select the Both Tests button in the Test & Options screen to
start the test. The 2008T hemodialysis machine can be configured so that this testing is
mandatory after power up providing that the force test option is selected. In this case, the test
will start on its own.
To run the test sequence,

The dialyzer lines must be connected to the shunt with the interlock door closed.
The machine must be in an alarm-free condition by allowing sufficient time for the
dialysate to reach proper conductivity and temperature. This takes about five minutes
from the time the concentrate is confirmed on the dialysate screen (see Figure 21 on page
47).
Arterial and venous monitor lines must be clamped and removed from the pressure
monitor ports so the monitor ports are open to atmosphere.
UF and SVS must be off.
Warning! It is essential that the 2008T hemodialysis machines balancing system is

operating properly. The machine must successfully complete a Pressure test before each
treatment, especially when using high-flux dialyzers.

To run the Pressure and Alarm tests:

PREPARATION
TREATMENT
1) From any
screen, select
Test & Options
2) From the
Test & Options
screen, select
Both Tests
3) Press
CONFIRM
Figure 24 Starting Automatic Tests
Test Sequence
The automated test sequence consists of two distinct partsAlarm tests and Pressure Holding
tests. The Pressure Holding Test, the Alarm test, or both tests can be started by selecting the
corresponding button on the Test & Options screen and pressing the CONFIRM key on
the Touchpad. After a long power down, however, only the Both Tests button is enabled.

Individual tests are identified as shown on the Test & Options screen. A failure of any of
the tests is indicated by a red X in the error box to the right of the test name.
The Alarm test consists of nine individual tests that verify the integrity of the settable alarm
limits of the system. Both the alarm and pressure tests should be conducted by the operator
prior to each treatment.
PREPARATION
TREATMENT
The Pressure Holding Test (PHT) consists of two separate tests that are conducted
sequentially. The purpose of the PHT test is to ensure the pressure integrity of the hydraulic
system under actual pressures generated during the normal operation of the system. PHT
must be performed before each high-flux treatment.
If all tests are completed successfully, a message TEST COMPLETE appears in the Status
box. The operator must press RESET once to clear the message. Patient-specific treatment
parameters (other than UF related) can be entered at any time during the test.
An audible alarm sounds only if a test has failed. In a failure situation, after all of the tests
have been completed, the message BOTH TESTS FAILED, ALARM TEST FAILED, or
PRESSURE TEST FAILED is displayed in the Status box depending on the nature of the
failure. A red X appears in the failure box designating the test(s) failed. The right side of the
screen provides additional information regarding the failure. A description of the test
messages can be found in Chapter 6, Troubleshooting. Pressing the RESET key once
mutes an alarm, pressing it a second time resets the right side of the screen.
Figure 25 Test Failure Screen

Warning! After selecting and confirming a test button, the machine will beep. As a test of
the audible alarm system, make certain that the sound occurs. If the machine fails this or
any of the Pressure, Alarm, and Diasafe tests and the cause cannot be corrected, or if it fails
subsequent tests, it should not be used for treatment. Remove the machine from service and
have it inspected by a qualified technician to correct the problem.
PREPARATION
The 2008T hemodialysis machine can be set up to perform online PHTs during treatment.
TREATMENT
These tests routinely happen every 12 minutes, and check the integrity of the hydraulic
system. In the event of a failure, an alarm sounds and a warning message is displayed in the
status box. For more information see Online Pressure Holding Test on page 126.
If your machine is set up with the automatically activated Diasafe test valve, you may initiate
the Diasafe test from this screen. The date of the last test and test result is displayed.
Recirculation and Final Set-Up Procedure

1. Rotate dialyzer to arterial inlet up.
2. Check the conductivity and pH of the dialysate and test for residual disinfectant before
connecting the dialysate lines to the dialyzer. For more information on collecting a
dialysate sample for testing, see Testing the Dialysate on page 256.
Warning! Always verify the conductivity and approximate pH of the dialysate solution
through independent means (e.g. using a conductivity meter or pH paper or meter, as
applicable) before initiating each dialysis treatment. Verify that the conductivity is
reasonably close to the theoretical conductivity value (TCD) and the pH is between 6.9 and
7.6. If they are not, do not initiate dialysis.
3. Connect dialysate lines to dialyzer by matching the color of the dialyzer connector to the
color of the blood tube fitting and then close the shunt door. When done correctly, the
red arterial blood tubing connector and the red dialyzer connector of the dialysate line
should be connected to the corresponding ports at the top of the dialyzer. This is to create
a counter-current flow (blood flowing from top to bottom, dialysate flowing from bottom
to top) inside the dialyzer to maximize clearance.
4. Pull on the dialyzer connectors to make sure they are firmly connected to the dialyzer.
Note: All dialyzer connectors must be fastened tightly to prevent air from entering the
dialysate circuit or to prevent dialysate from leaking from the dialyzer.
5. Reconnect arterial and venous monitor lines to their respective ports. Unclamp the lines.
6. When the dialysate compartment is filled, rotate the dialyzer so the arterial inlet is down.
7. After priming the extracorporeal blood circuit, press RESET to clear all alarms. Set the
blood pump rate to 350-400 ml/min and start the blood pump to begin recirculating the
saline through the circuit.

8. Press the (down) key on the Level Detector module to lower the fluid level in the drip
chamber. Verify that the blood pump stops and the venous clamp occludes.
Warning! The test of the level detector system must be run as a precaution and aid to
identifying potential failures. Remove the machine from service if it fails this test.
9. Press the (up) key on the Level Detector module to raise the fluid level in the drip
PREPARATION
TREATMENT
chamber to an acceptable level.
10. Check blood tubing to ensure that there are no kinks, especially between the blood pump
and the dialyzer.
Warning! Kinked lines can cause hemolysis of the blood.
Warning! If using a dialyzer that has been stored in a liquid disinfectant such as
formaldehyde or Puristeril 340, test the recirculating saline solution for residual disinfectant
according to established facility protocol or the manufacturers instructions. Special rinsing
techniques must also be employed to assure the concentration of disinfectant is reduced and
maintained at an appropriate level. These rinsing procedures are the responsibility of the
medical director. The procedure must include a test for residual disinfectant and techniques
to avoid rebound of the disinfectant. Turning the dialysate flow off when using a reused
dialyzer may allow the chemical disinfectant to rebound (increase) to an unacceptable level.
11. Replace saline bag with a fresh bag if necessary.
12. Check for a normal dialysate flow by observing the rise and fall of the external flow
indicator located on the dialyzer supply line. The float should drop four times in about
15 seconds for a 500 ml/min flow, or four times in 10 seconds for an 800-ml/min flow.
13. Open the shunt door and verify that the machine goes into bypass mode. In bypass mode,
the float in the flow indicator of the dialyzer supply line should drop and remain at the
bottom of the indicator and an audible alarm may sound.
Note: The 2008T hemodialysis machine can be configured (in Service Mode) so that audible
alarms occur only when the optical detector senses blood. If this option is not selected, an
audible alarm will sound when the shunt interlock door is open.

Chapter 3
Setting Treatment Parameters
This chapter instructs the patient care specialist on the procedures for entering
patient-specific treatment parameters. The procedures for preparing the machine for daily
use, in Chapter 2, must be completed prior to setting treatment parameters.
PARAMETERS
SETTING
Before proceeding, be sure that:

The machine has passed the alarm and pressure tests.
The dialysate is at the proper temperature, conductivity, and pH.
The dialysate has been tested and found free of residual disinfectant.
Warning! Do not connect a patient to the machine or attempt to set treatment parameters
until these conditions have been met.
Warning! The values shown in pictures here are for example only. Parameters must be
entered as prescribed by the patients physician. Failure to enter correct parameters could
result in serious injury or death.
Recommended Screen Order

The process of setting patient-specific treatment parameters requires using four of the eight
main screens displayed on the display screen. The table below lists the order the screens
should be opened, and parameter to set in each of them.
Dialysate ScreenAccess the Sodium and Bicarbonate level of the dialysate and
display the constituent concentration as prescribed by the physician.
Home ScreenAccess the UF and Sodium Variation System (SVS) parameters,
dialysate flow, dialysate temperature, display conductivity, and later, start the treatment.
Test & Options ScreenSettings to perform single-needle dialysis or use high-flux
dialyzers are activated in this screen. The patient ID (if applicable) is also entered here.
Heparin ScreenSet the parameters for administering heparin.
Kt/V AF ScreenSet the parameters for the Kt/V display and run the Access Flow
measurement.
BTM/BVM ScreenIf applicable, set the BTM and BVM parameters.
Blood Pressure ScreenSet pressure and interval settings to facilitate taking pulse
and blood pressure readings automatically.

New Treatment Key

When the 2008T hemodialysis machine is first turned on in preparation for daily operation
(after a long power down), all treatment parameters revert to their default settings. This can
also be accomplished by pressing the New Tx (New Treatment) key when in Dialysis Mode.
The New Tx key allows the operator to reset patient treatment parameters to their default
settings without interrupting the power to the machine. This must be done in preparing the
2008T hemodialysis machine for all subsequent treatments after the first of the day.
After pressing and confirming the New Tx key or after a long power down:
All treatment data (blood pressure, Kt/V) are deleted. The treatment summary
information is moved to the previous record in the Trends screen.
PARAMETERS
The RTD counter is reset to zero
SETTING
All heparin treatment parameters are reset to zero
SVS profile is reset to None
UF treatment parameters are reset as follows:
UF profile is reset to None
UF Removed is reset to zero
UF Goal = 3000
UF Time = 3:00
UF Rate = 1000
The Dialysate screen is displayed and the concentrate will need to be confirmed
To activate the New Treatment Option:
1) Press New Tx
Note: When pressing the
New Tx key, the cursor will
disappear because a new
parameter is being entered.
2) Press CONFIRM or
press Escape to cancel.
Note: Pressing CONFIRM
or Escape will cause the
cursor to reappear.
Figure 26 New Tx key

Entering a Treatment Parameter

Treatment parameters can be entered quickly and easily using the 2008T Keyboard,
Touchpad, and optional Touchscreen. All editable treatment data are displayed in yellow
rectangular buttons in the treatment screens. To change a treatment parameter in any screen,
highlight the parameter to change by selecting the corresponding button on the display
screen. The selected button changes to a brighter shade of yellow when highlighted. Enter
the new value using the numbers or / (up or down) keys located on the Keyboard. After
entering the new value, press the CONFIRM key to save it in the 2008T hemodialysis
PARAMETERS
SETTING
machines memory. The following example illustrates this procedure.

To set a treatment parameter: 1) Using UF Goal as an
example, a treatment
parameter can be selected
in two different ways:
Touch the button directly
with the Touchscreen.
Slide your finger along the
Touchpad to move the
cursor arrow until the
desired button is
highlighted. Then either
tap the Touchpad or press
the CONFIRM key.
When the button is selected,
it becomes a brighter yellow.
2) Use the number or

arrow keys on the
Keyboard to enter the
desired value.
3) After entering the

value, either tap the
Touchpad or press
CONFIRM (or Enter
on the Keyboard) to
save the value.
Note: If an incorrect parameter value was entered, press the Escape

key on the Touchpad or the Esc key on the Keyboard to cancel.
You can only cancel an entry before the CONFIRM key has been
pressed. If a parameter value entry has been confirmed, follow steps
1 - 3 to re-enter the correct parameter value.
Figure 27 Entering Treatment Parameters

An operator may attempt to enter data that is invalid. Some examples are:
Attempting to enter a time of 1:80. The time format is hours:minutes. Anything over
59 minutes is not valid.
Attempting to enter a time of 0:62. Until the CONFIRM key or another parameter
entry button is selected, this is allowed because the operator may be intending to enter
6:20, which is valid.
Attempting to enter a value that is above or below the allowed range of a parameter
entry box. For instance, entering a Na+ value above 155 mEq/l is not allowed and
therefore is an invalid entry.
When the / (up or down) keys are used to enter a value, the scrolling will stop at the
upper or lower allowed values. If the operator enters an invalid time with the numbers on the
PARAMETERS
Keyboard, a message is shown in the Dialogue Box with the erroneous value and a message
SETTING
to press the Escape key. If an invalid parameter other than time is entered, the value will be
entered as the lowest or highest allowed value, accompanied with a message in the Dialogue
Box.
4) Enter the values for each

of the buttons (highlighting
them and using the
Keyboard for each one) then
press the CONFIRM key to
save them.
Figure 28 Entering Parameters, continued

Note: The on-screen cursor will disappear if not moved for five seconds. It also disappears
when a value is entered but not yet confirmed. To display the cursor again the operator can
do one of the following: tap the Touchpad, press the CONFIRM or Escape key on the
Touchpad or press the Enter or Esc key on the keyboard.
Dialysate Screen Settings

The Dialysate screen is displayed automatically at start up. It is also shown when either the
Dialysate button or Conductivity button in the Home screen is pressed.
Within the Dialysate screen, the concentrations of base sodium (Na+), bicarbonate, and
other constituents are displayed. The Theoretical Conductivity (TCD)the conductivity of
the dialysate based on these concentrationsis displayed in the left side of the screen. The

actual conductivity of the dialysate is displayed on the right side, above the Conductivity bar
graph.
Most dialysate or dialysate-related alarm parameters are accessed from the Dialysate
screen. Unless otherwise described, enter or change a dialysate-related value by following
the procedure described in Entering a Parameter on page 62.
What to do from this screen

Enter the prescribed dialysate settings for:
Concentrate type
Base Na+ level
PARAMETERS
SETTING
Bicarbonate level
Sodium Variation (SVS) profile
Set Alarm limits for:
Low Acid/Bicarbonate alert
Position and width of Conductivity Alarm window
Turn Dialysate Flow on or off (software version 2.34 or later)
Warning! The specific concentrate and sodium and bicarbonate settings must be prescribed
by a physician.
Note: If the machine is set up for use with Citrasate, a Citrate meter box will be displayed
in the dialysate constituent list.
Acid Concentrate Type
Theoretical
Conductivity (TCD)
of the Final
Dialysate at the
displayed Base Na+ Actual Conductivity
and Bicarbonate
values.
Alarm Window
Electrolyte Profile of
Selected
Concentrate at the
base sodium and
bicarbonate levels Conductivity
Scale
Figure 29 The Dialysate Screen

The following table describes the features that can be programmed by the operator in the
Dialysate screen.
Table 11 Dialysate Screen Features
Button Function
ConcentrateSelecting the Concentrate button opens a subscreen to allow for
the selection of a concentrate type from a drop down menu. See Figure 31
Entering Concentrate Information on page 70.
Base Na+This is the prescribed base sodium (Na+) that will be delivered to the
dialyzer in the Final Dialysate (post proportioning and the reaction of the acid
and bicarbonate concentrates). Selecting this button and using the or (up
or down) keys on the Keyboard, the operator can set the base sodium content of
PARAMETERS
the dialysate in milliequivalents per liter (mEq/L). The values of some of the
SETTING
other constituents will change as this parameter is adjusted (see Table 12 on
page 66 for more information).
BicarbonateThis is the prescribed bicarbonate that will be delivered to the
dialyzer in the Final Dialysate (post proportioning and the reaction of the acid
and bicarbonate concentrates). Selecting this button and using the or (up
or down) keys on the Keyboard, changes the bicarbonate level in
milliequivalents per liter (mEq/L). The values of some of the other constituents
will change as this parameter is adjusted (see Table 13 on page 67 for more
information).
Dialysate Flow On/OffSelecting and confirming this toggle-button will turn off
dialysate flow. The value displayed in the Dialysate Flow button on the Home
screen will flash when dialysate flow is turned off with this toggle-button. Select
and confirm this button again to resume dialysate flow at the previously set rate
(software version 2.34 or later).
Acid/Bicarbonate AlertSelecting this button opens a subscreen with options
to notify the user when there is only 20 percent concentrate remaining in either
supply jug. See Setting the Acid/Bicarbonate Alert on page 71.
Alarm PositionSelecting this button and using the or (up or down) keys
on the Keyboard, the operator can shift the conductivity alarm window, up or
down in 0.1 mS/cm increments. The alarm window can be shifted 0.5 mS/cm
above or below the TCD of the selected concentrate type within the maximum
upper limit of 16.0 mS/cm, and the minimum lower limit of 12.5 mS/cm. For more
information, see Conductivity Limits on page 72.
Alarm WidthSelecting this button and using the or (up or down) keys on
the Keyboard, the operator can change the width of the conductivity alarm
window from 0.6 to 1.0 mS/cm width. For more information, see Conductivity
Limits on page 72.
SVS ProfileThis button, which also appears in the Home screen, opens the
Sodium Variation System (SVS) Profile subscreen. For more information, see
Sodium Variation System on page 83. This button is colored green when an
SVS profile is running (software version 2.34 or later).
If the SVS option is set to No in Service Mode, this button will not be displayed.

Final Dialysate Composition
Final Dialysate contains sodium, bicarbonate, and the minor dialysate constituents shown on
the Dialysate screen. The 2008T hemodialysis machine maintains dialysate sodium and
bicarbonate at the prescribed levels using a volumetric proportioning system. The
conductivity of the dialysate is displayed and used to monitor, but not control, the Final
Dialysate composition.
The dialysate constituents depend on the sodium and bicarbonate selections; they will change
if either the sodium or bicarbonate selection changes. When the operator changes the
PARAMETERS
prescribed bicarbonate (set in the Bicarbonate button), the acid stream also changes in order
SETTING
to keep the prescribed Final Dialysate sodium constant. Similarly, when the operator changes
the prescribed sodium (set in the Base Na+ button), the bicarbonate stream also changes in
order to keep the prescribed Final Dialysate bicarbonate level constant.
The minor electrolyte constituents of potassium, calcium, and magnesium are part of the acid
stream and will change from nominal settings when the bicarbonate or sodium is changed
from nominal. For the NaturaLyte, GranuFlo, and Citrasate brand concentrates, Table 12
provides examples of how potassium, calcium, and magnesium are affected as the prescribed
sodium changes, first from the nominal 137 mEq/L to the lowest limit of 130 mEq/L and then
the highest limit of 155 mEq/L. These changes to the dialysate composition keep the
prescribed Final Dialysate bicarbonate level constant.
Table 12 Final Dialysate Ranges in mEq/L with Bicarbonate Constant at 33 mEq/L
NaturaLyte 2251-0 with 4 mEq/L Acetate
Prescribed
Sodium Bicarbonate Potassium Calcium Magnesium Acetate Dextrose
Sodium
137 mEq/L
137 33 2.0 2.5 1.0 4.0 100
nominal setting
130 mEq/L
130 33 1.9 2.3 0.9 3.7 93
lowest setting
155 mEq/L
155 33 2.3 2.9 1.2 4.7 117
highest setting
GranuFlo 2251-3B with 8 mEq/L Acetate (4 mEq/L Acetic Acid + 4 mEq/L Sodium Acetate)
Prescribed
Sodium
137 mEq/L
137 33 2.0 2.5 1.0 8.0 100
nominal setting
130 mEq/L
130 33 1.9 2.3 0.9 7.5 93
lowest setting
155 mEq/L
155 33 2.3 2.9 1.2 9.4 117
highest setting

Citrasate 2251-CA with 2.7 mEq/L Acetate (2.4 mEq/L Citrate + 0.3 mEq/L Acetate)
Prescribed
Sodium Bicarbonate Potassium Calcium Magnesium Citrate Acetate Dextrose
Sodium
137 mEq/L
137 34 2.0 2.5 1.0 2.4 0.3 100
nominal setting
130 mEq/L
130 34 1.9 2.3 0.9 2.2 0.2 93
lowest setting
155 mEq/L
155 34 2.4 2.9 1.2 2.8 0.3 118
highest setting
Table 13 below provides examples of how these same constituents are affected as the
PARAMETERS
prescribed Final Dialysate bicarbonate instead changes, first from the nominal 33 mEq/L (34
SETTING
mEq/L for Citrasate) to the lowest limit of 20 mEq/L and then the highest limit of 40 mEq/L.
These changes to the dialysate composition keep the prescribed Final Dialysate sodium level
constant.
Table 13 Final Dialysate Ranges in mEq/L with Sodium Constant at 137 mEq/L
NaturaLyte 2251-0 with 4 mEq/L Acetate
Prescribed
Bicarbonate
33 mEq/L
137 33 2.0 2.5 1.0 4.0 100
nominal setting
20 mEq/L
137 20 2.3 2.8 1.1 4.5 113
lowest setting
40 mEq/L
137 40 1.9 2.3 0.9 3.7 93
highest setting
GranuFlo 2251-3B with 8 mEq/L Acetate (4 mEq/L Acetic Acid + 4 mEq/L Sodium Acetate)
Prescribed
Bicarbonate
33 mEq/L
137 33 2.0 2.5 1.0 8.0 100
nominal setting
20 mEq/L
137 20 2.3 2.8 1.1 9.0 113
lowest setting
40 mEq/L
137 40 1.9 2.3 0.9 7.5 93
highest setting
Citrasate 2251-CA with 2.7 mEq/L Acetate (2.4 mEq/L Citrate + 0.3 mEq/L Acetate)
Prescribed
Sodium Bicarbonate Potassium Calcium Magnesium Citrate Acetate Dextrose
Bicarbonate
34 mEq/L
137 34 2.0 2.5 1.0 2.4 0.3 100
nominal setting
20 mEq/L
137 20 2.3 2.8 1.1 2.8 0.3 114
lowest setting
40 mEq/L 137 40 1.9 2.4 0.9 2.3 0.2 94
highest setting

The following table shows the full extent of those changes to the electrolyte constituents in
the Final Dialysate composition with sodium (Base Na+) at 137 mEq/L and post-reaction
bicarbonate at 33 mEq/L (34 mEq/L for Citrasate), 20 mEq/L, and 40 mEq/L:
Table 14 Example of Dialysate Screen Dialysate Composition Ranges with Sodium

Constant at 137 mEq/L
NaturaLyte GranuFlo Citrasate

Nominal Bicarbonate Setting Nominal Bicarbonate Setting Nominal Bicarbonate Setting
PARAMETERS
SETTING
Minimum Bicarbonate Setting Minimum Bicarbonate Setting Minimum Bicarbonate Setting
Maximum Bicarbonate Setting Maximum Bicarbonate Setting Maximum Bicarbonate Setting

Setting an Acid/Bicarbonate Type
Acid/bicarbonate concentrate types are programmed into computer memory of the 2008T
hemodialysis machine. If the current patients prescribed dialysate differs from the previous
patients, or if the machine is new or has been recalibrated, a new acid/bicarbonate
concentrate type matching the dialysate prescribed by the current patients physician must be
entered.
To enter the acid/bicarbonate concentrate type:
PARAMETERS
SETTING
1) From the
Dialysate screen,
select Conc. The
Concentrate
subscreen opens.
Figure 30 Enter Acid & Bicarbonate Type

1) The electrolyte profile of the

highlighted selection is
displayed in this column.
Note: If the machine is set up
for use with Citrasate a
Citrate meter box will be
displayed in the dialysate
constituent list.
2) Highlight the desired

selection by scrolling through
PARAMETERS
the choices using the or

SETTING
(up or down) keys on the

keyboard. Acetate
formulations can also be
selected as a treatment option.
3) When the desired type is highlighted, press

the Enter key or CONFIRM key on the Touchpad
to save the selection and return to the Dialysate
screen.
Note: Be sure the acid/bicarbonate concentrates
connected to the machine match the type
selected from the Concentrate menu.
4) Enter the prescribed Base Na+

and Bicarbonate values as described
in Entering a Treatment Parameter.
Figure 31 Entering Concentrate Information

Setting the Acid/Bicarbonate Alert
The Acid/Bicarbonate Alert option sounds an alarm when the fluid level in either of the
concentrate jugs has been drained to 20 percent of its original amount. In addition to the
alarm, a warning message such as LOW ACID WARNING, LOW BIC WARNING, or LOW
ACETATE WARNING will appear in the status box. This alert aids the operator in
maintaining adequate amounts of concentrate in the containers during treatment. Be sure to
set the new volume in this screen whenever the concentrate containers are refilled.
1) From the Dialysate

screen, select Acid/Bicarb
PARAMETERS
Alert. The Acid/Bicarb
SETTING
Alert subscreen appears.
2) Select Acid. Using the keyboard, enter the actual

amount, in liters, of concentrate in the acid jug.
3) Select Bicarbonate. Using the keyboard,

enter the actual amount, in liters, of
concentrate in the bicarbonate jug.
Note: If the facility is

on a centralized acid
or bicarbonate supply 4) Select Alert until an X
system, enter zero to appears in the On checkbox.
deactivate the alarm
for that concentrate.
5) Press CONFIRM to
save the change.
6) Select Dialysate to exit the
Acid/Bicarb Alert subscreen.
The volume of each concentrate
will count down as it is used.
Figure 32 Setting Acid & Bicarbonate Alerts

Conductivity
The Theoretical Conductivity (TCD) represents the expected conductivity for the selected
concentrate at the set Na+ and bicarbonate levels. It is displayed above the electrolyte
constituents on the left side of the Dialysate screen (see Figure 29 on page 64). The actual
conductivity of the Final Dialysate is displayed above the conductivity bar graph on the right
side of the Dialysate screen. It is represented by a horizontal bar in the conductivity graph.
The bar appears green when the conductivity is within alarm limits, and turns red when the
actual conductivity is outside the alarm window. With both concentrate supplies connected
to the machine, a stable, accurate conductivity reading should be attained about five minutes
after the concentrate is confirmed in the Dialysate screen.
PARAMETERS
SETTING
Conductivity Limits
As the operator changes the sodium or bicarbonate settings, the TCD (Theoretical
Conductivity) will change. The alarm limits are set around the TCD. The alarm window is
the area between the upper and lower alarm limits. The upper and lower alarm limits are
shown by yellow horizontal lines in the conductivity bar graph. They are set 0.5 mS/cm
above and below the TCD by default. The conductivity alarm sounds when the actual
conductivity of the dialysate climbs or falls outside of this window. The alarm window can be
shifted up or down to within 0.5 mS/cm of the default setting using the Alarm Position
button (and the Keyboard), and widened or narrowed using the Alarm Width button (and the
Keyboard). The width of the alarm window can be set from a minimum of 0.6 mS/cm to a
maximum of 1.0 mS/cm, within the range of 12.516.0 mS/cm.
The following examples illustrate how to set the conductivity alarm window:
1) To access the
position of the
conductivity alarm
window, select Alarm
Upper and lower alarm limits Position.
2) To shift the alarm window upward,

press the (up) arrow key. To shift
the window downward, press the
(down) arrow key.
3) Press the
CONFIRM key to
save the change.
Figure 33 Changing Conductivity Limits

Conductivity Alarm Window 1) To access the

conductivity alarm window,
PARAMETERS
select Alarm Width.
SETTING
2) Press the (up) arrow key to
increase the distance between
the upper and lower alarm limits.
Press the (down) arrow key to
decrease it.
3) Press CONFIRM
to save the new
alarm settings.
Figure 34 Changing Conductivity Limit Width

Home Screen Settings

After entering the data in the Dialysate screen, treatment parameters regarding treatment
length, ultrafiltration, and the administration of sodium can be entered in the Home screen.
The Home screen can also provide a view of the status of the treatment once it has begun
(see Home Screen Monitoring on page 100). Unless otherwise described, enter or change a
dialysate-related value by following the procedure described in Entering a Parameter on
page 62.
PARAMETERS
SETTING
Note: The 2008T hemodialysis machine is equipped with both visual cues and audible
alarms to alert the operator to potential problems. In every alarm condition, assess the
patient for any changes in his/her physiologic state. Ensure that the patients access is
exposed and all connections in the extracorporeal circuit are secure and visible during the
entire procedure. It is the responsibility of the dialysis personnel to provide safe and
effective dialysis treatment. Document all unusual events.
Figure 35 The Home Screen

What to do from this screen
Enter the prescribed treatment settings for:

UF Goal
UF Time
Check UF Rate (Calculated from UF Goal and UF time)
Dialysate Flow
Dialysate Temperature
PARAMETERS
SETTING
Treatment Time (RTD) (optional; RTD will transfer from UF time if UF removed is 0
when UF is turned on.)
Start or pause the Tx Clock
Set the speed of the blood pump
If prescribed, access the proper screen to set treatment parameters for:
UF profile
Sodium Variation (SVS) profile
The following table provides a description of the data buttons available in the Home screen.
Table 15 The Home Screen Buttons
Button Function
The amount of fluid (in ml) to be removed during the entire treatment is
entered here. This button is also available in the UF Profile subscreen
if a profile is to be used to vary the rate of ultrafiltration during
treatment. If the UF Goal is set to zero, the UF Time will also change to
zero; the UF Rate may then be set independent of UF Time and UF
Goal.
The length of treatment time during which ultrafiltration will occur is
entered here in hours and minutes (hr: min). UF Time will generally be
equal to treatment time and will automatically transfer to the RTD
button. Once treatment begins, this button acts as a countdown timer
indicating the amount of time left for ultrafiltration. This time can be
increased or decreased by the operator at any time. Changing the UF
Time or UF Goal will change the UF Rate accordingly except when the
UF Goal is set to zero. If the UF Rate is adjusted, the UF Time will be
automatically calculated without affecting the UF Goal. To set for
sequential dialysis, see Sequential Dialysis on page 81. A blood
alarm will stop this timer.
Enter here, in 10 ml/hr increments, the rate fluid will be drawn from the
patient (ultrafiltration). Generally the UF rate is not entered, but rather
automatically calculated from the UF Goal and UF Time. If the UF Rate
value is manually changed, the UF Time value will automatically
change accordingly.

Button Function
Displays the total amount of ultrafiltration removed in ml. The counter

keeps track of the UF in 1 ml. increments.
Warning! UF Removed must be reset to 0 before initiating
treatment. If the UF Removed is not reset, the amount
displayed will be used in the UF calculation, resulting in
incorrect UF removal from the patient.
The prescribed dialysate flow rate, in ml/min, is entered here. The rate,
displayed in ml/min, can be entered from 0 to 800 in increments of 100.
If flow is set for sequential dialysis, the button displays SEQ. For more
PARAMETERS
information on sequential dialysis, see page 81.

SETTING
To turn off dialysate flow, select the Dialysate Flow button and either
use the key to scroll down to OFF or press the 0 key and then press
the CONFIRM key. To turn dialysate flow back on, select the Dialysate
Flow button, set it to the desired value, and press the CONFIRM key.
1.5x or 2x auto flow may be selected by scrolling up past 800. If this
automatic selection is set, the dialysate flow rate will be set to
approximately 1.5 or 2 times the blood flow rate between 500 and 800
ml/min, in 100 ml/min increments. When 1.5x or 2x is selected and
confirmed, the dialysate flow rate will be indicated with the letter a
preceding the dialysate flow rate, such as: a500. See page 249 for
more information.
Warning! Setting the dialysate flow to a rate that is too low can
adversely affect dialyzer clearance and reduce treatment
efficacy. If 1.5x or 2x selects a flow rate below that prescribed,
the dialysate flow may be manually set to the desired value.
Note: The value displayed in the Dialysate Flow button will
flash when dialysate flow is set to OFF from the Dialysate
screen (see page 65 for more information). Select the
Dialysate Flow button and press the CONFIRM key to turn the
dialysate flow back on when desired.
The desired temperature of the dialysate in degrees Celsius is set here.
Once this setting is confirmed, the button will display the actual
temperature. The allowable temperature setting range from 35 C to 39
C. A temperature alarm occurs when the actual temperature rises or
falls 2 C beyond the set temperature. If the dialysate flow is set to OFF
or SEQ, the temperature is N/A, since there is no dialysate flow.
The actual conductivity is displayed. If the button is selected, the
Dialysate screen is brought up.
RTD (Remaining Time of Dialysis)At the start of the treatment, the

time entered in the UF Time button is automatically transferred to the
RTD button if UF removed is 0. If it is necessary to change the
treatment time, RTD can be entered here. A dialysate or blood alarm
will stop this timer.

Button Function
Ultrafiltration (UF) ProfileOpens the UF Profile subscreen from

which a profile for executing variable rate ultrafiltration can be selected.
The button displays the current profile selection. For more information,
see Setting a UF Profile on page 78.
Sodium Variation System (SVS) ProfileThis button opens the SVS

Profile subscreen from which the operator can select how sodium is
varied during the course of the treatment. For more information, see
Sodium Variation System on page 83. This button is colored green
PARAMETERS
when an SVS profile is running (software version 2.34 or later).
SETTING
If the SVS option is set to No in Service Mode, this button will not be
displayed.
The Treatment Clock button is selected and confirmed to start or
pause the treatment. The green segment of the pie chart represents
the amount of treatment completed. The green segment grows as the
treatment progresses. The circle will be completely green when RTD is
equal to zero. During treatment, this button displays the message, Tx
Running.
Selecting and confirming this button will pause the treatment clock and
the button will display the message, Tx Paused. When the treatment
is paused, the RTD, heparin infusion time, and UF time each stop
counting down, the UF and heparin pumps stop, and the SVS time is
paused. The UF key LED indicators will flash. Turning the Treatment
Clock back on will restore operation of these parameters unless turned
off with the respective front panel on/off key or on-screen button.
The first time the Treatment Clock is turned on, the UF Removed is
reset to 0 and the UF, Heparin pumps and SVS & UF programs are
turned on and a blood pressure reading is taken, if applicable.
Blood Pump RateDisplays the speed of the blood pump and allows
the operator to set it from the display screen in addition to the module.
The rate, displayed in ml/min, can be entered from 0 to 600 in
increments of 5. Setting the blood flow rate to zero will stop the blood
pump. The blood flow rate flashes when the blood pump is stopped.
Table 16 UF Control Key
Key Function
The UF on/off key turns the ultrafiltration pump on or off. During

ultrafiltration, the green light is illuminated.
This light flashes when ultrafiltration is interrupted, and the UF Time
countdown stops. Operation will resume when the Treatment Clock is
turned on or the UF on/off key is pressed.
If the UF on/off key is pressed during dialysis to turn off the UF pump,
it will not resume with the Treatment Clock button.

Ultrafiltration
Use the UF Goal and UF Time buttons to determine the necessary UF rate for the treatment.
The maximum UF rate (set in Service Mode) is limited to between 1000 ml/hr or 4000 ml/hr
(at 1000 ml/hr intervals), depending on the option selected. The UF Goal is limited to 9990
ml. Reset the UF removed to zero after setting the UF time. The ultrafiltration will be at a
steady rate throughout the treatment. When the UF on/off key is turned off, no ultrafiltration
is occurring. When the Tx Clock button is turned on, the UF pump (as well as a number of
other functions) is automatically started. When the UF goal has been achieved, the UF time
PARAMETERS
SETTING
is set to 0:00, and the UF rate goes to 70 ml/hr (conventional dialyzers) or 300 ml/hr (high
flux dialyzers). If a profile (variation during treatment) is desired for the UF rate, use the UF
Profile button.
Warning! When using high-flux dialyzers with low UF rates there is a possibility of back-
filtration. Back filtration depends on: type of high-flux dialyzer, flow resistance on dialysate
and blood sides, and blood viscosity.
Note: Weigh the dialysis patient before and after treatment to check against fluid removal
discrepancies.
Setting a UF Profile
The different UF Profiles available are used to improve patient comfort during dialysis by
providing alternating patterns of high and low rates of ultrafiltration. This also allows the
fluid in the patient to equilibrate more completely between the intracellular and extracellular
compartments. A UF profile divides the UF Time into twelve equal segments of differing UF
rates, based on the profile, in order to reach the prescribed UF Goal.
To view the available profiles, select the UF Profile button on the Home screen. The UF
Profile subscreen will open displaying up to eight possible profiles and a selection for
None. The first four profiles are standard profiles. The fifth through eighth profiles are
programmable to meet the needs of the clinic.
Table 17 The UF Profile Subscreen Buttons
Button Function
Profile 1 Increases the UF rate for approximately the first 40% of

the treatment then gradually decreases

Button Function
Profile 2 Aggressive level UF with a gradual decline.
Profile 3 Moderate level UF increase throughout approximately

the first 60% of treatment and declines to a minimum.
Profile 4 Low-level UF moving into a series of decreasing peaks

and valleys for the first two-thirds of the treatment followed by a
PARAMETERS
plateau of moderate UF to completion.
SETTING
Profiles 5, 6, 7, 8 Customizable in Service Mode, see page 255
for more information. The images on these buttons will match the
appearance of the customized profiles.
None Ultrafiltration occurs at a constant minimum rate calculated
from the set UF Time in order to reach the set UF Goal. It does not
mean that no ultrafiltration will occur.
UF Goal This is the value from the Home screen, see page 75
for more information.
Maximum UF Rate Once the UF Goal and UF Time are entered,

the Maximum UF Rate for the selected profile is calculated and
displayed here. The calculated rate cannot exceed the Maximum
UF Rate limit set in Service Mode, see Figure 81 Service Mode:
Options: Default Settings Screen on page 253.
UF Time This is the value from the Home screen, see page 75
for more information. When a UF profile is selected and confirmed,
the machine will apply the new UF profile to the remaining UF time
in twelve equal segments.
Note: Any of the four customizable profiles (5 through 8) that are not programmed will
function the same as the None profile. See Creating Custom UF Profiles on page 255 for
instructions on how to customize these profiles.
To initiate an ultrafiltration profile, select one of the profiles by selecting the appropriate
button. Enter the desired UF Goal and UF Time values using the numeric keys or the or
(up or down) keys on the Keyboard and confirming with the Enter or CONFIRM keys.
The UF Goal and UF Time values from the Home screen will appear in the UF Profiles
subscreen. Once the UF Goal and UF Time are entered, the Maximum UF Rate for the
selected profile is calculated and displayed in the corresponding text box on the screen.

To enter an ultrafiltration profile:

PARAMETERS
SETTING
1) From the Home or SVS

Profile screen, select UF Profile
to open the UF Profile screen.
Figure 36 Setting a UF Profile
3) If not previously
2) Select the profile entered from the
button that Home screen,
graphically enter the UF Goal
represents the and UF Time
prescribed manner values (see
in which Entering a
ultrafiltration is to be Treatment
carried out. An Parameter on
enlarged view of the page 62).
selected profile will
appear on the right
side of the
subscreen.
This button (UF Profile

in the Home screen)
changes to the selected
profile when selection is
confirmed. 4) Press
CONFIRM.
Figure 37 Setting UF Profile Parameters

Note: The None profile performs ultrafiltration at a constant rate. It does not mean that no
ultrafiltration will occur.
The maximum UF rate is displayed for the selected profile, UF Goal, and UF Time. If the
maximum UF Rate is too high (beyond the configuration of the machine), a message appears
in the Dialogue Box located in the upper, right corner of the screen. The operator has the
option of increasing the UF Time, reducing the UF Goal, or selecting another profile.
To change the profile, select the corresponding profile button.
PARAMETERS
To change the time, select the UF Time button.
SETTING
To change the UF goal, select the UF Goal button. The maximum ultrafiltration rate,
based on the UF Goal, Time & Profile, will be calculated and displayed in the Maximum
UF-Rate display.
When all ultrafiltration parameters are satisfactory, press CONFIRM to save the changes,
then exit from the UF Profile screen. The machine will apply the new UF profile to the
remaining UF time in twelve equal segments.
Sequential Dialysis
Sequential dialysis refers to a two-stage treatment in which one of the stages consists solely
of ultrafiltration without dialysate flow (no diffusion). This stage of the treatment is also
referred to as pure UF, or no-flow dialysis, and is often prescribed for patients suffering
from excessive fluid retention. Pure UF is usually performed at the beginning of a standard
dialysis treatment, although it can also be administered during treatment. The operator can
start or stop the pure UF option at any time. In pure UF, Dialysate Flow is set to SEQ (a
special flow rate of 0 ml/min), and only ultrafiltration occurs. The Temperature button in
the Home screen displays N/A.
Note: Setting and confirming the Dialysate Flow to 0 will turn it OFF instead of running
sequential dialysis. After five minutes of pure ultrafiltration, an alarm sounds and the
warning message, 5 MINUTES FLOW OFF, appears in the Status Box. The operator has
the option of continuing pure ultrafiltration or starting dialysis. This alarm occurs only
once.

To set the 2008T hemodialysis machine for sequential

dialysis:
1) Set UF treatment
parameters. Set the UF
Time to include the
combined treatment and
pure UF times.
PARAMETERS
2) Select Dialysate
SETTING
Flow to highlight it.
3) Use the
arrow key to scroll
down to OFF and
then press the
arrow key to 4) Press CONFIRM This
SEQ. will deactivate the Flow
Off warning for 60
minutes. The Dialysate
Flow button will display
SEQ.
Figure 38 Setting Sequential Dialysis
After sixty minutes of pure ultrafiltration, an alarm sounds and the warning message, 60
MINUTES FLOW OFF, appears in the Status box. The operator has the option of
continuing pure ultrafiltration or starting dialysis. This alarm occurs only once.
To continue pure ultrafiltration, press the RESET key on the control panel keypad. This
will silence the alarm and terminate the warning message.
To start the treatment, select the Dialysate Flow button in the Home screen, set it to the
prescribed rate using the Keyboard, and press CONFIRM.

Sodium Variation System

Note: If the SVS option is set to No in Service Mode, the Sodium Variation System is not
available (software version 2.34 or later).
Physicians may prescribe additional sodium in the dialysate to assist in the prevention of
hypotension, cramping, and disequilibrium syndrome. The Sodium Variation System (SVS)
option provides the operator with an automated method of changing the concentration of
dialysate sodium in accordance with the physicians prescription.
PARAMETERS
SETTING
Profile
Options
SVS Profile
Electrolyte Graph
Constituents View of
Values are based selected SVS
on the Profile
concentrate type
and Na+ level.
No values
correspond to
marks on the graph
Constituent
Arrow
Points to the Na+
value to which the
electrolyte
The selected profile is
constituent
displayed here and in the SVS
corresponds
Profile button in the Home
Figure 39 The SVS Profile Screen screen when confirmed.
The Sodium Variation System (SVS) allows the standard dialysis treatment to be modified so
that the acid/acetate concentrate, which contains most of the sodium in the dialysate, is varied
according to a specific profile. There are three basic profiles available: Step, Linear, and
Exponential, or the operator may select None. In each profile, a higher level of sodium (Start
Na+) is set initially. By the end of SVS operation, the sodium level is back to the Base level.
Selecting None maintains the sodium at the Base level through the course of the treatment.
The default profile is None.
The following table describes the buttons on the SVS subscreen that facilitates the
implementation of the SVS.
Note: The constituents concentration is recalculated each time the or (up or down)
arrow key is pressed. If the Na+ or Bicarbonate level is entered with a numeric key, they are
only recalculated after the CONFIRM key is pressed or a parameter button is selected for a
different parameter.

Table 18 The SVS Subscreen Buttons
Button Function
Step Profile Once stable base conductivity has been achieved,

selecting this program will initiate the increase in dialysate sodium.
The dialysate sodium will rise to the program peak sodium level
(Na+). The dialysate sodium will remain at this level for the duration
of the program time. When the program time has elapsed, the
dialysate sodium will drop back down to the baseline sodium level.
Linear (Lin) Profile Once stable base conductivity has been
achieved, selecting this program will initiate the increase in dialysate
PARAMETERS
sodium. The dialysate sodium will rise to the program starting peak
SETTING
sodium level (Na+). From this point, the dialysate sodium will
decrease toward the baseline sodium level in a straight diagonal
line. This drop will occur over the duration of the program time.
When the program time has elapsed, the dialysate sodium will be at
the baseline sodium level.
Exponential (Exp) Profile Once the stable base conductivity has
been achieved, selecting this program will initiate the increase in
dialysate sodium. The dialysate sodium will rise to the programs
starting peak sodium level (Na+). From this point, the dialysate
sodium will decrease over the program time, toward the base
sodium level in a smooth curved line. When the program time has
elapsed, the dialysate sodium will be back at the baseline sodium
level.
NoneThe level of sodium set in the Base Na+ button is maintained
throughout the treatment, with no variations. It does not mean that
no sodium will be used.
The prescribed peak sodium level that will be set at the beginning of
the SVS Profile is accessed here. This value has an allowable range
from Base Na to 155 mEq/L. The value displayed corresponds to
the upper tick mark on the vertical axis of the profile graph. This
button will appear grayed out if the None profile is selected.
The prescribed base sodium level of the dialysate can be viewed
here or in the Dialysate screen. The Base Na+ has an allowable
range of 130 to 155 mEq/L. This value corresponds to the lower tick
mark on the vertical axis of the profile graph.
This button is used to access the program time length in hours and
minutes (0:00 to 9:59) prescribed for SVS operation. Once the SVS
is started, it functions as a count down timer displaying the time
remaining in the SVS program. The end time is represented in the
profile graph by a tick mark on the horizontal axis.

To set an SVS profile:
1) From the Home

screen, select the SVS
PARAMETERS
Profile button. The SVS
SETTING
Profile window opens.
2) Select the prescribed profile by

selecting the corresponding button from
among the four options located in a row
along the top of the screen.
3) Select Start Na,

and enter the
starting maximum
Na+ value using the
Keyboard.
4) Select Base Na+, and, using

the Keyboard, enter the final Na+
concentration value to be
reached at the end of the SVS
profile.
5) Select the SVS-Time

button and, using the 6) Press CONFIRM to
Keyboard, enter the save the SVS settings.
running time for the SVS The SVS Profile button
profile. on the Home screen will
be colored green when
the selected SVS profile is
running (software version
Figure 40 Entering an SVS Program 2.34 or later).
The SVS timer is activated when the Tx Clock button is initially selected and confirmed to
start treatment. The SVS profile parameters can only be changed if the SVS is turned off
using the None profile button.

Note: During the SVS program, the actual conductivity bar, shown in bar graph on the
Dialysate screen, should be centered in the alarm window. This may require shifting the
position of the upper and lower alarm limits using the Alarm Position button. See
Conductivity Limits on page 72.
Note: If any SVS parameter is changed after the program has started (SVS must be turned
off to change), a new SVS program is initiated with the displayed SVS time and SVS start
Na+.
The Electrolyte Constituents

PARAMETERS
SETTING
The acid concentrate is the major source of electrolytes in the dialysate. Increasing the Na+
concentration in the dialysate, therefore, increases the amount of acid concentrate.
Increasing the amount of acid concentrate also increases the concentration of the other
electrolytic constituents. These changes can be observed in the electrolyte constituents shown
in the left side of the SVS Profile subscreen.
To observe the electrolyte constituents for the higher concentration of sodium, select Start
Na+. The values in the left column change to reflect the increased sodium (see Figure 39 on
page 83). Select Base Na+ to observe the constituents at the base concentration. The arrow
indicates which of the Na+ concentrations corresponds to the values. If neither button is
highlighted, the electrolyte constituents values default to the Base Na+ setting, as indicated by
the arrow.
Operation
Once the SVS program is started, the maximum sodium level (Start Na+) is reached after
about three minutes. The theoretical conductivity (TCD) will immediately adjust to the
expected conductivity for the selected Na+ level. As the actual conductivity rises, the alarm
window will also track upward, to within the maximum conductivity alarm window limit of
0.5 mS/cm above TCD. While the alarm window is rising, the TCD may be outside of the
alarm limits. The machine, however, may not be in an alarm state because the limits are
tracking the actual conductivity. After the tracking is complete, the alarm window moves
automatically to the expected conductivity based on the selected parameters and starting
alarm limits. The SVS Time starts counting down when the Start Na+ level is reached.
If an SVS program is in progress, selecting and confirming the None profile will pause the
program. The conductivity will return to the Base Na+ level and the SVS-Time countdown
stops. Alarms may occur as the conductivity stabilizes. The operator has two options:
Restarting the program by re-selecting the desired SVS Profile and pressing the
CONFIRM key. The SVS-Time and Start Na+ may need to be adjusted.
Terminate the program by selecting the SVS Time button on the SVS Profile
subscreen, entering zero using the Keyboard, and pressing Enter/CONFIRM or by
changing profile to None and pressing CONFIRM

Heparin Screen Settings

The Heparin screen settings control the 2008T heparin pump operation. It can be set to
deliver heparin in a bolus dose and at a consistent rate during the treatment.
What to set in this screen

The Syringe (manufacturer and size)
PARAMETERS
SETTING
Delivery Rate
Infusion Time
Bolus Dose (if administered)
Figure 41 The Heparin Screen

Table 19 Heparin Screen Buttons
Button Function
The Rate button displays the rate at which heparin is dispensed during
treatment. It can be set from 0.0 to 9.9 ml/hour. Setting the rate to 0.0
turns off the heparin pump.
The Infusion Time button displays the amount of time in hours and
minutes that the heparin pump will deliver heparin. The program time can
be set from 0 to 9:59. For the heparin pump to stop at a desired time
automatically, the operator must set an Infusion Time. When the heparin
pump is On, this time will count down to 0:00 and stop heparin delivery.
PARAMETERS
Infusion Time can be set to zero only when the heparin pump is Off.
SETTING
The Total Infused button displays the current total amount of heparin
delivered by the heparin pump (including the bolus). Total Infused can be
reset to 0 with the Keyboard and pressing the CONFIRM key when the
Heparin pump is Off.
The amount of heparin to be delivered as a bolus infusion is entered
here. The heparin pump delivers the bolus infusion at a rate of about
0.17 ml/sec (1 ml/6 seconds) for a 10 cc syringe. This amount can be set
from 0.0 to 9.9 ml. During delivery, the Bolus amount is added to the
amount shown in the Total Infused button.
The Syringe button opens a menu listing various syringe types. The
operator selects the syringe matching the one that will be used during
treatment.
The Infuse Bolus button activates the heparin delivery system to
administer the amount of heparin displayed in the Bolus button. Once
activated, the actual delivery is accomplished by pressing CONFIRM.
Afterwards, the heparin pump will infuse heparin at the rate displayed in
the Rate button.
Selecting the Load Syringe button, followed by the CONFIRM key, fully
retracts the heparin pump carriage to allow the mounting of the syringe in
the pump. Pressing the Escape key will stop the travel of the carriage.
The Heparin Prime button initiates a process to fill the Heparin line.
Once a syringe is mounted in the pump, select the Heparin Prime button,
and then press the CONFIRM key. The syringe plunger is pushed
upward into the barrel while the CONFIRM key is pressed.
The optional Heparin Dwell button (enabled in Service Mode) acts as a
five minute timer after a manual heparin bolus is administered. To use
the timer, select the Heparin Dwell button and press the CONFIRM key.
This will cause the Status Light above the 2008T display screen to flash
yellow at half-second intervals for five minutes while the heparin is
dwelling. After the five minutes has elapsed, the Status Box will display
the message, Heparin Dwell Complete, and the Status Light will turn
green and continue to flash until the operator presses the RESET key.
Warning! If no time is set in the Infusion Time button and the heparin pump is turned on,
it will run at the selected rate until the syringe is empty or the heparin pump is turned off.
The heparin pump should be monitored to verify the intended infusion during treatment.

The Heparin Delivery System
Warning! The correct syringe type must be selected to ensure an accurate infusion.
To prepare the heparin delivery system using the features on the Heparin screen:
1) Fill the
PARAMETERS
syringe selected
SETTING
from the menu
with the
prescribed
amount of
heparin for the
entire treatment.
2) In the Heparin
screen, select
Syringe. The
syringe menu
opens.
3) Use the Up/Down

keys on the
keyboard to scroll
the drop-down
menu until the
correct syringe type
is highlighted.
4) Press CONFIRM.
Figure 42 The Syringe Subscreen on the Heparin Delivery Screen

5. Select the Load Syringe button, then press the CONFIRM key. The heparin pump
carriage fully retracts.
Warning! Make sure that there is sufficient heparin for the bolus and subsequent heparin
infusion. Do not load the syringe beyond the prescribed amount.
6. Pull back one of the barrel lock tabs and press the barrel of the syringe into place. Slide
the barrel wings of the syringe into the wings slot on the pump module. With the barrel
in place, release the barrel lock tab (see Figure 43).
7. Squeeze the carriage latch to open the plunger holder and allow the carriage assembly to
PARAMETERS
move freely. To prevent backup of blood into the syringe, be sure to slide the carriage
SETTING
upward until it is firmly seated against the syringe plunger.
8. Release the carriage latch and allow the plunger lock tabs to clamp the plunger in place
securely.
Syringe
Barrel
Lock
Tabs
Wings
Slot
Syringe
Plunger
Slide
Carriage Plunger
Lock Tabs
Carriage
Latch
Figure 43 The 2008T Heparin Pump Module with Syringe Loaded and Connected

9. Connect the syringe to the heparin line and unclamp the heparin line.
10. Select the Heparin Prime button, then press and hold the CONFIRM key. As the
carriage moves upward, observe the heparin as it travels from the syringe through the
heparin line.
11. When the air has been cleared from the heparin line, release the CONFIRM key. The
pump will stop.
Warning! Clamp the heparin line closest to the T connection during recirculation if using
reuse dialyzer.
PARAMETERS
12. In the Heparin screen, set the treatment parameters for Rate, Infusion Time, and Bolus
SETTING
as described in Figure 41 The Heparin Screen on page 87.
The heparin administration system is now ready for patient treatment.
Warning! The heparin pump is to be used only under positive pressure conditions. Under
negative pressure conditions, excessive heparin may be infused.
Note: The Heparin button is colored green when the heparin delivery system is running
(software version 2.34 or later).

Test & Options Screen Settings

The Test & Options screen is divided into two distinct sections. The left side of the screen
is used to initiate the self test and show the results (see Testing the 2008T Hemodialysis
Machine on page 55). The right side of the screen is available to set the machine for various
treatment options. Refer to the table below for descriptions of the purpose and functions of
each button.
PARAMETERS
SETTING
Figure 44 The Test & Options Screen (with optional Crit-Line software)
The following table describes the operator-programmable features in the Test & Options
screen.
Table 20 Test & Options Screen Buttons
Button Function
This test will initiate both the pressure holding tests (PHT) and the alarm
test functions.
The user can choose to do a Pressure Holding Test with this button.

Button Function
The user can choose to do the Alarm Test with this button.
If the machine is set up with an automatic test valve, the user can choose
to do the Diasafe Test with this button.
The Verify Crit-Line button is used to manually verify the optional CLiC
device. To verify the CLiC device manually, clip the device on its
verification filter, select the Verify Crit-Line button, and press the
PARAMETERS
CONFIRM key. When an X appears in the OK field, the CLiC device
SETTING
has been successfully verified.
Note: The 2008T hemodialysis machine is set up in Service
Mode to display either the BTM BVM screen or the Crit-
Line screen. The Verify Crit-Line button is available from
the Test & Options when the Crit-Line screen is displayed.
See the Crit-Line Screen on page 119 for more information.
Selecting the Patient ID button allows the user to enter a patients ID in
the text box located to the right of the button. The 2008T hemodialysis
machine can upload treatment information to a network database for
review by clinical staff using a personal computer.
The High Flux button selects parameters for the use of a high flux
dialyzer for treatment. The selection is indicated by an X in the On or Off
box.
Warning! It is essential that the 2008T hemodialysis machine
balancing system is operating properly when using high-flux
dialyzers. The machine must successfully complete a
Pressure test before treatment commences. For more
information, See Testing the 2008T Hemodialysis Machine
on page 55.
The Arterial Width button allows the selection of three different ranges
for the arterial pressure alarm (120, 160, and 200 mm Hg).
Note: These options will only be available if set to User Selectable in
the Service Mode Options screen.
The Venous Width button allows the selection of four different ranges for
the venous pressure alarm (100 asymmetric limits, 120, 160, and 200 mm
Hg). The asymmetric limit will close the lower venous limit after a time
delay for stabilization.
Note: These options will only be available if set to User Selectable in the
Service Mode Options screen.
Runs the UF pump at preselected UF goal and time while recirculating.

UF goal and Time are entered in the Service Mode.
The Single Needle button prepares the machine for single-needle

dialysis treatment. For more information on single-needle dialysis
treatment, see Appendix A.

Blood Pressure Screen Settings

The Blood Pressure screen works in conjunction with the blood pressure module. The
operator sets the inflation pressure of the cuff, the frequency at which the tests are to be
performed, and the upper and lower limits for the various blood pressure and pulse alarms.
The Blood Pressure Module automatically takes the patients blood pressure at each set
interval. The pulse and blood pressure readings are both displayed in a table on the left side
of the Blood Pressure screen (see Figure 45 on page 94). The blood-pressure history is also
graphically displayed here and in the Trends screen. The time and results of the last blood
PARAMETERS
pressure reading is always available in the Dialogue Box located in the upper right corner of
SETTING
any screen.
Note: Only readings taken while the Tx Clock is running will be displayed on the graph.
All readings will be shown in the table. If a blood pressure reading is started manually with
the Stat/Deflate key, the reading will be preceded with M in the data table.
Figure 45 Blood Pressure Screen

The blood pressure alarm limits are set in the upper, right side of the screen. The upper and
lower alarm limits for pulse rate and systolic and diastolic blood pressures are set here. If a
pressure value is outside the set alarm limits, the machine sounds a series of short,
intermittent beeps.
The lower right portion of the screen contains two buttons for setting the inflation pressure of
the cuff, and the frequency at which it will inflate.
Caution: Do not squeeze the blood pressure cuff when deflating it. Squeezing the blood
pressure cuff may damage the machine's internal blood pressure module.
Note: The blood pressure module is not designed to replace the periodic observation of the
patient by the clinical staff. The clinical staff should review all blood pressure readings.

Blood Pressure Screen Buttons
The following table contains a list of treatment parameters to set in the Blood Pressure
screen. To enter a treatment parameter, see Entering a Parameter on page 62.
Table 21 The Blood Pressure Screen Buttons
Blood Pressure Alarm Buttons
The Upper Sys button is used to access the upper alarm limit for
PARAMETERS
systolic blood pressure. The programmable range for Upper Systolic
SETTING
is 80 260 mm Hg. An alarm event occurs when the patients
systolic pressure reaches or exceeds the set value.
The Lower Sys button is used to access the lower alarm limit for
systolic blood pressure. The programmable range for Lower Systolic
systolic pressure reaches or falls below the set value.
The Upper Dia button is used to access the upper alarm limit for
diastolic blood pressure. The programmable range for Upper Diastolic
diastolic pressure reaches or exceeds the set value.
The Lower Dia button is used to access the lower alarm limit for
diastolic blood pressure. The programmable range for Lower Diastolic
diastolic pressure reaches or falls below the set value.
The Upper Pulse button is used to access the upper alarm limit for
pulse rate. The programmable range for Upper Pulse is 80 180
beats/min. An alarm event occurs when the patients pulse rate
reaches or exceeds the set value.
The Lower Pulse button is used to access the lower alarm limit for
pulse rate. The programmable range for Lower Pulse is 40 140
beats/min. An alarm event occurs when the patients pulse rate
reaches or falls below the set value.
The Inflation Pressure button is used to set the initial inflation
pressure for the blood pressure cuff.
The default setting is Auto. In the Auto mode, the cuff will initially
inflate to 180 mm Hg. For all subsequent readings, the cuff will inflate
to 50 mm Hg above the last systolic pressure reading for adults.
The minimum inflation pressure is 50 mm Hg. The maximum inflation
pressure is 300 mm Hg.

Blood Pressure Alarm Buttons
The Interval/Clock Time button is used to set the frequency (hr:min)

at which the patients blood pressure will be read and recorded.
This interval may be set up in the Service Mode in one of two ways:
Interval Blood pressure readings are taken at the selected
interval time between readings based on the start of treatment. If
this option is selected, the heading over the button will read
Interval.
Clock Time Blood pressure readings are taken every 5, 10, 15,
20, 30, or 60 minutes based on the local time (see below). If this
PARAMETERS
option is selected, the heading over the button will read Clock
SETTING
Time.
On the Blood Pressure screen only, the local time may be set by
10:51
selecting the clock in the upper right corner of the Dialogue Box. The
or (up or down) arrow keys on the Keyboard may be used to
change the time.
Note: Using cuff tubing longer than 10 feet may result in erroneous blood pressure readings.

Starting Dialysis
At this point, all treatment parameters and options should be entered. Dialysate should
already be verified for absence of disinfectant, verification of prescription, conductivity, and
pH should also be confirmed. It is now time to connect the patient to the 2008T hemodialysis
machine via the blood tubing and begin the dialysis treatment.
Note: Follow established unit protocol regarding procedures for establishing aseptic blood
PARAMETERS
connections.
SETTING
1. Before starting dialysis, complete the patient assessment per unit policy.
2. Wrap the blood pressure cuff around the patients non-access arm.
Warning! Be sure the cuff is the correct size and placed at heart level. An improperly fitted
cuff may cause inaccurate blood pressure readings due to under or over compression of the
brachial artery. Each centimeter above or below heart level will cause an error of 0.8
mmHg.
3. If the CLiC device will be used for this treatment, clip the CLiC device on the Crit-Line
Blood Chamber at this time. For more information, see the 2008T Hemodialysis Machine
with CLiC Users Guide (P/N 490206).
4. Verify that ultrafiltration is off (UF light is off), and that the UF Removed button is reset
to zero. The UF removed may be reset by selecting UF Removed button and then the 0
key and confirming the change.
5. Verify that the venous line is in the venous clamp and the optical detector. Verify that the
optical detector door is closed.
Warning! Do not infuse the recirculated saline prime into the patient. Discard the
recirculated saline and fill the extracorporeal circuit with fresh saline prior to connecting to
the patient. The volume of fresh saline used to fill the extracorporeal circuit should be equal
to the volume of the dialyzer and blood tubing set in use.
6. Lower the blood pump rate to 150 ml/min and then press the blood pump Start/Stop key
to stop the pump.
7. Connect the patient and initiate treatment according to unit protocol.
Warning! Check all bloodline and dialysate line connections for fluid leaks. Keep access
sites uncovered and monitored. Improper bloodline connections or needle dislodgements
can result in excessive blood loss, serious injury, and death. Machine alarms may not occur
in every blood loss situation.

8. Start the blood pump and adjust the blood flow rate to establish dialysis and the alarm
limits. Establish the prescribed blood flow rate.
9. Rotate the dialyzer to arterial inlet up.
10. Select the Tx Clock button and press CONFIRM to start the treatment.
11. Check that UF/SVS/Heparin are on, if prescribed. If applicable, a blood pressure
measurement is initiated.
Warning! When establishing blood flow, ensure that air will not be infused into the patient.
Warning! Check all bloodlines for kinking. Improper blood flow may cause hemolysis of
PARAMETERS
the blood.
SETTING

Chapter 4
Monitoring the Treatment
Several of the treatment screens available on the 2008T hemodialysis machine are
particularly useful for monitoring some aspects of the patients condition and the
effectiveness of the treatment. These screens are the:
Home screen
Trends screen
Kt/V AF screen
BTM/BVM screen
MONITORING
TREATMENT
Blood Pressure screen
The Home screen provides a general overview of the status of the current treatment. The
other screens offer a more in-depth view of specific aspects of the treatment. It should be
noted, however, that certain treatment data are presented in more than one screen.
Warning! When initiating dialysis therapy with the dialysis machine, it is important to
check your dialysate flow status. Flows must be set to the prescribed flow Rate. Setting the
Dialysate Flow to zero for Sequential Ultrafiltration must be used only when prescribed.
Treatment without dialysate flow may result in patient injury due to minimal removal of
waste products in the patients blood.
Warning! Turning the dialysate flow off when using a reused dialyzer may allow the
chemical disinfectant to rebound (increase) to an unacceptable level.
Warning! Keep bloodline/catheter or needle connection visible. Do not cover the access
site, e.g. with a blanket.
Caution: If it becomes necessary to replace the concentrate jugs or to switch from a bibag
disposable to liquid bicarbonate during treatment, first do the following: Make sure the
optional bibag door is closed with no bibag disposable on it and turn the dialysate flow off.
This must be done to avoid drawing air into the system. Drawing air into the system can
cause the concentrate pumps to malfunction.
Note: The 2008T hemodialysis machine is equipped with both visual cues and audible
alarms to alert the operator to potential problems. In every alarm condition, assess the
patient for any changes in his/her physiologic state. Ensure that the patients access is
exposed and all connections in the extracorporeal circuit are secure and visible during the
entire procedure. It is the responsibility the dialysis personnel to provide safe and effective
dialysis treatment. Document all atypical events.
Note: The SVS Profile and Heparin buttons are colored green when their systems are
running (software version 2.34 or later).
Note: If a bibag: Cond Low alarm occurs when there is only about one inch (2.5cm) of
bicarbonate left at the bottom of the bibag disposable, the bag is at the end of its useful life.
Replace the bag with a fresh bag (see page 127 for instructions).

Chapter 4Monitoring the Treatment
Home Screen Monitoring

MONITORING
TREATMENT
Figure 46 Treatment Monitoring using the Home Screen

The Home screen provides an up-to-the-minute view of the status and progress of the
treatment. The flow rate, temperature, and conductivity of the dialysate, the status of the
ultrafiltration process, and the amount of treatment time left can all be found here. The
following table describes the data provided by the buttons found in the Home screen.
Note: If the 2008T hemodialysis machine is set up in Service Mode to display the Crit-
Line screen instead of the BTM BVM screen, the various functions and parameters of
the treatment can also be viewed on the Crit-Line screen. For more information, see the
Crit-Line Screen on page 119.
Table 22 The Home Screen Buttons
Button Data
Displays the desired UF to be removed during the treatment. This is
typically the difference between the patients pre and dry weight plus
saline or fluid intake during treatment.
The UF Time button acts as a countdown timer displaying the

remaining time ultrafiltration will be performed. The timer stops during
a blood alarm or whenever the UF pump is stopped.
During treatment, this button displays the current rate of ultrafiltration in

milliliters per hour (ml/hr). The rate ultrafiltration occurs is determined
by the values entered in UF Goal and UF Time, and the UF Profile
selected. UF Rate will automatically drop to 70 ml/hr when the UF Goal
is achieved (or 300 ml/hr if the high flux option in the Test & Options
screen is selected), or when blood flow is 90 ml/min. The rate flashes
when the UF pump is turned off and there is no ultrafiltration.

Button Data
This button keeps a running total of the fluid drawn from the patient
through ultrafiltration. When the value displayed in UF Removed is
equal to the value entered in UF Goal, an alarm sounds and the
message, UF GOAL REACHED is displayed in the Status Box.
Pressing the New Tx key on the control panel resets this value to zero.
A sample of the ultrafiltrate can be obtained via the UF sampling tube
located adjacent to the bicarbonate rinse port. The UF Removed
button can only be edited when Dialysis is paused.
This button displays the current dialysate flow rate. If 1.5x or 2x is
selected, the flow rate will be indicated as follows: a800. See Using
Auto Flow on page 249 for more information.
To turn off dialysate flow, select the Dialysate Flow button and either
use the key to scroll down to OFF or press the 0 key and then press
the CONFIRM key. To turn dialysate flow back on, select the Dialysate
Flow button, set it to the desired value, and press the CONFIRM key.
MONITORING
Note: The value displayed in the Dialysate Flow button will
TREATMENT
flash when dialysate flow is set to OFF from the Dialysate
screen (see page 65 for more information). Select the
Dialysate Flow on/off button on the Dialysate screen and
press the CONFIRM key to turn the dialysate flow back on
when desired.
The current temperature of the dialysate. If the temperature varies or
2 C from set point, this button turns red, an alarm sounds, a warning
message is displayed in the Status Box, and dialysate goes into
bypass. Selecting this button allows the desired temperature to be set.
This button displays the current conductivity of the dialysate.

Selecting this button during treatment will open the Dialysate screen.
If the conductivity varies outside of the alarm limits, this turns the button
red, an alarm sounds, a warning message is displayed in the Status
Box, and dialysate goes into bypass
RTD (Remaining Time of Dialysis) This button acts as a countdown
timer displaying the amount of treatment time remaining. At the end of
treatment, (RTD = 0:00) an alarm sounds and the message, RTD
ZERO is displayed. Any alarm situation will stop the RTD countdown.
The Tx Clock button is selected and confirmed to start or pause the

treatment. The green segment of the pie chart represents the amount
of treatment completed. The green segment grows as the treatment
progresses. The circle will be completely green when RTD is equal to
zero. During treatment, this button displays the message, Tx Running.
Selecting and confirming this button will interrupt the treatment and the
button will display the message, Tx Paused. When the treatment is
paused, the green segment will change to yellow, the UF and heparin
pumps stop and SVS program pauses, and the RTD, UF, and heparin
infusion Time buttons stop counting down. The sodium content of the
dialysate remains at the profile level it was when the treatment was
paused. The blood pump and the dialysate flow, however, remain
running.

Button Data
This button displays the speed of the blood pump and allows the
operator to set it from the display screen in addition to the module. The
rate, displayed in ml/min, can be entered from 0 to 600 in increments of
5. Setting the blood flow rate to zero will stop the blood pump. The
blood flow rate flashes when the blood pump is stopped.
Bar graphs on the Home Screen

The three bar graphs on the Home screen represent the various pressures associated with
dialysis treatment. The first two bar graphs represent the pressures inside the arterial and
venous drip chambers. The third bar graphTransmembrane Pressure (TMP)represents
the opposing blood and dialysate pressures being exerted from opposite sides on the dialyzer
membrane.
Warning! The pressure changes resulting from a line separation or needle removal may be
too small for the system to detect. All connections must be properly secured and checked
MONITORING
TREATMENT
regularly. Access sites and connections should remain uncovered for monitoring.
Arterial Pressure
The arterial pressure is the measure of the pressure inside the arterial drip chamber. The
arterial pressure is read by a transducer inside the blood pump module. The drip chamber and
transducer are connected by way of a pressure line that runs from the arterial drip chamber to
the blood pumps arterial pressure port (PArt.). A transducer protector is fastened over the
pressure port to guard against contamination of the transducer in case of a fluid surge within
the chamber.
Arterial pressure is digitally displayed on the left side of the Home screen
above a corresponding vertical bar graph. In the bar graph, under normal
conditions, arterial pressure is represented by a green horizontal bar between
two yellow bars that represent the upper and lower alarm limits. The area
between the limits is the alarm window. The alarm limits are automatically set.
When the arterial drip chamber is positioned before the blood pump in the
extracorporeal blood circuit, the arterial pressure reading should be a negative
value.
Unusually high or low pressures may be the result of kinks in the blood tubing,
clotting, or a needle pressing against the vessel wall. Problems such as these
may cause pressure readings to rise or fall outside the alarm window. When
this happens, the arterial pressure bar changes from green to red, an alarm
sounds, the blood pump stops, and venous line clamp closes. A warning
message appears in the Status box.
Alarms are not immediate and a variable time delay mechanism, dependent on the magnitude
the pressure deviates outside the alarm window, allows for momentary minor changes in
pressure. Adjusting the blood pump rate will cause the alarm limits to spread, allowing the
pressure to stabilize before new limits are re-established.

Venous Pressure
The venous pressure is the measure of pressure inside the venous drip chamber. The venous
pressure is measured by a pressure transducer located inside the level detector module. The
drip chamber and transducer are connected via a pressure line that runs from the chamber to
venous pressure port (PVen.) located on the front of the module.
The venous pressure is represented in the same way as the arterial pressure,
with the pressure digitally displayed in mm Hg above a corresponding bar
graph. In the bar graph, under normal conditions, the pressure is represented by
a green horizontal bar between yellow bars representing the upper and lower
alarm limits. During alarm conditions, when the pressure rises or falls outside
the alarm window, the venous pressure bar changes from green to red. When
alarm sounds and the blood pump stops, venous line clamp closes, and a
warning message appears in the Status Box.
The alarm limits are set with a time delay for stabilization. Adjusting the blood
pump rate will cause the alarm limits to spread and stabilize before new limits
are established.
MONITORING
TREATMENT
For 100 asymmetric limits, one minute after the alarm limits are centered the
lower limit will close to within 20 mm Hg to 35 mm Hg of the actual venous
pressure and the pressure limits will be activated. If in the course of the treatment, as the
venous pressure increases, a clue to increasing viscosity from ultrafiltration, the alarm limits
will be automatically re-centered and then closed after one minute every 30 minutes during
the treatment. This is intended to keep the lower venous limit as tight as practical.
Increasing the blood pump rate will cause the alarm limits to spread in the appropriate
direction temporarily, i.e., a higher blood pump rate will increase the venous pressure.
Warning! The low venous pressure alarm may not occur with every disconnection or needle
dislodgement. Check all bloodlines for leaks after the treatment has started. Keep access
Note: When the optical detector senses blood, the minimum the lower venous pressure limit
will be set to is + 9 mm Hg.

Transmembrane Pressure (TMP)
The transmembrane pressure (TMP) is equal to the venous pressure minus the dialysate
pressure measured in mm Hg. On the 2008T hemodialysis machine, the TMP is normally
negative. Because the machine uses a closed, volumetric ultrafiltration system, the TMP is
monitored primarily for detecting large shifts in pressure. In certain situations involving
high-flux dialyzers, high blood-flow rate, or low UF rate, the TMP may approach 0 mm Hg.
After a time delay for stabilization, the alarm limits are automatically set at 60
mm Hg for conventional dialyzers, and 40 mm Hg for high flux dialyzers. The
alarm window automatically adapts for gradual increases in TMP caused by
increasing blood viscosity resulting from ultrafiltration.
MONITORING
TREATMENT
Warning! After starting dialysis, determine whether a stable TMP has been obtained and
whether it corresponds to the ultrafiltration coefficient (KUF) of the dialyzer. TMP must be
closely monitored with the alarm limits. The TMP may not change substantially during UF
errors when high permeable dialyzers are in use. A fluctuating TMP, except in cases of
single-needle dialysis, may indicate a malfunction in the balancing system. A high TMP
may indicate a leak in the dialysate side of the system. Frequent Fill programs may indicate
air in the balancing system. Some, but not all, UF errors can be checked by measuring the
volumetric accuracy of the UF pump via the Fluid Sample Port using a graduated cylinder.
If the cause cannot be corrected quickly, discontinue treatment.
Note: The approximate expected TMP can be calculated from the dialyzer blood
ultrafiltration coefficient (KUF) and the UF rate:
TMP = (UF Rate)/(KUF)
Warning! When using highly permeable dialyzers, the dialysate side is frequently above
atmospheric pressure (because of the venous pressure and low TMP). Although uncommon,
any dialysate fluid leak from the dialysate side of the system will add to the intended
ultrafiltration rate. Observe the system for fluid leaks and discontinue treatment if you are
unable to correct any fluid leak quickly.

Trends Screen Monitoring

The Trends screen provides treatment status information similar to that found in the
Home screen. The left side displays three graphs depicting the treatment progress of
Clearance, SVS and UF profiles, and blood pressure history during the current patients
treatment. The right side of the screen displays treatment summary data (see Figure 47).
Target
MONITORING
TREATMENT
Clearance
(Kt/V)
SVS and Treatment

UF Profiles summary
data
Blood
Pressure
Treatment
Start Time
Figure 47 The Trends Screen
These graphs provide information similar to those found in the Kt/V, Blood Pressure screens,
SVS, and UF subscreens. Consolidating them here, along with the treatment summary
information gives an overview of the entire treatment. If necessary, the treatment summary
results from the prior treatment may be recalled.
Table 23 The Trends Screen Buttons
Button Function
This button is used to display either the current or previous

treatment summary data.

The following is information about each of the information lines in the treatment summary
display.
Table 24 The Treatment Summary Information
Display Description
Pt ID This is the patient ID.

Start Time This is the clock time when the Tx Clock button is selected (24 hour
clock).
End Time If the treatment is still underway, this is the projected time for the end
of treatment, based on the current time and RTD. Otherwise it is the
clock time when the treatment actually ended, based on the Tx clock
(24 hour clock).
Actual Tx This is the total treatment time, even if the treatment continued after
time RTD counted down to zero (minutes).
RTD The current Remaining Time of Dialysis (minutes).
MONITORING
TREATMENT
Hep. Infused This is the amount of heparin infused to the patient at this point in time
(ml).
Begin BP Displays the first Diastolic, Systolic (mmHg) and pulse reading
(beats/min). If any of the readings is out of the alarm range, the entire
line is shown in red.
End BP Displays the last Diastolic, Systolic and pulse reading. If any of the
readings is out of the alarm range, the entire line is shown in red.
Diastolic Displays the highest and lowest Diastolic pressure reading during the
Range treatment. If any of the readings is out of the alarm range, the entire
Systolic Displays the highest and lowest Systolic pressure reading during the
Range treatment. If any of the readings is out of the alarm range, the entire
MAP Range Displays the highest and lowest Mean Arterial Pressure (MAP) during
the treatment. If any of the readings is out of the alarm range, the
entire line is shown in red (mmHg).
Pulse Range Displays the highest and lowest pulse rate during the treatment. If any
of the readings is out of the alarm range, the entire line is shown in
red.
UF Goal This is the UF goal selected for the treatment (ml).
UF Removed This is the UF removed at this point in the treatment (ml).

Avg UF Rate This is the average UF rate at this point in the treatment (ml).
UF Time This is the UF time selected for the treatment (min).
UF Profile This is the UF profile # selected for the treatment

Display Description
Final RBV This is the last Relative Blood Volume from the BVM, if available (% of
initial value)
Concentrate This is the concentrate selected for this treatment
SVS profile This is the Sodium Variation System profile selected for the treatment
Na Base This is the base Na+ level for the Sodium Variation System program
(mEq/l)
Na Start This is the starting Na+ level for the Sodium Variation System program
(mEq/l). If SVS is not selected, it is the sodium used.
SpKt/V This is the current Single pool Kt/V (SpKt/V). If the projected Kt/V is
below the acceptable level, the value is shown in red.
eKt/V This is the current equilibrated Kt/V (eKt/V)
Volume This is the volume used for the Kt/V calculation (liters)
MONITORING
TREATMENT
BVP This is total blood volume processed (liters).
Kt This is effective blood volume processed (liters).
Avg Art This is the average arterial pressure for the treatment (mmHg)
Press
Mean Kecn The time weighted average of the individual Kecn measurements
Avg Ven This is the average venous pressure for the treatment (mmHg)
Press
Avg Dial. This is the average dialysate flow used for the treatment (ml/min)
Flow
Avg blood This is the average blood flow used for the treatment (ml/min)
Flow
Last Access This is the last access flow determination, if available (ml/min)
Flow
Avg Recirc. This is the average of all the recirculation determinations made for this
treatment (%)
High Flux This shows whether or not the High Flux dialyzer option is set.

Kt/V & Access Flow Monitoring
How Kt/V is Derived
Online Clearance (OLC)used in estimating the effectiveness of the dialysis treatmentcan

be viewed in the Kt/V AF screen. The effectiveness of the treatment is based on the
amount of urea that is removed from the patients blood. It has been shown that sodium can
be used as a surrogate to urea for determining removal rates (clearance). The key to
determining the amount of urea cleared is based on the fact that urea clearance is almost
identical to sodium clearance.
To measure the effectiveness of treatment, the concentration of sodium in the dialysate is

adjusted for a brief duration. This changes the conductivity of the dialysate. The
MONITORING
TREATMENT
conductivity of the dialysate is then measured before and after it passes through the dialyzer.
As the dialysate passes through the dialyzer, some of the sodium diffuses through the
membrane resulting in a different, post-dialyzer, conductivity reading. The amount of
sodium clearance (Kecn) can be calculated based on the change in conductivity of the
dialysate after it passed through the dialyzer.
Figure 48 The Kt/V and Access Flow Screen
The following table describes the features found in the Kt/V AF screen on machines with
active OLC functionality.

Note: If the OLC functionality has been deactivated (in the Service Mode) on your machine,
all features will be inactive and appear grayed out.
Table 25 The Kt/V AF Screen Buttons and displays
Button Function
This button activates and deactivates the OLC option as

indicated by the check box to the right. By default, OLC is
enabled.
This button brings up the OLC Calculatora useful tool for

estimating the treatment effectiveness and time required based
on various treatment parameters. (Not available at this time).
Selecting the OLC Data button opens the OLC subscreen that
provides the actual results of each OLC test.
MONITORING
TREATMENT
This button changes functions based on the machine status.
When there is no blood sensed and the blood pump is stopped
or the dialysate lines are on the shunt, selecting this button
followed by the CONFIRM key initiates the OLC Self Test.
When blood is sensed, an unscheduled clearance test is
initiated. The manual test takes the place of one of the
scheduled tests entered in the # of Tests button.
This button is used to allow the Access Flow test to be
performed. When it is turned On, the machine will offer to do
the Access Flow test following the next OLC test. If it is
inconvenient to do the test early in the treatment, this button
may be left in the Off position and turned On when it is
convenient. Select the Manual OLC Test button and press
CONFIRM after turning on the Access Flow to begin the process
right away. When the test is initiated, the operator is guided
through the steps necessary to perform the test.
Warning! To avoid the possibility of significant blood

loss, be sure that the connections are well secured
after disconnecting and reconnecting the bloodlines.
The patients urea-distribution volume (in liters) is entered here.

This value should be determined using urea-kinetic values.
Anthropometric formulae may give different results than
kinetically calculated urea-distribution volume.
The prescribed target single-pool value, ranging from 0.40 to

2.50, is entered in this button. This value is reset to the default
value when the New Tx key is pressed. The default value may
be changed in Service Mode.

Button Function
The # of Tests button is used to access the number of tests that

will be run automatically during dialysis. From one to six tests
can be chosen per treatment (six is the default setting). The first
and last tests are conducted 15 minutes after the beginning of
dialysis and 15 minutes before the end of dialysis. The
remaining tests are performed at equally spaced intervals
between the first and last tests, unless manual tests are run.
This value indicates the total blood volume (in liters) that has
passed through the dialyzer based on the blood pump flow rate.
Projected Kt/V This is the expected Kt/V when RTD is at zero, based on the
delivered Kt/V and the Kecn values.
Delivered Kt/V This is the delivered Kt/V at this point in the treatment.
MONITORING
TREATMENT
Reading Kt/V
Figure 49 Kt/V Graph
The Kt/V graph is located on the right side of the Kt/V AF screen (See Figure 48). The
vertical axis on the left side of the graph represents target Kt/V values. The horizontal axis
along the bottom of the graph represents treatment time in hours.
The horizontal, dashed line near the top of the graph represents the value displayed in the
Target Kt/V button. The vertical, dashed line located on the right side of the graph
represents the prescribed length of the treatment (i.e., the value displayed in the RTD button
of the Home screen at the start of treatment). The point where these lines cross represents
the target Kt/V at the end of the prescribed treatment.

After the first OLC test, a line appears in the Kt/V graph that plots both the current and
anticipated effectiveness of the treatment. The solid blue or red line represents the current
amount of delivered therapy (Kt/V) from the beginning of treatment up to the time of the last
test. The gray dotted portion indicates the projected effectiveness of the treatment assuming
the clearance rate remains steady at its present rate. If the effectiveness of the treatment is
projected to reach at least 100% of the minimum Kt/V or 85% (depending on selected Service
Mode option) of the target Kt/V at the end of treatment, the solid portion of the curve will
appear blue.
Using Figure 48 as an example, the graph indicates the following data:

The last test was taken about two hours and 45 minutes after the beginning of a three-
hour treatment.
The target Kt/V is 1.40
The Kt/V at the current time (Delivered Kt/V) is 1.31
The projected Kt/V at the end of the treatment is 1.41

MONITORING
Since the Projected Kt/V of the treatment is 100 percent of the target Kt/V (1.40) by the
TREATMENT
end of treatment, the line is blue.
If after an OLC test, the projected effectiveness for the end of the treatment is less than 100
percent of the target Kt/V, the solid portion of the plot appears red and an exclamatory icon is
displayed to the right of the graph (see Figure 50 below).
Figure 50 Projected Clearance is less than 100 Percent of Target

In cases of unsatisfactory Kt/V, the operator should check:

For proper needle placement and connections to the bloodlines.
That the machine is set for prescribed blood flow rate.
That the proper dialyzer is being used.
That the dialysate flow rate is as prescribed.
That the blood and dialysate lines are properly connected to the dialyzer so that the
blood and dialysate flow are countercurrent (blood flow down, dialysate flow up).
If the preceding is correct, check the patients access flow rate (fistula or graft).
A substandard Kt/V could also indicate a problem with clotting, recirculation within the
patients access, or other problems.
While a treatment is in progress, the Kt/V may be increased by increasing the flow rate of the
blood pump or increasing the dialysate flow rate. Changes to the prescribed treatment
parameters, however, should be consistent with a physicians orders.
MONITORING
TREATMENT
Note: The OLC self test should be run occasionally (1 2 times per month) or any time that
you suspect that the OLC results may be erroneous.
Access Flow
How Access Flow is Derived
In order to determine the patients access flow rate (AF), two OLC tests are done, one with
the bloodlines connected in the normal position and one in the reversed position. In the
reversed position, recirculation is induced. The higher the patients access flow rate, the
lower the recirculation. With the two OLC tests, the access flow rate can be calculated. The
measurement is more accurate at lower access flow rates. Because it may be difficult to
obtain high blood flow rates with the bloodlines in the reversed position, it may be necessary
to reduce the blood flow rate for both tests. The result will be more accurate if both tests are
done at the same blood flow rate.
Note: Fresenius Medical Care recommends using Combiset bloodlines with Twister blood
flow reversal device (P/N 03-2794-0) for treatments running access flow tests. The
integrated Twister device eliminates the need to disconnect the bloodlines from the access
during treatment. All blood flow direction changes are done aseptically within the Twister
device.

How to run the Access Flow test
1) Select the
Access Flow
button and then
CONFIRM.
2) Select the
Manual OLC Test
MONITORING
TREATMENT
button to start the
test now.
Figure 51 Starting an Access Flow Test
When the Access Flow button is turned ON, the machine will offer to do the Access Flow
test following the next OLC test. The Access Flow button may be left in the Off position and
turned On later. If desired, select the Manual OLC Test and press CONFIRM after turning
the Access Flow ON to begin the test right away. If you display the Kt/V AF screen while
doing the test, more detailed instructions are displayed.
Warning! The Access Flow procedure requires that the bloodline connections to the access
needles be reversed and later returned to their original position. To avoid the possibility of
significant blood loss, be sure that the connections are well secured after disconnecting and
reconnecting the bloodlines.
Warning! Use aseptic technique when doing this procedure.
Warning! Return the bloodlines to the original position (red to red and blue to blue) when
the test is completed. Failure to do so will result in lower delivered therapy.
Note: If the access flow rate is less than or equal to the blood pump rate, the access flow rate
will be calculated and reported as approximately the blood pump rate. In this case, the
access flow rate may be lower than indicated.
Note: During the second OLC measurement for the Access Flow test, the UF will change to
70 if running low flux or 300 if running high flux.

OLC Data Screen

MONITORING
TREATMENT
Figure 52 OLC Data Screen
The OLC Data screen provides the actual clearance data of the treatment.
Table 26 The OLC Data Screen Features
Feature Function
The calculated, urea-distribution, fluid volume of the patient.

This is the same volume entered in the Kt/V AF screen.
This data box displays in hours and minutes the amount of

time the patient has been on dialysis.
This data box displays the OLC-calculated value for plasma

sodium after the first OLC test.
This value indicates the total blood volume (in liters) that has
passed through the dialyzer based on the blood pump flow
rate and adjusted for negative arterial pressure.

Feature Function
The value displayed here is the same value entered in the

Target Kt/V button in the Kt/V AF screen.
This data box displays the current calculated amount of single

pool Kt/V delivered therapy.
This data box displays the calculated equilibrated Kt/V. It is

calculated one hour after the beginning of treatment. The box
remains blank until then.
This data box displays the value for the equation (time
weighted mean Kecn) x (current time).
MONITORING
TREATMENT
This is the result of the Access Flow test. It is limited to <2000
ml/min.
Data TableThis table displays the individual and mean

Kecn data for the OLC and Access Flow tests.
Time refers to when the tests was performed in respect to
amount of time (hours/min.) elapsed from the beginning of
treatment.
Manual tests are preceded with M.
Tests done for Access flow with the lines reversed are
preceded with AF. These tests are not used in the Mean
Kecn value.

Blood Temperature Monitor / Blood Volume Monitor Screen
Note: The 2008T hemodialysis machine is set up in Service Mode to display either the
BTM BVM screen or the Crit-Line screen. If the second to last screen-button along the
bottom of the display screen shows Crit-Line instead of BTM BVM, see the Crit-Line
Screen on page 119.
MONITORING
TREATMENT
Figure 53 BTM and BVM Monitoring Screen
The Blood Temperature Module (BTM) is an optional and separate device with its own
Operators Manual. For a complete understanding of the functions of the BTM, please refer
to P/N 470164. The BTM functions utilize the keys on the module itself for operation. The
display screen is used only for displaying the results and operations of the BTM; none of the
parameters are entered outside the BTM module.
The Blood Volume Module (BVM) is an optional and separate device with its own
Operators Manual. For a complete understanding of the functions of the BVM, please refer
to P/N 490041. The BVM functions utilize the keys on the module itself for operation. In
addition, the display screen is used to display a graphical representation of the blood volume
over time and to select the alert level where an alarm will occur.

BTM function
The BTM has two primary functions to regulate the patients temperature (energy) and to
use temporary changes in dialysate temperature to determine the extent of recirculation at the
blood access site.
Table 27 The BTM Data Screen Features
Feature Function
This area will display Recirculation when a recirculation test is

being done. When there is no control program, it will read
Monitoring. It will read Temperature or Energy when in a
temperature or energy control mode.
When performing a recirculation measure, the data box will
display the T set value that the dialysate will reach.
MONITORING
TREATMENT
When in a temperature control mode, this area will display the
rate of temperature change prescribed to warm or cool the
patient in C/h.
When in an energy control mode, this display will indicate the

energy flux to or from the patient in kilojoules per hour (kJ/h).
This displays the arterial bloodline temperature as reported by

the BTM module.
This displays the venous bloodline temperature as reported by

the BTM module.
The table above the graph will display up to 3

recirculation values. This graph shows the
arterial temperature in red and the venous
temperature in blue. During recirculation tests
the temperature will show changes for a short
period of time. The vertical dotted line
indicates the scheduled end of treatment.
Note: When the 2008T hemodialysis machine is first turned on, the small display on the
BTM will indicate 1107. This is a normal event and can be cleared by pressing the Up
(Error) and Down (Result) keys on the BTM module at the same time.

Table 28 The BVM Screen Features
Feature Function
The Relative Blood Volume (RBV) is the relation of the

current blood volume and the blood volume on the start of
dialysis expressed in %. Thus, RBV is always 100% in the
beginning. If at the end of the dialysis, RBV is e.g. 80%, the
blood volume has been reduced by 20%. There can also be
values of above 100%.
The Trend Indicator is an arrow, which roughly shows the
current direction and intensity of blood volume change. On
the display the arrow is shown to the right of the measured
value for RBV. The arrow symbols have the following
meanings: : significant increase
: moderate increase
: nearly constant
MONITORING
TREATMENT
: moderate decrease
: significant decrease
The red blood cells (erythrocytes) are responsible for the

transport of gases in the blood (oxygen and carbon dioxide).
Hemoglobin, an iron compound giving the erythrocytes their
red color, is the active component in this process.
The hematocrit (HCT) is the packed cell volume (almost
exclusively of erythrocytes) in the blood volume.
This button allows to set a patient individual Alert Level for

RBV. The range is 70% to 100%. Entering zero deactivates
the alert function.
If RBV reaches the Alert Level, the machine will give an
audible warning and will stop ultrafiltration. Press RESET to
turn the Ultrafiltration pump back on. This alarm occurs only
once if the user does not set another Alert Level.
RBV This graph shows the Relative Blood Volume

%
100 in red. During time periods when the BVM
90 cant determine RBV (e.g. saline flush) the red
80 line will continue dotted with the last
transferred value. The yellow dotted line
shows the alert level. The vertical dotted line
indicates the scheduled end of treatment.

Crit-Line Screen
Note: The 2008T hemodialysis machine is set up in Service Mode to display either the
BTM BVM screen or the Crit-Line screen. If the second to last screen-button along the
bottom of the display screen shows BTM BVM instead of Crit-Line, turn to page 116.
MONITORING
TREATMENT
Figure 54 Crit-Line Screen (Showing BV and O2 Saturation)
The Crit-Line in a Clip (CLiC) device is used to non-invasively measure a hemodialysis

patients hematocrit, oxygen saturation and percent change in blood volume. These
measurements occur in real time in order to provide a more effective treatment. The
measurements are displayed on the 2008T hemodialysis machines Crit-Line screen. Under
the direction of a physician, the clinician/nurse can increase or decrease the ultrafiltration
(UF) rate in order to remove the maximum amount of fluid without the patient experiencing
the common dialysis related complications which include hypotension, nausea, cramping and
vomiting.
The system consists of software for the 2008T hemodialysis machine, a Crit-Line in a Clip
(CLiC) device, a CLiC device-specific verification filter which is used to calibrate and verify
the CLiC device, and a disposable Crit-Line Blood Chamber. For more information, see the
2008T Hemodialysis Machine with CLiC Users Guide (P/N 490206).

Note: The CLiC device is only a tool used to complement a treatment on the 2008T
hemodialysis machine. Operators must rely on their own clinical assessment of the patient
to administer the treatment, as per the standard of care.
Reading Graphs on the Crit-Line Screen

The Crit-Line screen can display either Blood Volume (BV) (see Figure 54 on page 119) or
Hematocrit (Hct) (see Figure 55 below) on the upper graph depending on the Service Mode
setting.
On the lower graph, the Oxygen Saturation (O2 Sat) graph can be changed to display blood
pressures by selecting the graph and pressing the CONFIRM key.
The BV and O2 Sat graphs are displayed by default.
Graphing of the data begins after the CLiC device reads blood sensed and the hematocrit has
been stable for sixty seconds with the Tx Clock and blood pump running. Graphs are
MONITORING
TREATMENT
displayed for a minimum of four (default) and a maximum of ten hours. The Hct and O2 Sat
graphs are resized vertically during the treatment depending on the min/max values, and alert
levels.
Figure 55 Crit-Line Screen (Showing Hct and BP)
The table on the next page lists features common to all graph displays:

Table 29 Crit-Line Screen Graph Features
Feature Function
Elapsed Time The time the Tx Clock and CLiC device are running. If
the Tx Clock is paused or an event pauses the treatment (such as
blood alarms), then the Elapsed Time is paused along with CLiC
device data collection.
Initial Hct The starting hematocrit (Hct) value is recorded along with
the first data point when graphing begins.
Initial est. Hb The estimated starting hemoglobin (Hb) value is
recorded along with the first data point when graphing begins. It is
calculated based on the hematocrit reading.
Current blood volume change profile The profile starts calculating
after the first two blood volume measurements and is computed over
the previous 15 minutes of data. The profile can be:
A BV change is less than or equal to -3% per hour (default)
MONITORING
TREATMENT
B BV change is more than -3% and less than or equal to -6.5%
per hour
C BV change exceeds -6.5% per hour
Current Hematocrit value.
Current estimated Hemoglobin value calculated from the current

Hematocrit:
Hb = Hct/2.94
Blood Volume Change The percent change in blood volume since
the start of the treatment. The BV change value is calculated from the
following equation:
BV% = [(Hct initial/Hct current) 1] x 100
BV Alert Level button Sets the BV (Blood Volume) Alert Level
(under physician direction). When the current BV% change drops
below the set BV alert level, the 2008T hemodialysis machine stops
the UF pump and displays the alert message Rel. Blood Volume
Low. The alert can be cleared by lowering the alert level or by setting
the BV Alert Level to OFF. After clearing the alert, the UF pump will
automatically turn back on to the UF Rate set on the Home screen.
To set the BV Alert Level, select the BV Alert Level button and enter
the desired value using the or (up or down) keys or the numbers
on the keyboard and press the CONFIRM key. To turn the BV Alert
level OFF, enter 0 (zero) on the keyboard and press the CONFIRM
key.
The BV Alert Level can be set from -1 to -20 or 0 for OFF. The default
setting is -15. The BV alert level is drawn as a blue dotted line across
the BV graph. If the Hct graph is instead displayed, the BV alert level
appears as a black dotted line after the initial Hct is determined.
Current Oxygen Saturation value.

Feature Function
Minimum Oxygen Saturation The minimum oxygen saturation value

over all data points.
O2 Alert Level button This button sets the oxygen saturation alert
level. When the current O2 Sat value drops below the O2 Alert Level,
the alert message Oxygen Saturation Low is displayed in the Status
Box. The alert can be cleared by lowering the alert level or by setting
the O2 Alert Level to OFF.
To set the O2 Alert Level, select the O2 Alert Level button and enter
the desired value using the or (up or down) keys or the numbers
on the keyboard and press the CONFIRM key. To turn the O2 Alert
level OFF, enter 0 (zero) on the keyboard and press the CONFIRM
key.
The O2 Alert Level defaults to 89 and can be set from 45 to 95. Setting
the O2 Alert Level to any value 44 or lower turns the O2 Alert Level
MONITORING
TREATMENT
OFF. The O2 Alert Level is drawn as a green dotted line across the
Oxygen Saturation graph.
Markers button Selecting this button displays a menu to insert an
event marker on the BV (or Hct) and O2 Sat graphs. Use the or
(up or down) keys on the keyboard to select either Symptom or
Intervention. Pressing the CONFIRM key places the marker and the
current BV%, Hct, and oxygen saturation values on the latest point
on the graph; pressing the Escape key exits the menu without placing
a marker.
The Symptom marker is displayed as a yellow diamond
The Intervention marker is displayed as a black triangle
Note: Markers can only be set when the Tx Clock is running and the
CLiC device is not disabled. Resizing the graph may cause markers to
rotate in order to better fit the space depending on the limits. If there is
not enough space between markers, the machine will not place a
marker in order to prevent overlap.
Print button When RTD is zero and the Tx Clock is paused, a Print
button will appear on the Crit-Line screen in place of the Markers
button (see above).
To clear the data on the Crit-Line screen without printing, press the
New Tx key.
The BV (Blood Volume) graph
The BV (Blood Volume) graph (Figure 54 on page 119) is displayed as a fill graph. A line is
filled from 0 to the BV% value. As the dialysis treatment progresses, fluid is taken out of
the blood by the 2008T hemodialysis machines ultrafiltration pump. This will result in a
greater percentage of the blood being red blood cells and the blood volume fill graph will
trend downwards and approach the alert level. The BV alert level is drawn as a blue dotted
line across the BV graph.

Note: The BV graph is the default upper graph displayed on the Crit-Line screen. To
display the Hct graph instead of the BV graph, call a qualified service technician.
The Hct (Hematocrit) graph

The Hct (Hematocrit) graph is a line graph (Figure 55 on page 120) drawn from the previous
hematocrit value. As the dialysis treatment progresses, fluid is taken out of the blood by the
2008T hemodialysis machines ultrafiltration pump. This will result in a greater percentage of
the blood being red blood cells and the hematocrit line graph will trend upwards and
approach the alert level.
The Hematocrit Alert Level is drawn as a black dotted line across the Hct graph. The
Hematocrit Alert Level cannot be set directly, but is calculated from the BV Alert Level (see
the BV Alert Level button on page 121). The line will appear on the graph after the initial
Hct is determined. When the alert is triggered, the 2008T hemodialysis machine stops the UF
pump and displays the alert message Rel. Blood Volume Low. The alert can be cleared by
lowering the alert level or by setting the BV Alert Level to OFF. After clearing the alert, the
MONITORING
TREATMENT
UF pump will automatically turn back on to the UF Rate set on the Home screen.
The O2 Sat (Oxygen Saturation) graph

Oxygen saturation is the default display on the Crit-Line screens bottom graph. The O2
Sat (Oxygen Saturation) graph (Figure 54 on page 119) is a line graph drawn from the
previous oxygen saturation value. The O2 Alert Level is drawn as a green dotted line across
the Oxygen Saturation graph.
Note: To switch between the O2 Sat graph and the BP graphs, select the graph. The message
Press Confirm to switch to O2 graph. Press Escape to return to BP graph. or
Press Confirm to switch to Blood Pressure graph. Press Escape to return to O2
graph. is displayed. Press the CONFIRM key to confirm the selection.
To switch back to the previous graph, select the graph again and press the CONFIRM key
to confirm the selection.
The BP (Blood Pressure) graph

Similar to the Blood Pressure graph on the Trends and Blood Pressure screens, the BP
(Blood Pressure) graph (Figure 55 on page 120) is drawn as a series of black dumbbells
between the systolic and diastolic blood pressures. On the Crit-Line screen, the systolic
(upper) and diastolic (lower) numbers are also displayed. If the value is out of range (as
specified by the parameters on the Blood Pressure screen), the dumbbell will be drawn in
red.
Note: If there is not enough space between blood pressure measurements, the blood pressure
graph will not display a measurement in order to prevent overlap.
Note: Markers do not appear on the Blood Pressure graph.

Monitoring the hemodialysis treatment from the Crit-Line

screen
Most of the commonly viewed data from other screens are grouped on the Crit-Line screen
for convenient monitoring. Listed below are the features of the Crit-Line screen that can
also be found on other screens.
Table 30 Crit-Line Screen Features Found on Other Screens
Feature Description
Art Press Arterial Pressure The value displayed on the Home screen (mmHg)
Ven Press Venous Pressure The value displayed on the Home screen (mmHg)
TMP TMP (Transmembrane Pressure) The value displayed on the Home
screen (mmHg)
UF Goal UF Goal The UF goal selected for the treatment and set on the Home
screen (ml)
MONITORING
TREATMENT
UF Rate UF Rate The UF rate selected for the treatment and set on the Home
screen (ml/h)
UF Rmvd UF Removed The UF removed at a given point in the treatment and
displayed on the Home screen (ml)
Dial Flow Dialysate Flow The dialysate flow rate selected for the treatment and set on
the Home screen (ml/min). The dialysate flow rate can also be turned on or
off from the Dialysate screen.
Temp Temperature The temperature of the dialysate as displayed on the Home
screen (C)
Cond Conductivity The conductivity of the dialysate as displayed on the Home
screen (mS/cm)
Blood Flow Blood Flow Rate The current blood pump rate (ml/min)
Hep Rate Heparin Rate The heparin pump rate set on the Heparin screen (ml/h)
Note: As on the Heparin screen, this value will flash when the heparin pump
is off unless both the Heparin screen Rate and Infusion Time buttons are
set to 0 (zero).
Kecn Kecn The current Kecn (amount of sodium clearance) measurement. The
Kecn is also displayed on the Kt/V AF screens OLC Data subscreen.
Treatment (Tx) Clock This button runs or pauses the treatment and displays
the Remaining Time of Dialysis (RTD). The green segment of the pie chart
represents the amount of treatment completed and grows as the treatment
progresses. The Tx Clock button and an RTD button to set the RTD are also
located on the Home screen.

Blood Pressure Screen Monitoring

The following are generally accepted contraindications for using a timed automatic blood
pressure instrument utilizing the oscillometric principle:
Use of a heart lung machine
Peripheral circulation problems
Severe arrhythmia
Ectopic beats
Convulsions
Spasms
Tremors
Tachycardia
MONITORING
TREATMENT
This is a guideline only. Final determination of the suitability of any medical instrument for
use with any patient is the responsibility of the treating physician.
The results of tests performed with the Blood Pressure module are recorded on the left side of
the Blood Pressure screen (see Figure 56).
Figure 56 Blood Pressure Screen
The blood pressure readings are displayed both in table and graph form (the graph can also be
viewed in the Trends screen). The table lists the time the blood pressure reading was taken,
the systolic and diastolic pressures, the Mean Arterial Pressure (MAP), and the pulse rate of
the patient during the test. The MAP is measured by the blood pressure module and thus may
differ from MAP calculated from systolic and diastolic pressure.

The pressure readings on the graph are represented by vertical lines with ticks at the top and
bottom signifying the systolic and diastolic pressures respectively. The first pressure reading
is displayed on the left side of the graph with subsequent readings appearing to the right. The
table on screen displays a maximum of 10 pressure readings at a time.
The Stat/Deflate key, located on the right side of the control panel, can be
used to quickly relieve the pressure from an inflated blood pressure cuff. It
will also start an unscheduled blood pressure reading if the cuff is deflated.
Unscheduled tests do not have any effect on the scheduled tests. For
example, if the tests were scheduled at 15-minute intervals, and a manual test was taken five
minutes after the first test, the next test will still occur 15 minutes after the first one. The
results of both automatic and manual tests are displayed in the table. Results appear in the
graph only after the Tx Clock is started.
Note: For accurate blood pressure readings, the cuff must be the proper size and positioned
at heart level. Each centimeter above or below the heart that the cuff is positioned, will
result in a reading error of 0.8 mm Hg. Tests taken with the Tx Clock paused do not show
MONITORING
TREATMENT
up on graph.
During Treatment
Online Pressure Holding Test

The online Pressure Holding Test (PHT) automatically checks the integrity of the dialysate
balancing system during dialysis when the dialyzer is connected. The online PHT detects
most leaks in the hydraulics that would affect the precise volumetric control of fluid in the
dialysate system.
The online PHT complements the self-test sequence; it is not a substitute. It is still necessary
to perform the initial Automatic Test Sequence before each high flux treatment.
The online PHT runs every 12 minutes regardless of the other alarm conditions. Dialysate
flow must be on and the machine cannot be executing a filling program or OLC test. The test
runs for two balancing-chamber cycles (about seven seconds). The message RUNNING
ONLINE PHT displays during the test. Before the test, the UF pump stops in the middle of
a cycle and remains off during the two balancing chamber cycles of the online PHT. The UF
green light will flash during this time. The machine is in bypass mode during the test period.
The displayed TMP during this time represents pressure within the hydraulics, therefore, the
TMP reading may change slightly. The TMP alarm limits are spread during the test.

Online PHT Failure
If the machine fails the online PHT, the message ONLINE PHT FAILED is displayed in the
Status Box. The blood pump does not stop during this alarm condition. This alarm can be
cleared by pressing the RESET button.
Online PHT failures can be caused by problems that make it difficult to control the patients
fluid balance. Some failure alarms can be caused by air entering the hydraulic system from
faulty concentrate or dialyzer line connections. The operator should inspect the machine for
external air intake and fluid leaks, and make the appropriate corrections if possible.
Discontinue the treatment and take the machine out of service if an online PHT failure alarm
recurs. The hydraulics should be inspected by a qualified technician before returning the
machine to service.
If an online PHT failure occurs once during a treatment, perform the Pressure Holding Test
MONITORING
TREATMENT
(from the Test & Options screen) before the next treatment to verify the integrity of the
hydraulic system.
Changing the bibag disposable during treatment
Note: When changing the bibag disposable during treatment, the automated empty feature
cannot be used so the bag will need to be emptied manually.
Note: If a bag is changed during treatment, a pause of 6-10 minutes should be expected as
the new bag fills. The dialysis machine will automatically go into bypass mode until the new
bag is on-line and conductivity comes into the acceptable range.
If the bibag disposable needs to be changed during the treatment, use the following steps:
1. Lift up on the dark-gray bibag door handle to open the bibag door.
2. Wait 30 seconds to relieve the pressure in the bag.
3. Lift up the bibag disposable by the handle, remove the used bag and dispose of it per unit
protocol. Since the used bag is not empty of fluid, be careful to prevent spills.
Note: If disposing of leftover bicarbonate solution down a drain, be sure to run plenty of hot
water down the drain too. This will help prevent bicarbonate buildup in the plumbing.
4. For the new bibag disposable, remove the white plastic seal from underneath the water
and bicarbonate nozzles. Hang the bag on the machines bibag connector nozzles.
5. Close the bibag door, making sure it latches firmly in place. An audible click indicates
the door is closed. The treatment will resume after the machine fills the bag with heated
water.

Blood Recirculation Procedure

It is the responsibility of the units medical director to determine the appropriate anti-
coagulation protocol and the maximum length of time for recirculating blood.
1. Return blood if possible

To recirculate blood within the extracorporeal blood circuit:
2. Select the Tx Clock button and press CONFIRM (to paused)
3. Press the blood pump Start/Stop key to stop the blood pump
4. Disconnect the arterial and venous bloodlines from access in an aseptic manner, and
connect them together with a sterile recirculation connector.
Note: Infuse heparin per facility protocol.

MONITORING
TREATMENT
5. Unclamp saline bag
6. Press the Start/Stop key to start the blood pump, and set the blood flow rate at 150200
ml/min. An audible alarm will sound every five minutes to alert the operator that the Tx
Clock is paused with blood sensed.
7. Press the RESET key to clear the alarm.

To reconnect the patient to machine:
1. Press the Start/Stop key to stop the blood pump.
2. Clamp the saline line.
3. Aseptically reconnect the arterial and venous bloodlines to the patients access sites.
4. Restart the blood pump and adjust blood pump to the prescribed flow rate.
5. Select the Tx Clock button and press CONFIRM to resume the treatment.

Power Failure during Dialysis

In case of a power failure, the blood pump stops and the venous line clamp closes. The
dialysate flow pump, heater, blood leak detector, and level detector are non-functional. All
function lights go out. A steady, audible alarm will immediately sound for seven minutes that
cannot be silenced with the Mute key. It can be silenced manually, however, by removing
the 9-volt battery from the back of the machine.
Manually Operating the Blood Pump
In the event of a power failure during treatment, the 2008T blood pump can be manually
operated to return the blood to the patient or to keep the blood in recirculation if a quick
resumption of power is anticipated. Either option is accomplished with the auxiliary hand
crank supplied with the machine (see Figure 57). The hand crank is attached to the back of
the machine.
MONITORING
TREATMENT
Spindle
Slot
Detachable
Handle
Figure 57 Auxiliary Blood Pump Crank
Note: As a precaution, the handle will detach from the crank when attempting to turn the
rotor in the wrong direction. An arrow embossed on the face of the pump-segment housing
points in the correct direction of rotation (clockwise).
Returning the Blood to the Patient Manually
To return the blood manually:

1. Remove the bloodline from venous line clamp. If you are performing single-needle
dialysis, remove the pump segment from the single-needle pump.
3. Using a hemostat, clamp the arterial bloodline directly above the saline T.
4. Open the saline line clamps and rinse the blood in the tubing below the saline T back to
the patient. When the blood in the line has been rinsed back to the patient, close the
saline line clamps.
5. Clamp the arterial bloodline directly under the saline T. Remove the clamp on the
bloodline above the saline T and open the saline line clamps.
6. Open the pump door and flip the rotor latch outward (see Figure 58 #1).

1 2 3
Figure 58 Inserting the Blood Pump Crank

7. Align the slot and the spindle on the crank handle with the rotor latch and hole as shown
in Figure 58 #2 above.
8. Slide the crank handle in as far as it will go. The crank latch will protrude slightly from
the crank handle (see Figure 58 #3).
MONITORING
TREATMENT
9. Rotate the crank clockwise and rinse back the blood with the saline according to unit
protocol. The blood should be returned under strict visual control.
Warning! Carefully observe the venous chamber and bloodline for the presence of air. Be
sure no air will be infused into the patient.
10. Clamp the arterial and venous bloodlines and the patients arterial and venous access
lines, and aseptically disconnect them.
Manual Circulation
To circulate the blood manually:

1. Remove venous line from clamp. Be sure no air will be infused into the bloodline. If you
are performing single-needle dialysis, remove the pump segment from the single-needle
pump.
2. Open the pump door and flip the rotor latch outward (see Figure 58 #1).
3. Align the slot and the spindle on the crank handle with the rotor latch and hole as shown
in Figure 58 #2 above.
4. Slide the crank handle in as far as it will go. The crank latch will protrude slightly from
the crank handle (see Figure 58 #3).
5. Rotate the crank clockwise at a rate of 610 rotations per minute. This is equivalent to a
blood flow rate of 60100 ml/min. Observe the venous chamber and bloodline to ensure
that no air is infused in the patient. Manual circulation time is the responsibility of the
clinics medical supervisor.
Warning! Carefully observe the venous chamber and bloodline for the presence of air. Be
sure no air will be infused into the patient.

Power Resumption Procedure

1. Press the POWER key to restore power to the machine. The screen displays the Select
Program screen with the message, POWER FAIL RECOVERY.
2. Select the Dialysis button to enter the Dialysate screen.
3. In the Dialysate screen, check the conductivity settings (Na+, Bicarbonate, concentrate
type) and alarm limits. Verify that the dialysate concentration settings are correct. If not,
reset them.
4. Press CONFIRM to save the dialysate settings.
5. Select the Home button to display the Home screen.
6. Press the RESET key to reset any alarms. Conductivity and temperature alarms will reset
automatically when acceptable limits are reachedusually in about 35 minutes. If the
dialysate lines were disconnected, reconnect the dialysate lines when conductivity and
temperature return to their prescribed limits.
MONITORING
TREATMENT
7. Insert venous line in venous clamp and optical detector.
8. If not still connected, reconnect the patient per unit policy. If you are performing single-
needle dialysis, re-insert the pump segment into the single-needle pump.
9. Press the blood pump Start/Stop key to restart the blood pump. Reset the blood pump to
the prescribed flow rate.
10. Select the Tx Clock button to resume dialysis and then press CONFIRM.
11. If the heparin pump or the Single-Needle option were active prior to the power failure,
reinitiate these functions upon power resumption.
12. The SVS program parameters are stored during a power failure. Restart the SVS Profile
program by selecting and confirming the desired SVS Profile. Adjust the SVS-Time if
necessary.
13. The UF treatment parameters are also saved during a power failure. Check all parameters
(UF Goal, UF Time, UF Rate, UF-Removed) for correct settings and adjust if necessary.

Completion of Dialysis
At the end of treatment, when the RTD timer has counted down to 0:00, an alarm sounds and
the message, RTD = ZERO, appears in the Status box. An alarm also sounds when the set
amount of ultrafiltrate has been removed. When that happens, the Status Box displays the
message, UF GOAL REACHED. To reset either alarm, press the RESET key. If the UF
GOAL REACHED and RTD = ZERO alarms occur simultaneously, pressing the RESET key
will reset both alarms.
Returning Blood to the Patient

To return the blood to the patient:
1. Select the Tx Clock and then press CONFIRM to stop the treatment.
MONITORING
TREATMENT
2. Press the Start/Stop key on the blood pump to stop the pump.
4. Rinse the blood in the patient end of the arterial bloodline back to the patient:
a. Using a hemostat, clamp the arterial bloodline directly above the saline T.
b. Open the saline line clamps and rinse the blood in the tubing below the saline T
back to the patient. When the blood in the line has been rinsed back to the patient,
close the saline line clamps.
5. Rinse the remaining blood in the bloodline back to the patient:
a. Clamp the arterial bloodline directly under the saline T.
b. Remove the clamp on the bloodline above the saline T and open the saline line
clamps.
c. Start the blood pump and set a rate of 150-200 ml/min.
d. When the blood has been returned to the patient, turn the blood pump off and close
the saline line clamps.
Warning! Check all bloodlines and dialysate lines for leaks. Keep access sites uncovered
and monitored. Improper bloodline connections or needle dislodgements can result in
excessive blood loss, serious injury, and death. Machine alarms may not occur in every
blood loss situation.
Note: Depending on how your machine was configured, and audible alarm may sound when
the saline solution reaches the optical sensor. Press RESET to silence the alarm.

Removing the Dialyzer

There are two procedures for removing the dialyzer depending on whether your facility
reuses dialyzers. Follow the appropriate procedure for your situation.
If Reuse is practiced
The dialysate compartment should not be emptied prior to cleaning the dialyzer. In such
cases:
1. Open the shunt door and place the dialyzer connectors on the shunt. Pull on the dialyzer
connectors to make sure they are firmly connected to the shunt. Close the shunt door.
2. Cap the dialyzer ports with the caps supplied with the dialyzer and process dialyzer as per
unit protocol
3. Discard the bloodlines and transducer protectors according to facility policy
4. Clean or disinfect machine according to routine cleaning and maintenance procedures
MONITORING
TREATMENT
described in Disinfection and Maintenance, on page 136.
If Reuse is not practiced
To remove the fluid in the dialysate compartment:

1. Open shunt interlock door
2. Return blue dialyzer connector to shunt interlock. Pull on the dialyzer connector to make
sure it is firmly connected to the shunt.
3. Reposition the dialyzer so that the red, outlet port is at the bottom
4. Close the shunt interlock door. Message Emptying will be displayed.
5. Drain the dialysate compartment. The dialyzer is empty as soon as there is air in the
outlet line or an Emptying stopped message appears.
6. Open the shunt interlock door, remove red dialyzer connector from the dialyzer and place
it on the shunt. Pull on the dialyzer connector to make sure it is firmly connected to the
shunt. Close the shunt interlock door.
7. Discard the bloodlines, transducer protectors, and dialyzer according to facility policy.
8. Insert the concentrate wands into their proper rinse ports. The Select Program screen
appears on the display screen.
9. Clean or disinfect the exterior of the machine according to routine cleaning and
maintenance procedures described in Disinfection and Maintenance, on page 136.

Removing Bloodlines from the Machine
The arterial and venous ends of the bloodline should be clamped to avoid spillage before
attempting to remove the lines from the system.
Caution: Do not forcefully pull the lines from the machine. Damage to the machine or its
components may result.
Note: If the CLiC device was used for this treatment, pinch the CLiC device to spread the
sensor elements apart and gently remove the device from the Crit-Line Blood Chamber.
Store the CLiC device by clipping it to its verification filter, which is attached to its USB
cable. Discard the disposable Crit-Line Blood Chamber with the rest of the bloodlines.
When RTD is zero and the Tx Clock is paused, a Print button will appear on the Crit-Line
screen in place of the Markers button. To clear the data on the Crit-Line screen without
printing, press the New Tx key. For more information, see the 2008T Hemodialysis
Machine with CLiC Users Guide (P/N 490206).
MONITORING
TREATMENT
To remove the bloodline from the blood pump, open the door and align the rotor by pressing
and holding the Start/Stop key until the pump stops. Press the clamp-panel below the rotor
to release the left (incoming) side of the pump segment. Pull the first couple of inches of the
pump segment out of the pump. Then, while keeping firm tension outward on the left
(incoming) side of the bloodline, press and hold the Start/Stop key a second time and the
pump segment will be released from the pump head.
Be sure to open the door to the optical detector before pulling the line from the venous clamp
and optical detector assembly.

Emptying the bibag disposable

At the end of a bibag-based treatment, a blue Empty bibag button is displayed in the upper
right corner of the Dialysate screen (see Figure 59) to empty the bag for easy disposal.
Follow unit protocol or use this optional procedure to empty the bibag disposable at the end
of a treatment.
Note: The Empty bibag feature cannot be used when blood is sensed or the Tx Clock is
running. The Empty bibag button is also unavailable during a bibag: Bag Leak alarm.
Note: The bibag disposable may also be emptied manually; see page 127 for more
information.
Empty bibag
button
MONITORING
TREATMENT
Figure 59 Empty bibag button on the Dialysate screen
1. Select the Empty bibag button and press the CONFIRM key to begin emptying the
bibag disposable. Any fluid remaining in the bag will be sent out the machine drain line.
Note: The bibag disposable and the dialyzer cannot be emptied at the same time. To run the
Empty bibag program, both dialysate lines must either be on the shunt or on the dialyzer.
2. When the bibag disposable is empty of fluid, the Status Box will display the message
bibag: Emptied.
3. Lift up on the dark-gray bibag door handle to open the bibag door. Remove the bag and
dispose of it per unit protocol.
4. Close the bibag door securely, making sure that the door latches into place (two clicks
should be heard).

Chapter 5
Disinfection and Maintenance
This chapter covers all cleaning, disinfection, and maintenance tasks that can be performed
by the operator. Included are instructions for running the programs found on the Select
Program screen designed to clean and disinfect the fluid paths found in the 2008T
hemodialysis machine.
Cleaning and Disinfection

Daily cleaning, chemical, and heat disinfection procedures should be performed to maximize
the efficiency and minimize bacterial levels within the system. All rinsing, cleaning, and
disinfection programs are selected from the right side of the Select Program screen (see
Figure 60 below). The Select Program screen appears automatically after a long power
down or when the concentrate wands are inserted in their proper rinse ports after a treatment.
DISINFECTION/
MAINTENANCE
The machine must be connected to an approved water source, the drain line connected to a
drain, the dialysate supply lines on the shunt with the shunt interlock door closed, and the
concentrate connectors are firmly seated in their respective ports. To run any of the
Cleansing and Disinfection programs, select the appropriate button.
Figure 60 The Select Program Screen

Chapter 5Disinfection and Maintenance
The fluid path of the 2008T hemodialysis machine can be disinfected chemically or with heat.
The machine should be rinsed thoroughly after chemical disinfection and before introducing
any other chemicals to the machine. The machine should be disinfected at least once each
day it is used and rinsed per unit protocol. If the machine is not in use for more than 48
hours, it should be disinfected before the next use or put in storage (for more information on
storing the machine, see Equipment Storage and Maintenance on page 263). If there is
evidence of a blood leak into the dialysate system, the machine should be disinfected before
being used in any further treatments.
The Rinse program flushes the machine with water. The Acid Clean Program flushes the
machine with a mild acid to remove bicarbonate build up. There are three options for
disinfecting the interior of the 2008T hemodialysis machineHeat Disinfect,
Chemical/Rinse and Chemical Dwell.
All rinse, cleaning, and disinfecting programs can be interrupted by pulling either concentrate
nozzle from its rinse port or pressing the Escape key. Any Rinse or Disinfection program
clears all SVS and UF parameters and resets them to default values. The ultrafiltration fluid
sample port output tubing is part of the fluid pathway; therefore, flow exists during cleaning
and disinfection.
The following table describes the cleaning and disinfecting options available on the Select
Program screen. Follow the current, chemical manufacturers instructions for the proper use
of the disinfectants.
DISINFECTION/
MAINTENANCE
Warning! Any machine filled with a chemical for cleaning or disinfection must be clearly
labeled by the operator. The label should identify the chemical used and state that the rinsing
and testing for residual chemical are required before using the machine for treatment.

Table 31 Cleaning and Disinfection Recommended Frequency
Procedure Frequency Description

Per Unit The Rinse program flushes the hydraulic system with water. A rinse
Protocol may be done between treatments and must be performed after a
Chemical/Dwell procedure to eliminate residual disinfectant.
Page 142
After The exterior surface of the machine should be wiped down using a
Every cloth and a disinfecting cleaner.
Treatment Bloodlines and transducer protectors should be removed and disposed
of in compliance with your units biohazard waste guidelines. If there
is evidence of contamination beyond the external transducer protector,
disinfect the associated parts and replace the internal transducer
Page 140
protectors.
Daily The Acid Clean button runs a program that flushes the machine with
white distilled vinegar, 5% acetic acid or 5% citric acid for 10-60
minutes to prevent the build up of bicarbonate precipitate in the
Page 143 hydraulic system after a treatment. It is not a disinfecting procedure.
Daily The Heat Disinfect button starts a program that disinfects the
hydraulic system using water heated to about 80 C. Heat Disinfect or
Chemical/Rinse is recommended daily when the machine is used for
Page 144 treatment.
DISINFECTION/
MAINTENANCE
The Chemical / Rinse button runs a program that disinfects the

Weekly hydraulic system using a chemical disinfectant followed by an
immediate water rinse to clear the system of residual disinfectant. The
Chemical / Rinse program should be used when disinfecting with
Page 145 corrosive chemicals, such as bleach, that could damage the hydraulic
components if left in contact for prolonged periods.
The Chemical / Dwell program is designed for disinfecting the
Per Unit hydraulic system using a non-corrosive chemical disinfectant, such as
Protocol formaldehyde. This program is intended for use with chemicals that
are not harmful to the internal components after prolonged exposure
Page 147 and, hence, do not require the system to be rinsed with water
immediately afterward.
The Acid & Heat Disin button (software version 2.38 or later) runs the
Daily Acid Clean program (see previous page) followed by the Heat
Disinfection program (see previous page). The entire Acid & Heat
Disin program must be run in order to both clean and disinfect the
Page 149 machine. This program is recommended daily on the days the
machine is used for treatment.
Clean and disinfect bicarbonate concentrate jugs and suction cap
Weekly wands per facility protocol.
Page 141

Additional Disinfection Requirements
In addition to the routine cleaning and disinfection tasks listed in the previous table,
additional disinfection is required for the following situations:
Each time the water treatment system is disinfected
When the water treatment system and distribution piping are disinfected, each dialysate
delivery machine should be placed in the Rinse program to draw disinfectant into the
machine through the inlet lines. Check for residual disinfectant prior to use for dialysis.
After contamination of transducer protector
Disinfect the connectors and replace the internal transducer protector if there is
evidence of leakage past the external transducer protector on the venous or blood pump
modules. Disinfect associated parts.
After a dialyzer blood leak
The machine should be disinfected prior to the next treatment if a blood leak alarm
occurred.
DISINFECTION/
MAINTENANCE
Warning! The protocol for disinfection is determined by the facility and its medical
director. When chemicals are used internally, machines must be thoroughly rinsed and
tested for residual disinfectant before using the machine for treatment. Follow the
instructions of the chemical manufacturer for residual testing. If the machine is chemically
disinfected daily, we recommend that it also be heat disinfected at least once per week.

Cleaning the Exterior Surface

The exterior of the dialysis machine should be cleaned after every treatment. It can be
cleaned with very dilute (1:100) bleach or other suitable hospital disinfectant. Use surface
cleaning agents sparingly to avoid excess cleaner from entering the interior of the machine.
Rinse off cleaning solution with a water-dampened cloth, especially if a corrosive, cleaning
agent such as bleach is used.
Freshly prepared dilute bleach solution (1:100) is currently recommended by the Center for
Disease Control as a suitable disinfectant for the Hepatitis virus. Because surface
contamination is the general mode of transmission for this type of virus, thorough cleaning of
the 2008T hemodialysis machine exterior is essential.
Caution: Do not use foaming type cleansers or disinfectants containing quaternary
ammonium compounds like N-alkyl (C12 C18) dimethyl benzyl ammonium chloride.
These ingredients attack the polycarbonate plastics used in the machine.
The optional bibag connector is connected to the 2008T hemodialysis machines hydraulics
so running rinse or disinfection programs from the Select Program screen will also rinse or
disinfect the bibag connector.
To prevent bicarbonate buildup on the bibag connector:
Clean the exterior of the sealing area of the bibag nozzles with very dilute 1:100 bleach
every day before running a rinse program.
DISINFECTION/
MAINTENANCE
Run an Acid Clean program at the end of every treatment day before running a Heat
Disinfect program.
Warning! A Rinse program must be run after cleaning the sealing area of the bibag
nozzles on the bibag connector to rinse away residual disinfectant.
If a blood leak occurs inside the blood pump module, make sure to clean around the blood
pump rotor. Unlatch and remove the rotor during cleaning.
Figure 61 The Blood Pump Rotor
rollers move freely, crank lever moves freely). Bent or loose tubing guide posts can
damage bloodlines. Replace rotor if necessary.

Concentrate Containers
The containers used for bicarbonate concentrate should be disinfected once a week. Dilute
1:100 bleach may be used for this purpose. This is especially important when bicarbonate
concentrates are used since bacteria can grow more readily in these solutions. Following
disinfection, they should be rinsed thoroughly with treated water. Check for residual
disinfectant before using the disinfected containers. All concentrate containers should be left
empty (shake if necessary) and inverted when stored overnight.
Cleaning the Blood Pressure Cuff
Remove the rubber inflation bag from the Dacron cuff. Both may be disinfected with
commercially available disinfectant soaks. Some disinfectants may cause skin irritation.
Rinse thoroughly to remove any residual disinfectant. Follow the manufacturers
instructions. Caution is advised when using dark colored soaks which may stain the cuff.
Test a single cuff to ensure that no damage will occur. EtO sterilization may be used.
Caution: If a chlorine bleach solution is used to clean the blood pressure cuff, the service
life of the cuff will be reduced. Do not autoclave the cuff.
Hand washing will enhance the service life of the Calibrated V-Lok cuff. Remove the natural
DISINFECTION/
MAINTENANCE
rubber inflation bag and wash the cuff in warm soapy water; then rinse thoroughly. Allow
the cuff to air dry and then insert the inflation bag. When using machine washing, be sure
that the hook and loop fasteners are engaged so that the hooks do not collect lint or other
fibers. These fasteners can melt at temperatures above 325 F (132 C), when being ironed or
pressed.
Water Supply Maintenance
It is recommended that the bacterial quality of both the water and the dialysate be checked on
a routine basis. These checks should take place just before routine disinfection of the system.
Follow the manufacturers instructions for the operation and storage of reverse-osmosis (RO)
and water pre-treatment equipment.
All sections of the treated water feed system and dialysate delivery machine must be
disinfected regularly to minimize bacterial levels. Each time the treated water system and
distribution piping are disinfected, the dialysis machines should be put into Rinse program.
This allows the disinfectant chemical to feed through the inlet system. Test the water for
residual disinfectant prior to use for dialysis.
Note: The water inlet line is part of the water distribution system and is not disinfected by
the dialysis machine. With some RO systems, the water inlet line may be disinfected along
with the RO and distribution piping by leaving the dialysis machine in Rinse mode during
RO disinfection.

Rinse Program
The Rinse program may be run before each treatment and must be run after performing a
chemical disinfection. The length of the rinse cycle is determined through an internal setting,
and can be set to run for 10 to 60 minutes. The Rinse program is run with the dialysate supply
lines on the shunt and the concentrate connectors inserted in their respective ports. The
program performs a complete rinsing of the dialysate circuit and concentrate suction lines.
If the machine has been idle for more than 48 hours after being rinsed, we recommend a
disinfection cycle prior to use.
To run the Rinse program:
1. Ensure that both dialysate lines are on the shunt, and both concentrate connectors are in
their respective ports.
2. From the Select Program screen, select Rinse. The Rinse screen appears in the
display (see Figure 62).
3. Press CONFIRM to exit when Rinse has completed.

DISINFECTION/
MAINTENANCE
Figure 62 The Rinse Screen
At the end of the Rinse program, the machine will display the message, CONFIRM TO
EXIT.
If the rinse cycle followed chemical disinfection, the water from the rear drain must be tested
to ensure that residual disinfectant has been reduced to an acceptable level.

Acid Clean Program

The 2008T hemodialysis machine should undergo an acid cleaning daily when using
bicarbonate concentrates during dialysis. The purpose of the Acid Clean program is to
prevent the buildup of bicarbonates inside the machine that can have a detrimental effect on
the machines performance and treatment efficacy. The Acid Clean program is not a
method of disinfection.
Acid Cleaning can be accomplished using white distilled vinegar, 5% citric acid, 5% acetic
acid, or peracetic-acid-based disinfectants, such as Puristeril 340
To run the Acid Clean program:
1. Attach a sign to the front of the machine that identifies the chemical being used to acid
clean the machine.
3. From the Select Program screen, select Acid Clean and press CONFIRM. The
Message Wait: Rinsing Line appears.
DISINFECTION/
MAINTENANCE
4. Attach the acid and bicarbonate connectors to a jug (s) containing an acid cleaner when
prompted.
5. Press CONFIRM to start the Acid Clean program. The Acid Clean screen appears in
the display (see Figure 63 The Acid Clean Screen). The progress of the acid cleaning is
indicated by the horizontal bar.
6. Return connectors to their ports when prompted.
7. Press CONFIRM to exit.
Figure 63 The Acid Clean Screen

Heat Disinfection Program
The Heat Disinfect program disinfects the machine by running hot water (about 80 C)
through the machine. The water recirculates at a program-controlled flow of about 400
ml/min. The program time can be set internally to run between 10 and 60 minutes. The timer
starts as soon as the temperature of the water reaches 80 C.
To run the Heat Disinfect program:
2. From the Select Program screen, select Heat Disinfect and press CONFIRM to start
the Heat Disinfect program. The Heat Disinfect screen appears in the display (see
Figure 64). If the machine was not rinsed prior to this, it will automatically run a short
rinse (seven minutes) or an extended rinse (20 minutes) depending on how the machine
was configured in Service Mode.
DISINFECTION/
MAINTENANCE
Figure 64 The Heat Disinfection Screen

Warning! During the heat disinfection cycle, it is not uncommon to see steam emitting from
the vent tubing at the back of the machine. This steam may cause burns if contacted. Also,
the temperature of the dialysate lines and drain line can get as hot as 69C (156 F). Please
use care.
Warning! Do not open the bibag door during a Heat Disinfection, as serious injury may
occur. Keep the bibag door closed when running any rinse or disinfection program.
3. After the heat disinfection is complete, if the machine is not configured to automatically
turn off at the completion of the cycle, press CONFIRM to exit when prompted.
Note: The drain line is subjected to a lower temperature and shorter heat cycle than the rest
of the machine. If you are unable to completely clean biofilm from the drain line, select the
Extended Pre-rinse option in Service Mode. If necessary, replace the drain line.
Note: Cooling time can be shortened by running the Rinse program, which will flush the
machine with 37C water. Do not cool the machine with the Rinse program unless the
machine will be used immediately afterwards.

Chemical/Rinse Program
The Chemical/Rinse program should be used when disinfecting the hydraulic system using
corrosive chemicals, such as bleach or peracetic-acid-based disinfectants (e.g. Puristeril 340).
The Chemical/Rinse program consists of a disinfection cycle followed by a water rinse cycle.
Because bacterial growth can begin soon after the rinse cycle, the machine should be
disinfected again if it has remained idle more than 48 hours after its previous disinfection.
Caution: To avoid internal damage these chemicals should not remain in contact with the
machine. Rinse your machine immediately after completing the disinfection.
To run the Chemical/Rinse program:
1. Attach a sign to the front of the machine that identifies the chemical being used to
disinfect the machine.
DISINFECTION/
MAINTENANCE
3. From the Select Program screen, select Chemical/Rinse and press CONFIRM.
4. The Chemical/Rinse screen appears in the display (see Figure 65). The progress of the
disinfection program is indicated by the horizontal bar. The program starts with a 45
second pre-rinse. The message, Rinsing Lines, Please Wait is displayed in the Status
Box.
Note: If the HE Leak Test Service Mode option is selected (software versions 2.53 and
later), the machine will run a four minute pressure holding test after the 45 second pre-rinse.
If the first test fails, a second test will automatically run.
If the second test fails, the machine will display a System Leak, Cant Run message,
meaning that the Chemical/Rinse program can no longer be run due to a leak detected in the
Heat Exchanger. However, the machine will still be able to run Heat Disinfection programs
and hemodialysis treatments per unit protocol. Call a qualified service technician.

Figure 65 The Chemical Rinse Screen
5. Connect the red connector to a jug containing the chemical disinfectant and press
CONFIRM when prompted.
DISINFECTION/
MAINTENANCE
6. Water pre-rinse will start. Remaining Pre-rinse Time meter box will count down.
7. When Remaining Pre-rinse Time meter box reads 0:00, chemical rinse will start after a
delay. Remaining Time meter box will count down.
Note: Visually confirm that disinfectant has been pulled into the machine.
8. When the Remaining Time meter box reads: 0:00, remove the red acid connector from
the disinfectant jug and insert it into the acid rinse port when prompted. Post rinse will
start and Remaining Post Rinse Time meter box counts down.
Warning! Test for residual disinfectant prior to starting treatment following a chemical
disinfection.
Note: The machine will automatically perform a Diasafe test after the Chemical Rinse
program completes.

Chemical/Dwell Program
The Chemical/Dwell program should be used when disinfecting the hydraulic system using
chemical disinfectants that can remain in contact with internal components for prolonged
periods without damaging them. Formaldehyde can be used with the Chemical/Dwell
program for maximum effectiveness.
To run the Chemical/Dwell program:
1. Attach a sign to the front of the machine that identifies the chemical being used to
disinfect the machine.
3. Place the concentrated disinfectant in the small container with the yellow cap.
4. From the Select Program screen, select Chemical/Dwell and press CONFIRM.
DISINFECTION/
MAINTENANCE
Figure 66 The Chemical/Dwell Screen
5. The Chemical/Dwell screen appears in the display (see Figure 66). The progress of the
disinfection program is indicated by the horizontal bar. The program starts with a 45
second rinse. The message, Rinsing Line, Please Wait is displayed in the Status Box.
6. When prompted, connect red connector to chemical disinfectant. Press CONFIRM.
7. Water Pre-rinse will start. Remaining Pre-rinse Time meter box counts down.

8. Chemical dwell follows after a delay. Remaining Time meter box counts down.
9. When the Remaining Time meter box reads 0:00, remove the red acid connector from the
disinfectant jug and insert it into the acid rinse port. The machine will automatically run
for about a minute to draw up the disinfectant left in the tubing.
Note: Visually confirm that disinfectant has been pulled into the machine.
10. Following the completion of the chemical disinfection cycle, Press CONFIRM to exit
will display in the Status Box.
Warning! The mandatory rinse cycle must be completed and a test for residual disinfectant
must be performed prior to the next treatment.
DISINFECTION/
MAINTENANCE

Acid & Heat Disin (Disinfect) Program

The 2008T hemodialysis machine should undergo an acid cleaning daily when using
bicarbonate concentrates during dialysis in addition to daily disinfection on treatment days.
The purpose of the Acid & Heat Disin program (software version 2.38 or later) is to prevent
the buildup of bicarbonates inside the machine that can have a detrimental effect on the
machines performance and treatment efficacy and to then disinfect the machine. The entire
Acid & Heat Disin program must be run in order to both clean and disinfect the
machine.
Acid Cleaning can be done using white distilled vinegar, 5% citric acid, 5% acetic acid, or
peracetic-acid-based disinfectants, such as Puristeril 340.
The Heat Disinfect program disinfects the machine by running hot water (about 80 C)
through the machine. The water circulates at a program-controlled flow of about 400 ml/min.
To run the Acid & Heat Disin program:

1. Attach a sign to the front of the machine that identifies the chemical being used to acid
clean the machine.
DISINFECTION/
MAINTENANCE
3. From the Select Program screen, select Acid & Heat Disin and press CONFIRM. The
Message Wait: Rinsing Line appears.
4. Connect the acid and bicarbonate connectors to a jug(s) containing an acid cleaner when
prompted.
5. Press CONFIRM to start the Acid Clean portion of the program. The Acid Clean
screen appears in the display (see Figure 63 The Acid Clean Screen). The progress of
the acid cleaning is indicated by the horizontal bar.
6. Return connectors to their ports when prompted (the machine will beep every 30 seconds
until the connectors are inserted back in the rinse ports). The Heat Disinfect screen
appears next in the display (see Figure 64 The Heat Disinfection Screen). The machine
will automatically run a short rinse (seven minutes standard or ten minutes with Diasafe
Plus) or an extended rinse (20 minutes) depending on how the machine was configured in
Service Mode. The Heat Disinfect starts as soon as the temperature of the water reaches
80 C. The program time can be set internally to run between 10 and 60 minutes.
Warning! During the heat disinfection cycle, it is not uncommon to see steam emitting from
the vent tubing at the back of the machine. This steam may cause burns if contacted. Also,
the temperature of the dialysate lines and drain line can get as hot as 69C (156 F). Please
use care.
Warning! Do not open the bibag door during a Heat Disinfection, as serious injury may
occur. Keep the bibag door closed when running any rinse or disinfection program.

7. After the heat disinfection is complete, if the machine is not configured to automatically
turn off at the completion of the cycle, press CONFIRM to exit when prompted.
Note: The drain line is subjected to a lower temperature and shorter heat cycle than the rest
of the machine. If you are unable to completely clean biofilm from the drain line, select the
Extended Pre-rinse option in Service Mode. If necessary, replace the drain line.
Note: Cooling time can be shortened by running the Rinse program, which will flush the
machine with 37C water. Do not cool the machine with the Rinse program unless the
machine will be used immediately afterwards.
DISINFECTION/
MAINTENANCE

Testing for Disinfectant
After a chemical disinfection cycle, the machine must be checked for residual disinfectant
before initiating dialysis. A sample for testing for residual disinfectant can be obtained from a
dialysate line or the drain line.
Table 32 Disinfectant Detection Methods
Disinfectant Detection Method
Formaldehyde Using Schiffs reagent or a commercially available formaldehyde test,

measure the residual formaldehyde according to the manufacturers
directions. The level of formaldehyde should be less than 5 ppm.
Bleach Use facility protocol for detecting chlorine levels in the fluid sample.
Puristeril 340 Test according to the manufacturers instructions using a residual test
intended for this product.
Diacide HD Test according to the manufacturers instructions using Nephretect or

another test intended for this product.
DISINFECTION/
MAINTENANCE
Power Failure During Chemical Disinfection
If a Chemical/Rinse or Chemical/Dwell program is interrupted, the machine will only allow

Rinse, Chemical/Rinse, or Chemical/Dwell to be selected from the Select Program Screen
when power is restored. A message Mandatory Rinse will be displayed after the Rinse
button is selected.
If a mandatory rinse cycle is interrupted by a power failure, only a Rinse program is available
in the Select Program screen. The entire Rinse program must be completed before the
operator can initiate dialysis.

This page intentionally blank

DISINFECTION/
MAINTENANCE

Chapter 6
Alarms and Troubleshooting
This chapter covers atypical situations such as alarm and warning events that can occur
during treatment. At the end of this chapter are also procedures for testing the Diasafe Filter
and replacing the power failure alarm battery.
Operational Status
The 2008T hemodialysis machine is equipped with a system of electronic components and
diagnostic software that monitor its operation and performance. When problems or potential
problems are detected, the operator is alerted through informational messages displayed on
the screen and in some cases, audible alarms. Audible alarms are suppressed however, when
the dialysate supply lines are on the shunt, providing no blood is sensed.
The informational messages are displayed in two places in each treatment screen: the Status
Box and the Dialogue Box. The Status Box is present in every screen. The Dialogue Box
appears in place of the Time and Blood Pressure displays in situations requiring input from
the operator.
The Status Box is a rectangular box found in the upper left corner of every screen (see Figure
SHOOTING
TROUBLE-
ALARMS
67). The message in it describes the current mode of the machine or a problem during
treatment. There are three operational conditions or statuses: Normal, Warning, and Alarm.
The background color of the Status Box changes color to accentuate the operational status.
Warning! All alarms need your immediate attention. Failure to do so may cause serious
injury or death.
Note: If the machine is in CDX Mode when an alarm occurs, the machine will automatically
switch back to Dialysis Mode. See Appendix B on page 233 for more information on CDX
Mode.

Status Box
Red for Alarms
Yellow for Warnings
Green under normal
operating conditions
Dialogue Box
May provide additional
information, reminders, or
prompts for action
Figure 67 Status Box and Dialogue Box during an Alarm Event
The Dialogue Box, found in the upper right corner of the display screens, can provide
information on the patient, prompt an action, or serve as a reminder. The Dialogue Box can
appear alone or supplement the message displayed in the Status Box during a Warning
SHOOTING
TROUBLE-
condition. In some cases, Dialogue Boxes, if ignored for a prolonged period, can trigger a
ALARMS
Warning message in the Status Box. Although a Dialogue Box can appear during a Warning
or Alarm event, the messages displayed in each may represent two separate, unrelated issues.
Normal Status
The Status Box displays a green background under normal operation when no problems have
been detected. During dialysis operation, the Status box will display a message describing
the current mode of the machineDIALYSIS. When a Dialogue Box message is not
displayed, the Dialogue Box displays the current time, patient blood pressure and pulse and
the time taken.
Warning Status
The Status Box background changes to yellow when a Warning condition exists. A Warning
condition, although potentially serious, does not pose an immediate threat to the patient.
Warning events do not stop the blood pump. The message displayed in the Status Box is
intended to alert the operator of a functional anomaly, a procedural error, or an existing
condition requiring remedial action. A warning may be accompanied by an audible alarm.

Alarm Status
Alarm situations require the immediate attention of the operator. Under these circumstances,
the background of the Status Box turns bright red. An audible alarm also accompanies these
alarm events.
There are three types of Alarm events:

Blood Alarms
Water/Dialysate Alarms
Other
Note: The 2008T hemodialysis machine may be configured to suppress all audible alarms
until blood is sensed in the venous line by the optical sensor below the venous clamp
assembly. In these machines, the audible alarms occur only if the dialysate lines are off the
shunt and blood is sensed by the optical detector. This option is activated internally by a
qualified technician, and is the prerogative of the Medical Director. Otherwise, alarms are
always audible once the dialysate lines are off the shunt.
Note: CDX mode is unavailable during an alarm when blood is sensed and the Tx Clock is
running.
Blood Alarms
Blood alarm events have the highest priority. When a blood alarm occurs:
The blood pump stops.

SHOOTING
The venous clamp on the level detector occludes.
TROUBLE-
ALARMS
The UF pump stops.
RTD stops
There are several features on the 2008T hemodialysis machine control panel that you should
be familiar with in the event of a blood alarm. Figure 68 Control Panel Features for Blood
Alarms identifies the location of each of them. The accompanying table describes the
function of each feature.

Press to
silence
alarm Press to
reactivate blood
system or reset
pressure alarm
limits as
prompted. Press
and hold to
temporarily widen
alarm limits or
override a blood
Figure 68 Control Panel Features for Blood Alarms leak alarm.
Table 33 The Control Panel Keys Used During Alarms
Press To
Silence an alarm for two minutes or until another alarm event occurs.
The red Mute light illuminates.
SHOOTING
TROUBLE-
ALARMS
Press to reset the machine after an alarm

Press and hold for two seconds to spread the alarm window by 300 mm
Hg for arterial and venous pressures and fully open the transmembrane
(TMP) pressure window for 30 seconds. The light above the RESET key
will not be on.
During a blood leak alarm, press and hold for three seconds to override
the alarm and keep the blood pump running for three minutes. The light
above the RESET key will be on during an override.
Warning! During an override, the machines blood leak

detector is inactive. You must monitor the treatment.
Note: The RESET key light flashes when a blood alarm

occurs.

Water/Dialysate Alarms
During a water/dialysate alarm (temperature or conductivity), the blood system continues to

operate, but the dialysate fluid is internally bypassed around the dialyzer. This can be
verified by visually inspecting the flow meter in the dialysate supply line. During bypass, the
float will remain stationary at the bottom of the sight glass.
A flow alarm will not cause the machine to go into bypass. Water/dialysate alarms are self-
resetting when the alarm condition is corrected. Temperature and conductivity alarms do not
occur during the pure UF mode of Sequential dialysis when there is no dialysate flow.
Other Alarms
Other alarms may be associated with other components, such as the Heparin or UF pumps,
BPM, BVM, BTM, etc.
Troubleshooting
All status messages (operational alarms, warnings, dialogues, and advisories) are displayed
on the control panel screen. These messages are generated due to conditions and events that
occur in the machine during operation. These messages will reset when the condition causing
the message is corrected. In some cases, the operator must reset them.
The table following this section is indexed by Status Box message. The table consists of four
columns:
Status Box Message
SHOOTING
TROUBLE-
ALARMS
Message Purpose
Message Type
Action Required
Status Box Message
The Status Box Message column identifies the message as it appears in the Status Box or in
the Dialogue Box of the display screen.
Purpose of Message
The Purpose of Message column is a brief explanation of the Status Box message or the
condition that generated it.

Type
The Type column identifies the message as an alarm, a warning, a dialog, or an advisory. An
alarm message requires immediate attention. It is accompanied by a visual indicator and an
audible alarm sound. A warning message notifies the user of an existing condition. It could
be accompanied by an audible alarm. An advisory message prompts the operator to take a
specific action in a procedure or informs the operator that a particular machine operation is in
progress. Many advisories require no action on the part of the operator.
Action Required
The Action Required column provides recommended actions in response to a given Status
Box message. In addition, your unit might require other patient-specific treatment actions
that are not listed here. It is each care units responsibility to ensure that their operators are
made aware of the units protocol in these matters.
If performing the recommended action does not clear the Status Box message displayed,
treatment should be discontinued until the conditions causing the message are corrected and
the message cleared. In rare cases, it may be necessary to turn the machine off and back on to
clear an error condition. If problems persist, the machine should be referred to a qualified
technician for inspection.
Warning! Performing the recommended action may or may not clear the alarm, warning or
advisory messages displayed. Patient treatment shall not proceed until the conditions
causing these messages are corrected and the messages cleared. If a machine must be taken
SHOOTING
TROUBLE-
out of service, the operator should return the blood to the patient if possible and disconnect
ALARMS
the patient from the machine. Follow unit protocol to rinse back the blood using the blood
pump or see Manually Operating the Blood Pump on page 129 for more information.
Note: Recommendations to take a machine out of service refer to assuring that the machine
is not used for patient treatment until conditions causing alarms and warnings are resolved.
Specific operator action in these cases is to refer the machine, and its associated problems,
to a qualified local technician for inspection, testing, and troubleshooting.
Note: There are alarm messages that may be similar. Please take care that you read
appropriate message to determine the Action required for troubleshooting.
Note: The on-screen cursor will disappear if not moved for five seconds. Simply touch the
Touchpad to display the cursor again when needed. It also disappears when a value is
entered but not yet confirmed. If necessary, press the Escape key to display the cursor
again.
Note: If the 2008T hemodialysis machine becomes unresponsive (locks-up or freezes) or if
the display screen unexpectedly turns off, turn off the machine by pressing and holding the
Power key for two seconds. Press the Power key again to restart the machine.

Message Purpose of Message Type Action Required
# of Tests has been set to The operator has attempted to set the Dialog The machine has set the number of tests to the lowest value allowed.
min number of Online Clearance (OLC) Message Verify that the number of OLC tests is acceptable. See page 108 for
tests lower than allowed. more information.
5 Minutes Flow Off Dialysate flow has been off for five Warning 1) Press RESET to silence the alarm.
minutes.
2) If you intend for the flow to be off, set the Dialysate Flow button
to 0, or scroll down to OFF.
*** 5V HIGH *** Electronic self-test, power supply Alarm Turn machine power off and back on. If alarm is not cleared, take the
limits exceeded. machine out of service and alert a qualified service technician.
*** 5V LOW *** Electronic self-test, power supply Alarm Turn machine power off and back on. If alarm is not cleared, take the
10 Fill Pgm in 1 hr Ten fill programs have occurred Warning 1) Check the dialyzer supply and return lines, especially around the
during a one-hour period. connectors and dialysate filter in the dialyzer return line, for air
entering the system and correct the problem.
2) Press RESET to clear the alarm. If unable to reset the alarm,
return the blood to the patient, take the machine out of service
and replace the machine with another machine. Alert a qualified
service technician.
Note: Using a conventional dialyzer at a high UF rate can

cause frequent Fill programs because of a high TMP.
Lowering the UF rate by decreasing the UF Goal may
solve the problem. Notify a physician if the UF goal has
changed.
12V POWER FAIL Electronic self-test, power supply Alarm Turn machine power off and back on. If alarm is not cleared, take the
*** 24 V HIGH Electronic self-test, power supply Alarm Turn machine power off and back on. If alarm is not cleared, take the
*** 24V LOW Electronic self-test, power supply Alarm Turn machine power off and back on. If alarm is not cleared, take the
ALARMS
159 Troubleshooting TROUBLE- 2008T Machine Operators Manual P/N 490122 Rev N
SHOOTING
SHOOTING
TROUBLE-
160 Troubleshooting ALARMS 2008T Machine Operators Manual P/N 490122 Rev N
60 Minutes Flow Off Dialysate flow has been off for 60 Warning 1) Press RESET to silence the alarm.
minutes in the sequential option.
2) Re-establish dialysate flow to comply with the prescribed
treatment. The machine will go into bypass mode until dialysate
temperature and conductivity settings are attained (about two
minutes). Dialysate flow must be re-established for a minimum of
five minutes before resuming pure ultrafiltration (UF) or warning
will reoccur.
A.11 (Arterial or SN Pump is not reaching speed at Alarm Press the RESET key to clear. If problem persists, return the blood
Blood Pump Message) maximum voltage to the patient if alarm occurs during treatment. Take blood pump
module out of service and alert a qualified service technician.
A.13 (Arterial or SN Pump is turning in the wrong direction Alarm Press the RESET key to clear. Verify pump rotor is turning in a
Blood Pump Message) clockwise direction. If not, manually return the blood to the patient if
alarm occurs during treatment (see page 129 for instructions). Take
blood pump out of service and alert a qualified service technician.
A.16 (Arterial or SN Key stuck or held in too long Alarm Press the RESET key to clear. Verify when adjusting settings, the
Blood Pump Message) operator does not hold the key too long. If problem persists, return
the blood to the patient if alarm occurs during the treatment. Take
blood pump module out of service and alert a qualified service
technician.
A.20 (Arterial or SN Set speed-read back analog voltage Alarm Press the RESET key to clear. If problem persists, return the blood
Blood Pump Message) at X348/14 is out of limits to the patient if alarm occurs during the treatment. Take blood pump
A.21 (Arterial or SN Actual speed-read back analog Alarm Press the RESET key to clear. If problem persists, return the blood
Blood Pump Message) voltage at X348/10 is out of limits to the patient if alarm occurs during the treatment. Take blood pump
A.22 (Arterial or SN Arterial pressure-read back analog Alarm Press the RESET key to clear. If problem persists, return the blood
Blood Pump Message) voltage at X348/7 is out of limits to the patient if alarm occurs during the treatment. Take blood pump
SN pressure-read back analog
voltage is out of limits
A.24 (Arterial or SN Optical tachometer not in range Alarm Press the RESET key to clear. If problem persists, return the blood
Blood Pump Message) to the patient if alarm occurs during the treatment. Take blood pump
A.25 (Arterial or SN Pressure increase when the Level Up Alarm Press the RESET key to clear. Possibility that the level adjust pump
Blood Pump Message) key is pressed is connected backward so that the level is lowered instead of raised.
Verify that the level in the arterial chamber rises when the adjust key
is pressed. If it does not, return the blood to the patient if alarm
occurs during a treatment. Take the machine out of service and alert
a qualified service technician.
A.26 (Arterial Blood Pressure was adjusted too much in Alarm Press the RESET key if this message occurs in dialysis mode, If this
Pump Message) calibration mode alarm occurs during a treatment, return the blood to the patient. Take
the blood pump module out of service and alert a qualified service
technician.
A.27 (Arterial Blood Time out when receiving Intel-Hex- Alarm Press the RESET key if this message occurs in dialysis mode, If this
Pump Message) line or overflowed received buffer alarm occurs during a treatment, return the blood to the patient. Take
technician.
A.28 (Arterial Blood Error in received Intel-Hex-line Alarm Press the RESET key if this message occurs in dialysis mode, If this
Pump Message) alarm occurs during a treatment, return the blood to the patient. Take
technician.
A.29 (Arterial Blood Pump rotor turning when it should not Alarm Press the RESET key to clear. If problem persists, manually return
Pump Message) be the blood to the patient (see page 129 for instructions). Take blood
pump module out of service and alert a qualified service technician.
Access Flow complete This message is an advisory Warning Press CONFIRM to clear the message
message that the Access Flow test is
complete
Access Flow running This message is an advisory Advisory No action is necessary
message that the Access Flow test
process is continuing.
Access Flow Test This message is an advisory Advisory No action is necessary
Scheduled message that the Access Flow test
process is continuing.
Acetate Selected! Acetate concentrate has been Warning Connect blue (bicarbonate) wand/connector into the blue rinse port.
selected and the blue bicarbonate Be sure the concentrate selection is correct.
wand/connector is out of its port.
ALARMS
SHOOTING
SHOOTING
TROUBLE-
Acid Press Calib Err bibag system pressure calibration Advisory Turn machine power off and back on. If message is not cleared, take
error. the machine out of service and alert a qualified service technician.
Acid Pump Alarm This is a pump failure warning. Warning A single occurrence is not a problem if the machine automatically
resets. If the problem persists for longer than one minute or occurs
repeatedly, turn power off and back on. If warning is not cleared,
return the blood to the patient if alarm occurs during treatment. Take
the machine out of service and alert a qualified service technician.
Acid Pump Always EOS This is a pump failure warning. Warning A single occurrence is not a problem if the machine automatically
Acid Pump No EOS This is a pump failure warning. Warning A single occurrence is not a problem if the machine automatically
Act Blood Pump Failed Electronic self-test failure. Alarm Turn machine power off and back on. If alarm is not cleared, return
the blood to the patient if alarm occurs during treatment. Take the
machine out of service and alert a qualified service technician.
Act Board CRC Error Electronic self-test failure. Alarm Turn machine power off and back on. If alarm is not cleared, return
Act BYP Valve Fail 1 Electronic self-test failure. Alarm Turn machine power off and back on. If alarm is not cleared, return
Act BYP Valve Fail 2 Electronic self-test failure. Alarm Turn machine power off and back on. If alarm is not cleared, return
Active Pressure Pressure regulator not calibrated. Alarm Turn machine power off and back on. If alarm is not cleared, take the
Regulator Uncalibrated machine out of service and call a qualified service technician.
Actuator BD no Echo Functional to Actuator board Alarm Turn machine power off and back on. If alarm is not cleared, return
communication problem the blood to the patient if alarm occurs during treatment. Take the
Adjusting TMP The operator has chosen to relieve Advisory No action necessary.
the TMP after a TMP alarm
Air Detector Alarm The level of blood in the venous drip Blood 1) Inspect the venous drip chamber and level detector module to
chamber is too low. Alarm see if:
There is an adequate level of blood (approximately full) in
chamber.
The venous drip chamber is properly mounted in its holder.
The venous drip chamber is positioned with the mesh filter
below the level detection sensors.
The sensors are clean (if not, clean with an alcohol pad).
The Level Detector door is closed and latched
2) Raise blood level by pressing and holding the (up) key on the
level detector until the chamber is approximately full.
3) Press the RESET key to reset the alarm. If unable to reset alarm,
return the blood to the patient and take the machine out of
service. Have a qualified service technician recalibrate for the
type of bloodline used.
Warning! Ensure that air will not be infused into the
patient when the blood flow is re-established.
Alarm Test Failed The Alarm Test section of the Alarm Press the RESET key once to mute the alarm; pressing it a second
Automated Test Sequence has failed. time resets the right side of the screen. Retest. If the machine fails
on retest, take the machine out of service.
Art. BP no comm. The blood pump module has lost Alarm Turn machine power Off and back On. If alarm is not cleared,
communication with the machine manually return the blood to the patient if the alarm occurs during
treatment (see page 129 for instructions). Take the machine out of
service and alert a qualified service technician.
ALARMS
SHOOTING
SHOOTING
TROUBLE-
Art. Pressure Alarm (with The pressure inside the arterial drip Blood 1) Check arterial and venous tubing for kinked line, clotting or
the upper Arterial chamber is above the set alarm limits. Alarm clamps.
Pressure Alarm limit
2) Ensure that the transducer protector is dry and the monitor line is
flashing)
open. Replace transducer protector, if necessary.
3) Check for clotted fibers in the dialyzer
4) Check to see if blood flow rate is too high, especially with a post-
pump monitor.
5) Press RESET to reset alarm. If applicable, press RESET again
and hold for two seconds to select new alarm limits.
6) If unable to reset the alarm, return blood to the patient if possible.
Do not return clotted blood to the patient.
7) Take the machine out of service and alert a qualified service
technician.
Art. Pressure Alarm (with The pressure inside the arterial drip Blood 1) Check the arterial tubing for kinks, clotting, or clamps.
the lower Arterial chamber is below the set alarm limits Alarm 2) Check the needle position and access patency.
Pressure Alarm limit
flashing) 3) Ensure that the transducer protector is dry and the monitor line is
open. Replace transducer protector, if necessary.
4) Check to see if blood flow rate is too high, especially with a pre-
pump monitor.
Note: Pre-pump arterial monitoring is very sensitive to
access problems (e.g., access spasms, needle tip
occlusions from patient movement). A slower blood pump
rate will bring the pre-pump arterial pressure up. Assess
whether the patients access is capable of delivering the
prescribed blood flow.
5) Press the RESET key to reset the alarm. If applicable, press the
RESET key again and hold for two seconds to select new alarm
limits. It may be necessary to start the blood pump at a slower
speed and gradually work up to the prescribed rate. If unable to
reset alarm, return blood to the patient if possible. Do not return
clotted blood to the patient.
technician.
Base Na+ greater than Entered Base Na+ parameter is Dialog The Base Na+ will be set to the highest allowed Na+ level. Press
max. value higher than allowed. Message CONFIRM to clear message and accept the maximum allowed value.
Verify that the value is acceptable or enter new value.
Base Na+ has been set The operator has attempted to set a Dialog The Base Na+ will be set to the lowest allowed Na+ level. Confirm if
to min. Base Na+ lower than allowed. Message value is acceptable or enter new value.
bibag: +5 V Error Electronic self-test, power supply Alarm Turn machine power off and back on. If the alarm is not cleared, take
limits exceeded. the machine out of service and alert a qualified service technician.
bibag: -5 V Error Electronic self-test, power supply Alarm Turn machine power off and back on. If the alarm is not cleared, take
bibag: +12 V Error Electronic self-test, power supply Alarm Turn machine power off and back on. If the alarm is not cleared, take
bibag: Bag Leak A leak has been detected in the bag. Water Open bibag door, wait 30 seconds to relieve the pressure, and
Alarm remove the bag. Place a new bag on the connector and close the
bibag door.
bibag: Bag On The bag is on the connector when Water Remove the bag from the bibag connector if using acetate or
user is either attempting to run a Alarm attempting to run a cleansing/disinfecting program.
cleansing/ disinfecting program or
using acetate. Or
Or Plug the blue bicarbonate connector back into the bicarbonate port on
the machine.
The blue bicarbonate connector is out
of the bicarbonate port when a bag is
on the bibag connector.
bibag: Bic Pump Locked The bicarbonate pump has been air Water If during treatment, rinse back the patients blood and disconnect the
locked for over two minutes. Alarm patient from the machine. Run a Rinse program to clear the alarm. If
the alarm is not cleared, take the machine out of service and alert a
qualified service technician.
bibag Board Failure bibag Interface Board cannot boot up. Alarm Turn machine power off and back on. If alarm is not cleared, take the
ALARMS
SHOOTING
SHOOTING
TROUBLE-
bibag: Chamber Venting The system is venting and the Advisory Advisory only. No action is required.
machine is in bypass mode.
Note: If this message occurs repeatedly, open the bibag door, wait 30
seconds to relieve the pressure, and lift the bag off the bibag
connector nozzles to vent the air. Hang the bag back on the
connector nozzles and close the bibag door to continue.
bibag: Cond Calib Err Electronic self-test: bibag conductivity Alarm Turn machine power off and back on. If alarm is not cleared, take the
sensor calibration error. machine out of service and alert a qualified service technician.
bibag: Cond High The actual or measured bibag Water Wait five minutes for conductivity to stabilize. If the appropriate
conductivity has exceeded the high Alarm conductivity cannot be reached, connect a new bag. If the alarm is
conductivity alarm limit when using still not cleared, return blood to the patient. Take the machine out of
the bibag disposable. The machine is service and alert a qualified service technician.
in bypass mode.
bibag: Cond Low The actual or measured bibag Water Check the bibag disposable: if there is only about one inch (2.5 cm)
conductivity is below the low Alarm of bicarbonate left at the bottom of the bag, replace the bag. Open
conductivity alarm limit when using the bibag door, wait 30 seconds to relieve the pressure, and remove
the bibag disposable. The machine is the bag. Place a fresh bag back on the connector and close the door.
in bypass mode. The bibag
disposable may also be nearly empty. Wait five minutes for conductivity to stabilize.
If conductivity alarm persists:
Note: Pressing the Mute
key will silence this alarm 1) Turn off the dialysate flow by selecting and confirming the
for a total of six minutes at Dialysate Flow on/off toggle-button on the Dialysate screen.
a time when using the
2) Gently massage the base of the bibag disposable to better mix
bibag system.
the bicarbonate powder and remove any trapped air.
3) Turn the dialysate flow back on by selecting and confirming the
Dialysate Flow on/off toggle-button on the Dialysate screen.
4) If the appropriate conductivity cannot be reached, connect a new
bag.
(continued on next page)

bibag: Cond Low, (continued)

continued
If conductivity alarm persists,
1) Turn off the dialysate flow by selecting and confirming the
2) Leaving the bag on the connector, pull the blue bicarbonate
connector out of its rinse port.
3) Check for a clogged filter screen in the blue bicarbonate
connector handle. Clean if necessary with purified water. Verify
that the connector and filter assembly are tightly screwed
together with no air leak.
4) Insert the blue bicarbonate connector back into its rinse port.
5) Turn the dialysate flow back on by selecting and confirming the
If the conductivity alarm still cannot be cleared, rinse back the
patients blood and disconnect the patient from the machine. Run an
Acid Clean program followed by a complete rinse cycle. Test
machine operation.
If conductivity alarm still persists, take the machine out of service and
alert a qualified service technician.
bibag: Cond Sensor Err The bibag conductivity sensor is not Advisory Insert the blue bicarbonate connector into an appropriate liquid
reading the correct conductivity. The bicarbonate source
Or
To use the bibag disposable: If during treatment, rinse back the
patients blood and disconnect the patient from the machine. Run a
Rinse program until message is cleared. If the alarm is not cleared,
take the machine out of service and alert a qualified service
technician.
ALARMS
SHOOTING
SHOOTING
TROUBLE-
bibag: Door Error Sensor error. Advisory Turn machine power off and back on. If the message is not cleared,
bibag: Door Open The bibag door is open. The machine Water Close the bibag door to continue.
is in bypass mode. Alarm
bibag: Emptied The bibag emptying program has Advisory Open the bibag door and remove the bag to continue.
completed. The emptied bag must be
removed from the bibag connector.
bibag: Empty Too Long The bag has been emptying longer Water Make sure that the blue bicarbonate connector is firmly plugged into
than five minutes. Alarm the bicarbonate port. If the alarm is not cleared, remove bag without
emptying, take the machine out of service and alert a qualified
service technician.
bibag: Emptying The bag is being emptied by the Advisory No action required, wait until the machine has finished emptying the
machine. bag to continue.
bibag: Filling The bag is filling with water. Advisory Advisory only. No action is required.
bibag: I2C Error I2C communication problem. Alarm Turn machine power off and back on. If the alarm is not cleared,
bibag: In Bypass A bibag alarm or process was Advisory Advisory only. No action is required. Wait until the message has
occurring when the operator cleared before selecting prime recirc again.
attempted to run prime recirc. The
bibag: No Bag A bag must be on the connector to Water Place a bag on the bibag connector and close the door to continue.
continue. Alarm
bibag: No Comm. The bibag interface board is not Alarm Turn machine power off and back on. If the alarm is not cleared,
communicating with the actuator return the blood to the patient if alarms occurs during a treatment.
board. Take the machine out of service and alert a qualified service
technician.
bibag: PHT Failed The bibag online Pressure Holding Water If the PHT failed on the Select Program screen:
Test has failed. The machine is in Alarm
bypass mode. Turn machine power off and back on to rerun the test.
If the failure message is repeated on the next test, take the

machine out of service and alert a qualified service
technician.
If the PHT failed in Dialysis Mode:
Make sure there are no concentrate jugs or other objects

obstructing the bag or pressing against it.
Check the machine for leaks. If no leaks are detected:

o Open the bibag door, wait 30 seconds to relieve the
pressure, and remove the bag.
o Place the bag back on the connector and close the
door. The bibag online PHT will run again
automatically.
If the failure message is repeated on the next test:

o Discontinue use of the bibag system.
o Insert the blue bicarbonate connector into an
appropriate liquid bicarbonate source in order to
continue the treatment.
o Alert a qualified service technician.
bibag: Post Rinse The machine is rinsing the hydraulics Advisory Advisory only. No action is required.
after emptying the bag.
bibag: Press Calib Err bibag system pressure calibration Advisory Turn machine power off and back on. If alarm is not cleared, take the
error. machine out of service and alert a qualified service technician.
bibag: Press Sensor Err The bibag connector pressure sensor Water Open the bibag door, wait 30 seconds to relieve the pressure, and
is experiencing an error. The machine Alarm remove the bag. Place the bag back on the connector and close the
is in bypass mode. door. If the alarm is not cleared, return the blood to the patient if
alarm occurs during treatment. Take the machine out of service and
ALARMS
SHOOTING
SHOOTING
TROUBLE-
bibag: Press Too High The pressure inside the bibag Water Open the bibag door, wait 30 seconds to relieve the pressure, and
disposable is above the set alarm Alarm remove the bag. Place the bag back on the connector and close the
limits. The machine is in bypass door. If the alarm is not cleared:
mode. Discontinue use of the bibag system.
Insert the blue bicarbonate connector into an appropriate
liquid bicarbonate source in order to continue the treatment.
Alert a qualified service technician.
bibag: Press Too Low The pressure inside the bibag Water Open the bibag door, wait 30 seconds to relieve the pressure, and
disposable is below the set alarm Alarm remove the bag. Place the bag back on the connector and close the
limits. The machine is in bypass door. If the alarm is not cleared:
mode. Discontinue use of the bibag system.
Insert the blue bicarbonate connector into an appropriate
liquid bicarbonate source in order to continue the treatment.
Alert a qualified service technician.
bibag: Select Conc 45x The operator has attempted to start Advisory bibag dialysis is compatible only with 45x acid concentrates. Either,
dialysis using the bibag system and
an acid concentrate other than 45x is Restart the machine and enter Service Mode and select a 45x acid
selected in Service Mode. concentrate before beginning dialysis;
Or Or
The blue bicarbonate connector was Use liquid bicarbonate for dialysis by inserting the blue bicarbonate
not inserted into a liquid bicarbonate connector into an appropriate liquid bicarbonate source.
source if liquid bicarbonate dialysis is
desired.
bibag: Temp Calib Err Electronic self-test: temperature Alarm Turn machine power off and back on. If the alarm is not cleared, take
calibration error. the machine out of service and alert a qualified service technician.
bibag: Temp Sensor Err The bibag temperature sensor is not Advisory Insert the blue bicarbonate connector into an appropriate liquid
reading the correct temperature. bicarbonate source
Or
To use the bibag disposable: If during treatment, rinse back the
patients blood and disconnect the patient from the machine. Run a
Rinse program until message is cleared.
bibag: Val Comm Err The bibag interface board was unable Water Turn machine power off and back on. If the alarm is not cleared,
to communicate with the actuator Alarm return the blood to the patient if alarm occurs during treatment. Take
board. the machine out of service and alert a qualified service technician.
bibag: Valve 1 Err Electronic self-test failure. Water Turn machine power off and back on. If the alarm is not cleared,
Alarm return the blood to the patient if alarm occurs during treatment. Take
bibag: Valve 2 Err Electronic self-test failure. Water Turn machine power off and back on. If the alarm is not cleared,
Alarm return the blood to the patient if alarm occurs during treatment. Take
bibag: Vent Too Long The bibag system has been venting Water Press the RESET key to clear the message. Pull the blue
longer than ten minutes. The machine Alarm bicarbonate connector out of its port and then firmly plug it back in. If
is in bypass mode. the alarm persists, rinse back the patients blood and disconnect the
patient from the machine. Take the machine out of service, and alert
Bic Pump Alarm This is a pump failure warning. Warning A single occurrence is not a problem if the machine automatically
repeatedly, turn machine power off and back on. If alarm is not
cleared, return the blood to the patient if alarm occurs during
treatment. Take the machine out of service.
Bic Pump Always EOS This is a pump failure warning. Warning A single occurrence is not a problem if the machine automatically
Bic Pump No EOS This is a pump failure warning. Warning A single occurrence is not a problem if the machine automatically
Bic Conn Out of Port The blue bicarbonate wand/connector Warning Connect blue (bicarbonate) wand/connectors into the blue rinse port.
is out of its port. Verify the concentrate selection.
ALARMS
SHOOTING
SHOOTING
TROUBLE-
Bicarb Cond 2 High Bicarbonate conductivity cell is Water A single occurrence is not a problem if the machine automatically
measuring high dialysate bicarbonate Alarm resets. If the problem lasts longer than five minutes or occurs
conductivity when using the bibag repeatedly, turn power off and back on. If alarm is not cleared, return
system. The machine is in bypass the blood to the patient if alarm occurs during treatment. Take the
mode. machine out of service. Alert a qualified service technician.
key will silence this alarm
for a total of six minutes at
bibag system.
Bicarb Cond 2 Low Bicarbonate conductivity cell is Water A single occurrence is not a problem if the machine automatically
measuring low dialysate bicarbonate Alarm resets. If the problem lasts longer than five minutes or occurs
conductivity when using the bibag repeatedly, turn power off and back on. If alarm is not cleared, return
system. The machine is in bypass the blood to the patient if alarm occurs during treatment. Take the
mode. machine out of service. Alert a qualified service technician.

bibag system.
Bicarb Cond. Cell Bicarbonate cell #117 not calibrated. Alarm Turn machine power off and back on. If alarm is not cleared, take the
Uncalibrated machine out of service and alert a qualified service technician.
Bicarb: Cond High The actual or measured sodium Water Wait five minutes for conductivity to stabilize. If the appropriate
bicarbonate concentrate conductivity Alarm conductivity cannot be reached, make sure that the correct
has exceeded the high conductivity bicarbonate source is connected. If the alarm is still not cleared, rinse
alarm limit when using the blue back the patients blood, and disconnect the patient from the
bicarbonate connector for liquid machine. Take the machine out of service, and alert a qualified
bicarbonate. The machine is in service technician.
bypass mode.
Bicarb: Cond Low The actual or measured sodium Water Make certain the correct bicarbonate is connected to the machine
bicarbonate concentrate conductivity Alarm and that there is enough concentrate available. Wait five minutes for
is below the low conductivity alarm conductivity to stabilize. If the appropriate conductivity cannot be
limit when using the blue bicarbonate reached:
connector for liquid bicarbonate. The
1) Plug the blue bicarbonate connector into its port.
2) Wait one minute and then re-connect the bicarbonate connector
to the liquid bicarbonate source.
3) Wait five minutes for conductivity to stabilize.
If the conductivity alarm persists,
1) Turn off the dialysate flow by selecting and confirming the
2) Disconnect the concentrate suction connectors from their wands.
3) Check for clogged filter screens in the connector handles,
especially the blue bicarbonate connector. Clean if necessary
with purified water. Re-assemble the connector handles. Verify
that the connectors and filter assemblies are tightly screwed
together with no air leak.
4) Insert the red and blue concentrate connectors back into the
wands and place the wands in the jugs. Turn the dialysate flow
back on by selecting and confirming the Dialysate Flow on/off
toggle-button on the Dialysate screen.
If the conductivity alarm still cannot be cleared, discontinue treatment,
rinse back the patients blood and disconnect the patient from the
machine. Perform an Acid Clean program followed by a complete
rinse cycle. Test machine operation. If conductivity alarm persists,
take the machine out of service and alert a qualified service
technician.
Bicarb Press Calib Err Bicarbonate pressure calibration Alarm Turn machine power off and back on. If alarm is not cleared, return
error. The machine is in bypass the blood to the patient if alarm occurs during treatment. Take the
mode. machine out of service and alert a qualified service technician.
Bicarb: Temp Calib Err Bicarbonate temperature calibration Alarm Turn machine power off and back on. If alarm is not cleared, return
error. The machine is in bypass the blood to the patient if alarm occurs during treatment. Take the
ALARMS
SHOOTING
SHOOTING
TROUBLE-
Bicarb: Vent Too Long The bibag system has been venting Water Press the RESET key to clear the message. If the alarm persists, turn
longer than ten minutes when using Alarm machine power off and back on. If alarm is not cleared, return the
the blue bicarbonate connector for blood to the patient if alarm occurs during treatment. Take the
liquid bicarbonate. The machine is in machine out of service and alert a qualified service technician.
bypass mode.
Bicarbonate greater than Entered Bicarbonate level is higher Dialog The Bicarbonate will be set to the highest allowed bicarbonate level.
max. value than allowed. Message Press CONFIRM to clear message and accept the maximum allowed
value. Verify that the value is acceptable or enter new value.
Bicarbonate has been set The operator has attempted to set a Dialog The Bicarbonate will be set to the lowest allowed bicarbonate level.
to min. Bicarbonate level lower than allowed. Message Confirm if value is acceptable or enter new value.
Blood flow unstable When attempting to start an OLC test, Advisory Wait a minute or so and start the OLC test again.
certain conditions are necessary,
including stable blood flow rate.
Blood Leak not Calib The blood leak detector is not in Alarm Return the blood to the patient if alarm occurs during treatment. Take
calibration. the machine out of service and alert a qualified service technician.
Blood Leak? The blood leak detector has detected Blood 1) Press RESET to reset the alarm.
the presence of blood or air in the Alarm
dialysate. 2) Check dialysate fluid for presence of blood with a blood leak test
strip.
Note: Air or disinfectants
containing peracetic acid If test is negative, recheck with a new blood leak test strip. If
may cause a false alarm. negative after three checks, follow steps below:
Press and hold RESET for three seconds to run the blood pump for
Warning! During an up to 3 minutes while troubleshooting the alarm.
override, the machines
blood leak detector is Check the dialyzer supply and return lines for air leaks,
inactive. You must monitor especially at the dialyzer connectors and the filter screen in
the treatment. the dialyzer return line.
Press RESET to reset alarm.
If unable to reset the alarm, return the patients blood according to
procedure below (test positive) and alert a qualified service
technician.
If test is positive, proceed according to facility blood leak policy. If

facility policy is to return patients blood, follow the steps below.
1) Press RESET to reset all other blood flow alarms.
2) Press and hold RESET for three seconds to enable the blood
pump to run and return patients blood per unit protocol.
Note: Pressing and holding RESET for three seconds will

activate the blood pump for about three minutes while a
blood leak alarm exists. Press and hold RESET again if
more time is needed to return the patients blood.
Blood Pump +5 V Error + 5 volts is outside the allowable Alarm See message E.10
range
range
ALARMS
SHOOTING
SHOOTING
TROUBLE-
Blood Pump -12 V Error - 12 volts is outside the allowable Alarm See message E.09
range
range
Blood Pump Button Alarm Key stuck or held in too long Alarm See message A.16
Blood Pump Calib Alarm Pressure was adjusted too much in Alarm See message A.26
calibration mode
Blood Pump Direction Pump is turning in the wrong direction Alarm See message A.13
Error
Blood Pump EEPROM EEPROM error Alarm See message E.05

Err
Blood Pump EPROM EPROM CRC error Alarm See message E.01
Error
Blood Pump Erasing Error erasing Flash ROM while in Alarm See message E.98
Error Service Mode
Blood Pump Failure Electronic self-test failure. Alarm Turn machine power off and back on. If alarm does not clear, return
Blood Pump Flash Error Error copying data into Flash ROM Alarm See message E.97
while in Service Mode
Blood Pump RAM Error RAM check error Alarm See message E.03
Blood Pump Rate Alarm Pump is not reaching speed at Alarm See message A.11
maximum voltage
Blood Pump ROM Error Flash ROM CRC error Alarm See message E.02
Blood Pump Stop Alarm Pump rotor turning when it should not Alarm See message A.29
be
Blood Pump Stopped The blood pump is on and the speed Blood 1) Correct other blood alarms that could have triggered the stopped
is set, but the blood pump has Alarm pump message.
stopped for a period exceeding its set 2) Inspect the blood pump module to see if:
time limit of either 15 or 30 seconds
(time limit is set with dip switch #4 on The blood pump door is closed.
the blood pump module PCB). The pump tube segment is properly positioned. Correct if
necessary.
3) Press the RESET key to reset the alarm.
4) If running double-needle dialysis with the single needle pump in
the machine, the Single Needle option in the Tests & Options
screen must be off.
5) If running single-needle dialysis with the single needle pump in
the machine, the Single Needle option in the Tests & Options
screen must be on. Next,
Set blood flow rate to zero
Increase the blood pump rate to 100 ml/min
Check the pillow on the arterial bloodline below the arterial
blood pump for poor blood flow.
6) Slowly increase flow to the prescribed rate. If unable to resume
blood flow rate, manually return the blood to the patient if alarm
occurs during treatment. Take the machine out of service and
alert a qualified service technician to replace the blood pump
module.
Blood Pump Tach Alarm Optical tachometer not in range Alarm See message A.24
Blood Pump Task Error Software task was not completed Alarm See message E.15
correctly
Blood Pump Timer Error 50 ms second time period exceeded Alarm See message E.14
Blood Pump Update Error Transmit error during Flash update Alarm See message E.99
Blood Pump Volt Error Reference Voltage error Alarm See message E.04
Blood Pump WD Error Watchdog timeout Alarm See message E.06
ALARMS
SHOOTING
SHOOTING
TROUBLE-
Blood Sensed An action has been initiated that Warning 1) Inspect the optical detector below the line clamp.
requires that blood not be sensed. 2) Press RESET to reset the alarm.
Or 3) If the alarm is not cleared, return the blood to the patient if alarm
occurs during treatment. Take the machine out of service and
The operator has selected the Empty alert a qualified service technician.
bibag button when blood is sensed.
Or
The bag cannot be emptied using the
Empty bibag button when blood is If the treatment is not yet finished and the bibag disposable must be
sensed. changed, lift up on the bibag door, wait 30 seconds to relieve the
pressure, and remove the bag. Put a new bag on the connector and
close the door again to continue using the bibag system for the
treatment.
Blood Still Sensed! Blood is sensed by the optical Warning 1) Verify that there is no longer blood in the venous return line
detector while in the opening screen
2) Inspect the optical detector below the line clamp.
and with the red wand is put in the
port on the front of the machine. 3) Reset the alarm.
4) If the alarm is not cleared, take the machine out of service and
BP Comm. Timeout Pressure was adjusted too much in Alarm See message A.27
calibration mode
BP Del. Rate Alarm Actual speed-read back analog Alarm See message A.21
voltage at X348/10 is out of limits
BP Direction Alarm Pump is turning in the wrong direction Alarm See message A.13
BP Feedback Alarm Arterial rate and the blood pumps Alarm If the warning is not cleared, return the blood to the patient if alarm
arterial setting knob do not track in occurs during treatment. Take the machine out of service and alert a
sync. qualified service technician.
BP Level Up Alarm Pressure increase when the Level Up Alarm See message A.25
key is pressed
BP Pressure Alarm Arterial pressure-read back analog Alarm See message A.22
BP Receive Alarm Error in received Intel-Hex-line Alarm See message A.28

BP Rotation Error Pump rotor turning when it should not Alarm See message E.23
be for a second time
BP Set Rate Alarm Set speed-read back analog voltage Alarm See message A.20
at X348/14 is out of limits
BPM: Cuff Press High Blood pressure cuff is above 320 mm Blood Press the Stat/Deflate key to deflate the cuff. Observe the patient for
Hg. Pressure physiologic changes. Indicates a hardware malfunction. If problem
Alarm persists, remove cuff and alert a qualified service technician.
BPM: Cuff Press Low Blood pressure cuff is below 10 mm Blood Check for loose connection in the inflation system. Indicates a
Hg. Pressure hardware malfunction. If problem persists, remove cuff and alert a
Alarm qualified service technician.
BPM: Diastolic High The diastolic blood pressure reading Blood Observe the patient for physiologic changes. Treat patient as
is above the set Upper Diastolic alarm Pressure symptoms warrant.
limit. Alarm
BPM: Diastolic Low The diastolic blood pressure reading Blood Observe the patient for physiologic changes. Treat patient as
is below the set Lower Diastolic alarm Pressure symptoms warrant.
limit. Alarm
BPM: Measure > 90 sec The blood pressure test has been in Blood Press Stat/Deflate key to deflate the pressure cuff. Check the
progress for more than 90 seconds. Pressure patient for signs for physiologic changes. Indicates a hardware
Alarm malfunction. If problem persists, remove cuff and alert a qualified
service technician.
BPM: Motion Detected Movement of the patient, cuff tubing, Blood Observe the patient for physiologic changes. Treat patient as
or some other pressure on the Pressure symptoms warrant.
detection system. Alarm
BPM: Not Communicating Blood pressure module is not Blood If problem persists, alert a qualified service technician.
communicating with the machine Pressure
Alarm
BPM: Not Deflating Obstruction in inflation system or Blood 1) Remove kink in line to cuff.
valve in blood pressure module Pressure
malfunction. Alarm 2) May indicate a hardware malfunction. If problem persists,
remove cuff and alert a qualified service technician.
ALARMS
SHOOTING
SHOOTING
TROUBLE-
BPM: Oscil Wave Check The diastolic blood pressure reading Blood Indicates a hardware malfunction. If problem persists, remove cuff
is close to or greater than the systolic Pressure and alert a qualified service technician.
pressure reading. Alarm
BPM: Pulse > 100 Patients heart rate is above 100 Blood Observe the patient for physiologic changes. Treat patient as
beats per minute. Pressure symptoms warrant. May also indicates a hardware malfunction.
Alarm
BPM: Pulse Amp Unif The amplitude of the pressure pulses Blood Check pressure cuff for proper fit and alignment. Observe the patient
is inconsistent with an accurate blood Pressure for physiologic changes. Treat as patient as symptoms warrant.
pressure profile. Alarm
BPM: Pulse High The latest pulse reading is above the Blood Observe the patient for physiologic changes. Treat patient as
Upper Pulse alarm limit. Pressure symptoms warrant.
Alarm
BPM: Pulse Low The latest pulse reading is below the Blood Observe the patient for physiologic changes. Treat patient as
Lower Pulse alarm limit. Pressure symptoms warrant.
Alarm
BPM: Pump On > 30 sec The pump that inflates the cuff has Blood Cuff is not inflating. Check for loose tubing connections or a leak in
been running longer than 30 seconds. Pressure the cuff.
Alarm
BPM: Systolic High The systolic blood pressure reading is Blood Observe the patient for physiologic changes. Treat patient as
above the set Upper Systolic alarm Pressure symptoms warrant.
limit. Alarm
BPM: Systolic Low The systolic blood pressure reading is Blood Observe the patient for physiologic changes. Treat patient as
below the set Lower Systolic alarm Pressure symptoms warrant.
limit. Alarm
BPM: Weak Pulse The pulse pressure is too weak to Blood Check the cuff for proper fit and inflation. Observe the patient for
register an accurate measurement. Pressure physiologic changes. Treat patient as symptoms warrant.
Alarm
BPM: Zero Pressure No pressure is detected by the blood Blood Check for a loose connection in the inflation system. Correct as
pressure module. Pressure necessary. If no leak found, turn the power off, then back on. If
Alarm problem persists, alert a qualified service technician.
BTM test underway The OLC test may not be started Advisory Wait for the BTM recirculation test to complete before beginning the
when a BTM recirculation test is OLC test.
underway.
BVM Failed The BVM module has failed Alarm Press RESET to clear the message. BVM will no longer pass
information to the 2008T monitor. Turn the power off and back on. If
the alarm is not cleared, refer to a qualified service technician.
BVM No Communication The BVM module has lost Alarm Press RESET to clear the message. BVM will no longer pass
communication with the 2008T information to the 2008T monitor until power has been turned off and
system. back on. If alarm is not cleared, return the blood to the patient if
alarm occurs during treatment. Take the machine out of service and
CDX blocked due to The operator has attempted to enter Advisory The machine must be alarm free in order to access the CDX system.
alarm CDX mode during an alarm. Correct the alarm before accessing the CDX system.
CDX Not Active The optional CDX mode is not Dialog Advisory message only. No action is required. Alert a qualified
enabled. Message service technician if CDX mode needs to be enabled.
CDX Not Installed The optional CDX mode is enabled Dialog Advisory message only. No action is required. Alert a qualified
but the CDX system PC is not Message service technician if the CDX system needs to be installed.
installed in the machine.
Check cable or press Y The 2008T hemodialysis machine has Advisory Check the CLiC devices USB cable:
to disable Crit-Line not received data from the CLiC message
device. The Status Box displays the Make sure the cable is securely connected to the 2008T
warning message Crit-Line: No hemodialysis machines USB port.
Comm
Wait up to one minute for the message to clear.
If the Status Box warning message Crit-Line: No Comm is not
cleared, the CLiC device cannot be used for the dialysis treatment.
Disconnect the CLiC device cable from the USB port.
Press the Y key on the Keyboard to disable the CLiC device.
Contact a qualified service technician.

Chem not Connected? The red acid connector is still Warning Connect the red (acid) connector into its correct configuration for the
connected to the red rinse port operation selected.
ALARMS
SHOOTING
SHOOTING
TROUBLE-
Concentrate Connected? The red acid concentrate connector is Warning Connect the red (acid) connector to the acid supply.
not connected to the concentrate
container.
Cond Offset Failure Electronic self-test failure. Alarm Turn machine power Off and back On. If alarm is not cleared, take
Cond Ref Failure Electronic self-test failure. Alarm Turn machine power Off and back On. If alarm is not cleared, take
Conductivity High The actual or measured conductivity Dialysate 1) Check for the prescribed baseline Na+ and Bicarbonate values on
has exceeded the high conductivity Alarm the Dialysate screen and re-enter the correct value for any
alarm limit. The machine is in bypass erroneous values.
mode.
Note: The SVS must be off before attempting to adjust
any parameter on this screen.
for a total of six minutes at 2) Check that the concentrates are properly mixed and in their
a time when using the proper containers. Remix concentrates as needed.
bibag system.
3) Allow five minutes for conductivity to reach the prescribed level
and adjust the conductivity alarm limit window if necessary (see
Conductivity Limits on page 72.
4) Verify that there is flow out of the drain.
5) Replace the concentrates if it appears that the fluid is being
pulled in, but the conductivity is still high. After the prescribed
conductivity is reached, verify the conductivity and the pH using
independent testing devices.
If unable to attain prescribed conductivity, discontinue treatment and
Conductivity Limits set to The operator has entered a new Opening On the Dialysate screen, select the prescribed concentrate, enter
default concentrate in Service Mode, Screen the prescribed Base Na+ and Bicarbonate values for the patient and
restarted the machine, changed the Message press the CONFIRM key to save the new values.
default concentrate values, and
restarted the machine. The last
entered concentrate has been set to
the default conductivity limits.
Conductivity Low The actual or measured conductivity Dialysate 1) Check to see if:
has exceeded the low conductivity Alarm
alarm limit. The machine is in bypass Dialysate flow is on.
mode.
The correct concentrate is selected in the Dialysate screen
Note: Pressing the Mute and the concentrate supply lines are connected to
key will silence this alarm appropriate concentrate sources.
The prescribed concentrate and the correct baseline Na+ and
Bicarbonate values are displayed in the Dialysate screen.
bibag system.
The supply of concentrate is adequate.
The concentrate has been mixed properly, (i.e. bicarbonate

mixed well with RO water).
2) Verify that the concentrate connectors are sucking concentrate. If
not:
Turn off dialysate flow and disconnect the concentrate

suction connectors from their wands.
Check for clogged filter screens in the connector handles,

especially the bicarbonate connector. Clean if necessary.
Re-assemble the concentrate connectors. Verify that the
connectors and filter assemblies are tightly screwed together
with no air leak.
Check that the O rings on the tips of the concentrate

connectors are not damaged or missing.
Reconnect the connector to the concentrate source. Turn on

dialysate flow and recheck the connectors for suction. If
suction is present, allow 5 minutes for conductivity to reach
the prescribed level.
If suction is not present in both connectors, discontinue treatment and
remove patient from the machine. Perform an Acid Clean program
followed by a complete rinse cycle. Test machine operation. If
conductivity alarm persists, take the machine out of service and alert
ALARMS
SHOOTING
SHOOTING
TROUBLE-
Conductivity out of range When attempting to start an OLC test, Advisory Wait until the conductivity is stable and start the OLC test again. If
certain conditions are necessary, the message repeats, do not use OLC until the conductivity sensors
including the condition that have been recalibrated.
conductivity for both the inlet and
outlet sensors be in range.
CONFIRM Concentrate This message will be displayed if the Advisory Press CONFIRM or change the concentrate selection and then press
user needs to confirm the concentrate CONFIRM.
selected for use.
Connector(s) Out Of Port An action has been initiated that Warning Insert the concentrate connectors into their proper rinse ports.
requires the Acid/Bicarbonate
Connectors to be in their rinse ports.
Cooling Down The machine is cooling down from a Advisory Advisory message only. No action is required.
heat disinfect.
** Cover is Open ** The dialysate shunt door is open. Advisory To proceed with the selected operation, close the shunt door.
Crit-Line disabled. Must The CLiC device must be verified Advisory If this message is displayed during the treatment:
verify Crit-Line. before it is available for use during message
The CLiC device is not monitoring the patient. The CLiC
treatment.
device cannot be used until the next treatment.
If the message is displayed before the treatment starts:
Place the CLiC device on the verification filter, which is
attached to its USB cable.
Wait up to one minute for the message to clear. If the
message clears, the CLiC device is verified.
If verification fails, select the Test & Options screen-
button and select the Verify Crit-Line button to initiate the
verification process manually.
If the message is still not cleared, the CLiC device cannot be used
for the dialysis treatment. Disconnect the CLiC device cable from
the USB port and contact a qualified service technician.
Crit-Line needs The CLiC device has not been Advisory Verify the CLiC device:
verification verified within the past 30 days. The message
Hct/BVCrit-Line graph on the Crit- Place the CLiC device on the CLiC Verification Filter, which is
Line screen will be disabled. attached to its USB cable.

If the message is not cleared:
Select the Test & Options screen-button then select the

Verify Crit-Line button to start the verification process
manually.

If the message is still not cleared, the CLiC device cannot be used for
the dialysis treatment.

Crit-Line: No Blood The Tx Clock is running and the CLiC Warning Check the Crit-Line Blood Chamber:
device no longer senses blood in the
Blood Chamber. Make sure there is proper blood flow: There should be no air
or bubbles in the chamber.
Make sure the CLiC device is properly seated on the Crit-

Line Blood Chamber: The device should be placed
perpendicularly over the chamber and cannot be rotated up
or down.
If the message is not cleared, the CLiC device cannot be used for the
dialysis treatment.
Remove the device from the Crit-Line Blood Chamber.
Disconnect the CLiC device cable from the USB port and
press the RESET key to disable CLiC device.
ALARMS
SHOOTING
SHOOTING
TROUBLE-
Crit-Line: No Comm The 2008T hemodialysis machine has Warning Check the CLiC devices USB cable:
not received data from the CLiC
device. Make sure the cable is securely connected to the 2008T
hemodialysis machines USB port.

dialysis treatment.
Press the Y key on the Keyboard to disable the CLiC device.

Crit-Line: Obstruction Something is blocking the CLiC Warning Check the Crit-Line Blood Chamber:
devices optical sensor.
Remove the CLiC device from the blood chamber and check
for obstructions.
Reattach the CLiC device to the blood chamber.

dialysis treatment.
Remove the CLiC device from the Crit-Line Blood Chamber.
Press the RESET key to disable the CLiC device.

Crit-Line on Filter? To verify the CLiC device, the device Advisory Place the CLiC device on the CLiC Verification Filter, which is
must be clipped to its verification filter. message attached to its USB cable.
Crit-Line: System Error System error. Warning The CLiC device cannot be used for the dialysis treatment.

Crit-Line Verified The verification test was successful. Advisory No action required. The CLiC device is ready for use during
message treatment.
Cuff Pressure = XXX This is displayed during the blood Dialog No action is necessary.
pressure measurement. The cuff Message
pressure is XXX mmHg.
Dial Valve Failure 1 Electronic self-test failure. Alarm Turn machine power off and back on. If alarm does not clear, return
Dial Valve Failure 2 Electronic self-test failure. Alarm Turn machine power off and back on. If alarm does not clear, return
Dialysate flow is off Dialysate flow is necessary to run an Advisory Do not attempt to run an OLC test unless the dialysate flow is set
OLC test. between 300 800 ml/min
Dialysate flow unstable When attempting to start an OLC test, Advisory Wait a minute or so and start the OLC test again.
certain conditions are necessary,
including stable dialysate flow rate.
Dialysis Machine is currently in dialysis mode. Advisory Advisory message only. No action is required.
Dialysis Paused In dialysis mode, Tx clock is paused. Advisory Status line advisory message only. No action is required.
Dialyzer Connected? Indicates that one of the following Advisory To proceed, either:
conditions exist: Connect the dialyzer supply and return lines to the shunt if the
Test button selected but the procedure requires them to be connected at this time.
dialyzer supply and return Or,
lines are not on the shunt.
Connect the dialyzer supply and return lines to the dialyzer if the
Dialyzer supply and return procedure requires them to be connected at this time.
lines are on the shunt but
Note: This message may also briefly appear if the blood
blood is sensed and the blood
pump rate is set too low during setup. Raise the rate to at
flow is on.
least 100 ml/min when the blood pump is running.
Diasafe Test Failed This message advises the operator of Warning Press the RESET key to clear the message. Rerun the test. If test
the status of the Diasafe self test. fails again return the blood to the patient if alarm occurs during
treatment. Take the machine out of service and alert a qualified
service technician to replace the Diasafe filter if necessary
ALARMS
SHOOTING
SHOOTING
TROUBLE-
Diasafe Test Passed This message advises the operator of Advisory Press the RESET key to clear the message
the status of the Diasafe self test.
Diasafe Test Recovery This message advises the operator of Advisory Advisory message only. No action is required.
the status of the Diasafe self test.
E.01 (Arterial or SN Blood EPROM CRC error Alarm If this message occurs in dialysis mode, return the blood to the
Pump Message) patient if during a treatment. Take the blood pump module out of
E.02 (Arterial or SN Flash ROM CRC error Alarm If this message occurs in dialysis mode, return the blood to the
Blood Pump Message) patient if during a treatment. Take the blood pump module out of
E.03 (Arterial or SN RAM check error Alarm If this message occurs in dialysis mode, return the blood to the
E.04 (Arterial or SN Reference Voltage error Alarm If this message occurs in dialysis mode, return the blood to the
E.05 (Arterial or SN EEPROM error Alarm If this message occurs in dialysis mode, return the blood to the
E.06 (Arterial or SN Watchdog timeout Alarm If this message occurs in dialysis mode, return the blood to the
E.07 (Arterial or SN + 12 volts is outside the allowable Alarm If this message occurs in dialysis mode, return the blood to the
Blood Pump Message) range patient if during a treatment. Take the blood pump module out of
E.09 (Arterial or SN - 12 volts is outside the allowable Alarm If this message occurs in dialysis mode, return the blood to the
E.14 (Arterial or SN 50 ms second time period exceeded Alarm If this message occurs in dialysis mode, return the blood to the
E.15 (Arterial or SN Software task was not completed Alarm If this message occurs in dialysis mode, return the blood to the
Blood Pump Message) correctly patient if during a treatment. Take the blood pump module out of
E.23 (Arterial or SN Pump rotor turning when it should not Alarm If this message occurs in dialysis mode, return the blood to the
Blood Pump Message) be for a second time patient if during a treatment. Take the blood pump module out of
E.97 (Arterial or SN Error copying data into Flash ROM Alarm If this message occurs in dialysis mode, return the blood to the
Blood Pump Message) while in Service Mode patient if during a treatment. Take the blood pump module out of
E.98 (Arterial or SN Error erasing Flash ROM while in Alarm If this message occurs in dialysis mode, return the blood to the
Blood Pump Message) Service Mode patient if during a treatment. Take the blood pump module out of
E.99 (Arterial or SN Transmit error during Flash update Alarm If this message occurs in dialysis mode, return the blood to the
Blood Pump Message) while in Service Mode patient if during a treatment. Take the blood pump module out of
service and alert a qualified technician.
EEPROM already used, Advisory message when uploading Advisory Put in a new hardware key or calibration EEPROM in IC 20 and
Power Off, Replace hardware key option power up.
EEPROM
EEPROM Missing or During startup, the machine cannot Opening Turn the machine off and try to power up again. If the message
Reading Error properly read the EEPROM memory Screen repeats, take the machine out of service and alert a qualified service
chip Message technician.
Emptying The blue dialysate line connector is Warning If this message occurs when the dialyzer is not being emptied, take
on the shunt with door closed, the red the machine out of service and alert a qualified service technician.
dialysate line connector remains on
the dialyzer in order to drain the
dialysate compartment.
Emptying Stopped When air is sensed, emptying will Warning Connect the red dialyzer return line to the shunt. If the warning is
stop. repeated, take the machine out of service and alert a qualified service
technician.
ALARMS
SHOOTING
SHOOTING
TROUBLE-
Emptying too long The dialyzer empty program has Alarm If blood is not sensed, return the dialyzer supply and return lines to
exceeded its maximum limit. the shunt and close the shunt door to terminate the program. If the
machine was in dialysis (blood sensed), turn machine power off and
back on to clear the program.
Error Reading Flash Electronic Self Test Alarm Turn machine power off and back on. If alarm is not cleared, take the
Fail * 9 Volt Battery 9V Power Failure Battery test has Test Replace Battery
failed. Message
Fail * Actuator Arterial Arterial Pressure test has failed. Test Rerun test, if failure repeats, remove machine from service and alert
High Message a qualified service technician.
Fail * Actuator Arterial
Low
Fail * Actuator Conductivity test has failed. Test Rerun test, if failure repeats, remove machine from service and alert
Conductivity High Message a qualified service technician.
Fail * Actuator
Conductivity Low
Fail * Actuator Temperature test has failed. Test Verify stable temp. Rerun test. If failure repeats, remove machine
Temperature High Message from service and alert a qualified service technician to recalibrate if
failure repeats
Fail * Actuator
Temperature Low
Fail * Actuator TMP High Transmembrane Pressure (TMP) test Test Rerun test. If failure repeats, remove machine from service and alert
has failed. Message a qualified service technician.
Fail * Actuator TMP Low
Fail * Actuator Venous Venous Pressure test has failed. Test Rerun test, if failure repeats, remove machine from service and alert
High Message a qualified service technician.
Fail * Actuator Venous
Low
Fail * Air Detector Air Detector test has failed. Test Reposition venous drip chamber. Rerun Test. If failure repeats,
Message remove machine from service and alert a qualified service technician.
Fail * Arterial High Soft Arterial Pressure test has failed. Test Rerun test, if failure repeats, remove machine from service and alert
Message a qualified service technician.
Fail * Arterial Low Soft
Fail * Arterial High Hard
Fail * Arterial Low Hard
Fail * Blood Leak 1 Blood Leak test has failed. Test Verify absence of air bubbles in flow indicator. Rerun test. If failure
Message repeats, remove machine from service and alert a qualified service
Fail * Blood Leak 2 technician.
Fail * Cond High Soft Conductivity test has failed. Test Rerun test, if failure repeats, remove machine from service and alert
Fail * Cond Low Soft
Fail * (Get Neg TMP) Get Neg TMP test has failed. Test Check UF pump. Rerun test. If failure repeats, remove machine
Message from service and alert a qualified service technician.
Fail * (Get Pos TMP) Get Pos TMP test has failed. Test Rerun test. If failure repeats, remove machine from service and alert
Fail * Neg Flow On Negative flow on pressure holding Test Rerun test. If failure repeats, remove machine from service and alert
test failed Message a qualified service technician.
Fail * Neg Stabilize Negative flow stabilize test failed. Test Rerun test. If failure repeats, remove machine from service and alert
Fail * Optical Detect Optical Detector test has failed. Test Rerun test, if failure repeats, remove machine from service and alert
Fail * Pos Flow Off Positive flow off pressure holding test Test Rerun test. If failure repeats, remove machine from service and alert
failed Message a qualified service technician.
Fail * Pos Stabilize Positive flow stabilize test failed. Test Rerun test. If failure repeats, remove machine from service and alert
Fail * (Remove Air) Remove air test failed. Test Rerun test. If failure repeats, remove machine from service and alert
Fail * Temp High Soft Temperature test has failed. Test Verify stable temp. Rerun test. If failure repeats, remove machine
Fail * Temp Low Soft Message from service and alert a qualified service technician to recalibrate.
ALARMS
SHOOTING
SHOOTING
TROUBLE-
Fail * Temp High Hard Temperature test has failed. Test Verify stable temp. Rerun test. If failure repeats, remove machine
Fail * Temp Low Hard Message from service and alert a qualified service technician to recalibrate.
Fail * TMP High Soft Transmembrane Pressure (TMP) test Test Rerun test. If failure repeats, remove machine from service and alert
Fail * TMP Low Soft has failed. Message a qualified service technician.
Fail * TMP High Hard
Fail * TMP Low Hard
Fail * Ven High Soft Venous Pressure test has failed. Test Rerun test, if failure repeats, remove machine from service and alert
Fail * Ven Low Soft Message a qualified service technician.
Fail * Ven High Hard
Fail * Ven Low Hard
Failed To Print The CLiC device treatment report was Warning Press the RESET key to clear the warning. Check the connections to
not printed. the printer and try to print again. If unable to print, contact a qualified
service technician.
Note: If you press the New TX key, the Crit-Line data for the
completed treatment will be lost.
** Failed Sending Data to Functional to Actuator board Alarm Turn machine power off and back on. If alarm is not cleared, take the
Actuator Board ** communication problem during machine out of service and alert a qualified service technician.
startup.
Fill for Diasafe Test This message indicates the status of Advisory Advisory only. No action is required.
the Diasafe test
Fill Program Alarm A Fill program has occurred for one Alarm Inspect for air in the system.
minute while blood is sensed.
Correct as required.
If the warning is not cleared, return the blood to the patient if alarm
occurs during treatment. Take the machine out of service and alert a
Filling Program A Fill program is in progress. Advisory Advisory only. No action is required.
Flow Error General Flow Alarm Warning A single occurrence is not a problem if the machine automatically
repeatedly:
1) Check the water supply flow to the machine.
2) Check that the Dialysate Flow is on.
3) Check the dialyzer supply and return lines for kinks.
4) Set Dialysate Flow in the Home screen to 500 ml/min and verify
that the flow from the drain line is 500 ml/min 50 ml/min.
5) Turn the power off and on. If warning is not cleared, return the
blood to the patient if alarm occurs during treatment.
technician.
Flow Inlet Error Float Switch Warning A single occurrence is not a problem if the machine automatically
repeatedly:
technician.
Flow is Off Dialysate flow is off. Warning An action has been initiated that requires the dialysate flow to be on.
To proceed with the selected operation, turn the dialysate flow on.
Flow Rate not Set If the dialysate flow is turned on while Advisory Set the dialysate flow rate to the desired value.
the display screen flow rate selection
is still OFF, this reminder is
displayed.
ALARMS
SHOOTING
SHOOTING
TROUBLE-
Flow Recirc Error 1 Dialysate flow problem. Warning A single occurrence is not a problem if the machine automatically
repeatedly:
technician.
Flow Recirc Error 2 Dialysate flow problem. Warning A single occurrence is not a problem if the machine automatically
repeatedly:
technician.
Front Panel No Comm The processor is unable to Opening Turn machine power off and back on. If failure repeats, return the
communicate with the front panel. Screen blood to the patient if alarm occurs during treatment. Take the
Message machine out of service and refer to a qualified service technician.
Greater than max. value Entered parameter is larger than Dialog Verify that the maximum value is acceptable. Press CONFIRM to
allowed. Message clear message and accept the maximum allowed value.
Heat Relay Test Fail Electronic self-test failure. Alarm Turn machine power off and back on. If alarm is not cleared, take the
Heparin Dwell Complete The five minute timer for a manual Advisory Press the RESET key to clear the message. The Status Light will
heparin bolus has elapsed. stop flashing.
Heparin Pump Alarm The Heparin pump is encountering Alarm 1) Check the heparin line for clamps or kinks and correct.
resistance.
2) Check the heparin syringe for adequate amount of heparin and
Note: An alarm will sound correct.
when the heparin pump has
reached the end of its 3) Ensure the correct type of syringe is loaded and locked in place
stroke during normal properly.
operation. 4) Press RESET to clear the alarm and restart the heparin pump.
5) If the alarm will not reset or continues to alarm intermittently,
return the blood to the patient if alarm occurs during treatment.
6) Take the heparin pump out of service and alert a qualified service
technician.
High Flow Error Possible balancing chamber problem. Warning A single occurrence is not a problem if the machine automatically
repeatedly:
technician.
ALARMS
SHOOTING
SHOOTING
TROUBLE-
High Temperature The actual dialysate temperature has Dialysate 1) Ensure that water is flowing to machine when turned on.
exceeded the high-temperature alarm Alarm
2) Check water supply to machine for excess temperature and
limit. Machine is in bypass mode.
correct if necessary.
Note: If the temperature 3) If heat disinfection was recently performed, place machine in
fluctuates between HIGH rinse cycle to decrease temperature.
TEMPERATURE and LOW 4) Check the Temperature value in the Home screen. Re-enter it if
TEMPERATURE, see necessary and allow five minutes for the temperature to stabilize.
VARIABLE
TEMPERATURE. 5) Check that the dialysate flow at drain line is 500 ml/min 50 ml.
Note: Pressing the Mute 6) If unable to reach prescribed temperature, return the blood to the
key will silence this alarm patient if alarm occurs during treatment.
for a total of six minutes at 7) Take the machine out of service, discontinue treatment and alert
a time when using the a qualified service technician.
bibag system.
Caution: Do not use the Heat Disinfect cycle until the
machine has been repaired. If you are unable to attain
Warning! Hemolysis of blood in the dialyzer may occur proper dialysate temperature, return the blood to the
should the dialysate exceed a temperature of 42C. patient if alarm occurs during treatment. Take the machine
Dialysate temperatures must be maintained below this out of service and alert a qualified service technician.
level. Do not return hemolyzed blood to the patient.
Hold CONFIRM to Prime In heparin screen after selecting Dialog Press and hold CONFIRM to prime the heparin line.
prime must press and hold confirm to Message
prime heparin line.
I2C Read Time Out Functional to I2C EEPROM Alarm Turn machine power off and back on. If alarm is not cleared, return
I2C Bus Read Error communication problem. the blood to the patient if alarm occurs during treatment. Take the
I2C Bus Read Too Long machine out of service and alert a qualified service technician.
I2C Byte Write Error
In bypass for 8 min Press RESET to clear the message Advisory The machine was in bypass for about eight minutes. This may
extend the time necessary to complete the treatment or rinsing of
germicide. Press RESET to clear the message.
Warning! If rinsing germicide from the dialyzer when this
occurs, additional time will be necessary to fully rinse the
germicide from the dialyzer. Always check for residual
germicide using the appropriate approved residual test
method.
INTERRUPT RINSE? Press CONFIRM to interrupt rinse. Dialog Press CONFIRM to accept or press Escape to cancel.
Escape or CONFIRM Message
Interrupted The selected Rinse program has Warning Re-insert the dialysate connectors into the proper rinse ports. To
been interrupted. continue the Rinse or other program, press CONFIRM, then reselect
the desired program.
Invalid Data Entry for Entry value for [item] is out of range Dialog Set appropriate value for [item]
[item] Message
Invalid UF Rate Entry value for goal is out of range. Dialog Readjust rate
Message
Invalid UF Time Entry value for goal is out of range. Dialog Readjust time
Message
Less than minimum value Entered parameter is smaller than Dialog Verify that the minimum value is acceptable. Press CONFIRM to
allowed Message clear message and accept the minimum allowed value.
Lost Battery RAM Data The battery RAM memory has been Opening Verify all treatment settings before using the machine.
lost. Screen
Message
Low Acetate Warning 20% of concentrate left in acetate jug Warning Check jug level, change to new jug of concentrate if needed and
per entered value. reenter jug volume.
Low Acid Warning 20% of concentrate left in acid jug per Warning Check jug level, change to new jug of concentrate if needed and
entered value. reenter jug volume.
Low Acid/Bicarb Warn 20% of concentrate left in acid and Warning Check jug level, change to new jug of concentrate if needed and
bicarbonate jug per entered value. reenter jug volume.
Low Bicarb Warning 20% of concentrate left in bicarbonate Warning Check jug level, change to new jug of concentrate if needed and
jug per entered value. reenter jug volume.
ALARMS
SHOOTING
SHOOTING
TROUBLE-
Low Flow Error Possible balancing chamber problem. Warning A single occurrence is not a problem if the machine automatically
repeatedly:
4) Turn the power off and on. If warning does not clear, return the
technician.
Low Temperature The actual dialysate temperature has Dialysate 1) Check that the machine is in Dialysis mode and the dialysate flow
exceeded the low-temperature alarm Alarm is on.
limit. Machine is in bypass mode.
2) Check that the heater switch on the back panel is in the on ()
Note: If the temperature position.
fluctuates between HIGH
TEMPERATURE and LOW 3) Check the water supply to the machine for excessively cold
TEMPERATURE, see temperature and correct.
VARIABLE 4) Check the Temperature value in the Home screen. Re-enter it if
TEMPERATURE. necessary and allow five minutes for the temperature to stabilize.
Note: Pressing the Mute 5) If unable to attain the prescribed temperature, return the blood to
key will silence this alarm the patient if alarm occurs during treatment.
a time when using the 6) Take the machine out of service and alert a qualified service
bibag system. technician.
Lower Dia. has been set The operator has attempted to set the Dialog The machine has set the limit to the highest or lowest value allowed.
to Min [Max] lower diastolic pressure limit higher or Message Verify that the limit setting is acceptable
lower than allowed.
Lower Pulse has been set The operator has attempted to set the Dialog The machine has set the limit to the highest or lowest value allowed.
to Min [Max] lower pulse rate limit higher or lower Message Verify that the limit setting is acceptable
than allowed.
Lower Sys. has been set The operator has attempted to set the Dialog The machine has set the limit to the highest or lowest value allowed.
to Min [Max] lower systolic pressure limit higher or Message Verify that the limit setting is acceptable
lower than allowed.
Max UF rate reached. This message informs the operator Dialog In the Home screen, decrease the UF Goal or increase the UF
Select new Goal or Time that the calculated UF rate is higher Message Time.
than the internal selection allows.
Max UF time reached. This message informs the operator Dialog In the Home screen, decrease the UF Time
Select new Goal or Rate that the calculated UF time is higher Message
than the maximum allowed.
Minor Blood Leak? A minor blood leak (approximately Warning Press RESET to reset the alarm. Press and hold RESET for three
0.35 0.45 ml/min) was detected in seconds to continue to run the blood pump if the alarm cannot be
the dialysate. Air can cause a false reset.
alarm.
Check dialysate fluid from the red dialyzer return line for presence of
Warning! During an blood with a blood leak test strip.
override, the machines
blood leak detector is If test is negative, recheck with a new blood leak test strip. If
inactive. You must negative after three checks, follow steps below:
manually monitor the Press and hold RESET for three seconds to continue to run the blood
treatment for evidence of pump while troubleshooting the alarm.
blood leak.
Check the dialyzer supply and dialyzer return lines for air leaks,
especially at the connectors and the filter in the dialyzer return line.
Press RESET to reset alarm.
If unable to reset the alarm, return the patients blood according to
procedure below (test positive) and alert a qualified service
technician.
If test is positive, proceed according to the units blood-leak policy. If
facility policy is to return patients blood, follow the steps below.
Press RESET to reset all other blood flow alarms.
Press and hold RESET for three seconds to enable the blood pump
to run and return patients blood per unit protocol.
Note: Pressing and holding RESET for three seconds will

activate the blood pump for about three minutes while a
blood leak alarm exists. Press RESET again if needed.
ALARMS
SHOOTING
SHOOTING
TROUBLE-
Must Be Alarm Free A conductivity alarm exists when an Advisory The machine must be alarm free in order to run an SVS program.
SVS program attempted to start. Correct the alarm before starting the SVS program.
Must Calibrate to Run Electronic self-test failure. Alarm Turn machine power off and back on. If alarm is not cleared, take the
Must Clear UF Removed An action has been initiated that Warning To proceed with the selected operation, set the UF Removed
requires the UF Removed to be treatment button to zero.
cleared to zero.
Must Run Test First The Forced Test is required before Warning To proceed with the selected operation, run the Pressure and Alarm
proceeding with UF or SVS. tests. For more information, see Chapter 2 Testing the 2008T
Hemodialysis Machine.
Need Blood Sensed! An action has been initiated that Dialog Verify venous bloodline is in the Optical Detector.
requires that blood is sensed. Message
Neg. Access Flow value This message is an advisory Warning This can occur if the bloodlines were initially connected in the
message that the Access Flow test reversed position. Press CONFIRM to clear the message. Check that
result was a negative value. A the bloodlines are properly connected and repeat the Access Flow
positive value is expected. test.
Negative error AF value This message is an advisory Warning Press CONFIRM to clear the message. Check that the bloodlines are
message that the Access Flow test properly connected and repeat the Access Flow test. Press
result was an erroneous value. CONFIRM to clear the message.
New Art Limits chosen This message advises the operator Advisory Advisory only. No action is required.
that a new set of arterial limits has
been set.
New features loaded, Advisory message when uploading Advisory Put the original calibration EEPROM in IC 20 and restart the
Power Off, Replace hardware key option machine.
EEPROM
New TMP Limits chosen This message confirms that a new set Advisory Advisory only. No action is required.
of TMP limits have been set.
New Ven Limits chosen New venous alarm limits are set Advisory Advisory only. No action is required
No Air Detector Alarm The Prime key has been pressed. A Advisory If the venous chamber has fluid detected, the prime function will not
level detector alarm must exist for this occur. Press RESET to start the blood pump. If a level detector
function to occur alarm occurs, then press the Prime key.
No Chemical Intake During the main program of chemical Alarm Retry chemical rinse and if problem persist, remove machine from
rinse or chemical dwell, the machine service and alert a qualified service technician.
cannot get any chemical in the acid
connector.
No Na+ Selected This is a prompt to the operator that a Advisory To proceed with the SVS operation, set a value for Start Na+ in the
Start Na+ value for SVS has not been SVS subscreen.
set.
No Program Selected This is a prompt to the operator that a Advisory To proceed with an SVS operation, select an SVS Profile from the
Profile was not selected. SVS subscreen.
No SVS Time Selected This is a prompt to the operator that Advisory To proceed with the SVS operation, set the SVS Time button in the
the SVS Time has not been set. SVS subscreen.
No Water A water inlet valve alarm has Warning Inspect the treated water source supplying the machine. Correct as
occurred. The machine is not required. If the alarm does not clear, return the blood to the patient if
receiving enough water. alarm occurs during treatment. Take the machine out of service and
OLC allowed in X minutes There is a minimum waiting period Advisory Wait the indicated time and start the OLC test again.
necessary between OLC tests
OLC steps not calculated In order to do the OLC test, the Advisory Wait a couple of minutes after the conductivity is stable and start the
machine must calculate the pump OLC test again.
steps necessary to raise and lower
the conductivity for the test. This
cannot be done until stable
conductivity has been achieved.
OLC Test Cancelled! User has cancelled OLC self test or a Advisory Advisory only no action required
condition occurred during the test
causing it to cancel.
OLC Test Failed OLC self test failed. Warning Restart machine to rerun the OLC self test.
OLC Test Passed OLC self test passed Advisory Advisory only no action required
Online Clearance Self- Machine is running an OLC self-test Advisory Advisory only no action required
test
ALARMS
SHOOTING
SHOOTING
TROUBLE-
Online Clearance Test Machine is running an OLC Advisory Advisory only no action required
measurement
Online PHT Failed The online Pressure Holding Test has Warning Reset the alarm. Check the machine for liquid leaks. If the failure
failed. message is repeated on the next test (12 minutes between tests),
Online PHT Too Long Electronic self-test failure. Alarm Turn machine power off and back on. If alarm is not cleared, return
Oxygen Saturation Low The current Oxygen Saturation has Alert Assess the patient for any changes in physiologic state.
dropped below the O2 Alert Level set
on the Crit-Line screen. The alert can be cleared by setting the O2 Alert Level button on the
Crit-Line screen to OFF.
To turn the O2 Alert level OFF, select the O2 Alert Level
button, enter 0 (zero) on the keyboard, and press the
CONFIRM key.
Note: At the direction of a physician, a new O2 Alert Level
can be selected.
To change the O2 Alert Level, select the O2 Alert Level
button, enter the desired value using the keyboard and
press the CONFIRM key.
Patient Alarm External alarm Alarm Clear external alarm. If problem persist, return the blood to the
patient if alarm occurs during treatment. Take the machine and alert a
PHT is running The PHT test must complete before Advisory Wait 15 seconds and start the OLC test again.
the OLC test is allowed to run.
Plug in Venous Pump Single Needle option was initiated but Warning To proceed with the selected operation, install the single-needle
the single-needle, blood pump is not blood pump into the machine.
plugged into the machine port.
Power Failure Recovery The machine is powering up after a Opening Verify that all treatment settings are correct before resuming dialysis.
power failure. Parameters have been Screen
recovered Message
Press CONFIRM to exit This message is a prompt for the Advisory To proceed with the selected operation, press CONFIRM.
operator to press the CONFIRM key
to exit the Rinse program.
Press CONFIRM to Load This message is a prompt for the Dialog To proceed with the selected operation, press CONFIRM.
operator to press the CONFIRM key Message
to load the heparin syringe.
Press CONFIRM to Start This message is a prompt for the Advisory To proceed with the selected operation, press CONFIRM.
operator to press the CONFIRM key
to start the program.
Press Confirm to switch The operator has selected the O2 Sat Advisory Press the CONFIRM key to switch to the Blood Pressure graph.
to Blood Pressure graph. graph field on the Crit-Line screen; message
Press Escape to return to the machine is prompting the operator Or
O2 graph to choose between displaying the BP Press the Escape key to return to the Oxygen Saturation graph.
graph or the O2 Sat graph.
Press Confirm to switch The operator has selected the BP Advisory Press the CONFIRM key to switch to the Oxygen Saturation graph.
to O2 graph. Press graph field on the Crit-Line screen; message
Escape to return to BP the machine is prompting the operator Or
graph. to choose between displaying the O2 Press the Escape key to return to the Blood Pressure graph.
Sat graph or the BP graph.
Press ESCAPE to cancel This message is a prompt for the Advisory To proceed with the selected operation, press Escape then press
rinse operator to press the Escape key to CONFIRM.
cancel the Rinse program.
Press ESCAPE To Stop This message is a prompt for the Dialog To proceed with the selected operation, press Escape then press
[Item] operator to press the Escape key to Message CONFIRM.
stop loading the heparin syringe or
the Rinse program.
Pressure Test Failed The pressure test section (PHT) of Alarm Reset the alarm and repeat the test. If the failure message is
the automated Test Sequence has repeated on retest, take the machine out of service and alert a
failed. qualified service technician.
Priming The operator has pressed the Prime Advisory Advisory only. No action is required.
key and initiated the priming function.
ALARMS
SHOOTING
SHOOTING
TROUBLE-
Put Connectors in Port The connectors must be in the Advisory Connect the red (acid/acetate) and/or blue (bicarbonate) connectors
machine ports in order to start a to the appropriate rinse ports.
Rinse program
Put Lines On Shunt An action has been initiated that Warning To proceed with the selected operation, place dialyzer supply and
requires the dialyzer supply and return lines on the shunt.
return lines to be on the shunt.
Put Red Con in Chemical This is a cleaning/disinfectant Advisory Remove the red connector from the machine and place it into the
program prompt to the operator. wand in the yellow chemical/disinfectant bottle.
RAM Battery Failure Electronic self-test failure. Alarm Turn machine power off and back on. If alarm is not cleared, take the
RAM Code Corrupted 1 Electronic self-test failure. Alarm Turn machine power off and back on. If alarm is not cleared, return
RAM Code Corrupted 2 Repeated electronic self-test failure. Alarm Turn machine power off and back on. If alarm is not cleared, return
Recirc Interrupted The Recirculate program has been Warning 1) Inspect the blood pump condition. Correct if required.
interrupted by an alarm condition.
2) Reset the alarm and turn UF back on, if applicable.
3) If the alarm does not clear, take the machine out of service and
Recirculating Recirculation is in progress. Advisory Advisory only. No action is required.
Recirculating Done A prompt to the operator that the Advisory Press RESET to clear the advisory message.
recirculation process is done.
Recirculating Stopped Recirculation has been stopped Warning Inspect the configuration of the dialyzer supply and return lines and
because blood is sensed or the extracorporeal blood circuit. Correct any irregularities. If the message
dialyzer supply and return lines are on is not cleared, take the machine out of service and alert a qualified
shunt. service technician.
Release CONFIRM to This message is a prompt for the Dialog Release the CONFIRM key.
stop operator to release the CONFIRM key Message
to stop priming the heparin line.
Rel. Blood Volume Low The BVM module has reported a Alert Press RESET to clear the message if using the BVM (Blood Volume
relative blood volume below the lower Monitor) module.
limit.
Assess the patient for any changes in physiologic state.
Or
If using the CLiC device, the alert can be cleared by setting the BV
The current blood volume percentage Alert Level button on the Crit-Line screen to OFF.
or hematocrit has dropped below the To turn the BV Alert level OFF, select the BV Alert Level
BV Alert Level set on the Crit-Line button, enter 0 (zero) on the keyboard, and press the
screen. The UF pump has been CONFIRM key.
turned off.
After clearing the alert, the UF pump will automatically turn
back on to the UF Rate set on the Home screen.
Note: At the direction of a physician, a new BV Alert Level
can be selected.
To change the BV Alert Level, select the BV Alert Level
button, enter the desired value using the keyboard and
press the CONFIRM key.
Remove USB Device 1 A USB device has been plugged into Alarm Remove the USB device.
the USB port on the right side of the
display screen.
Remove USB Device 2 A powered USB device has been Alarm Remove the USB device. Turn machine power off and back on. If
plugged into the USB port on the back alarm is not cleared, return the blood to the patient if alarm occurs
of the machine. during treatment. Take the machine out of service and alert a
qualified service technician
RESET to adjust TMP The TMP exceeded the hard alarm Warning Press the RESET key to reset the TMP alarm limits. Press and hold
limits. The operator is given the the RESET key to re-center the limits.
option to relieve the pressure to bring
the TMP within limits.
Warning! Adjusting the Warning! Rising TMP may indicate a leak in the balancing
TMP repeatedly will system and should be investigated.
decrease the UF removed
from the patient.
Reset Treatment? The New Tx key has been pressed Advisory To erase the current treatment information and move it to the
CONFIRM or Escape Trends screen when initiating a new treatment, press CONFIRM.
To cancel, press Escape.
ALARMS
SHOOTING
SHOOTING
TROUBLE-
Resetting, Try Again. Blood pressure module resetting Warning Wait until blood pressure module completes resetting and retry blood
pressure reading.
Retry > Press = XXX The cuff pressure is too low to Dialog No action necessary
measure the blood pressure. The cuff Message
pressure is XXX mmHg.
Reverse bloodlines This message is a prompt for the Warning To proceed with the Access Flow test, reverse the bloodlines and
operator reverse the bloodlines for the press CONFIRM.
Access Flow test
Rinse Cond High The Reverse Osmosis (RO) water Opening Press the RESET key to clear the message. Perform a Rinse cycle. If
inlet conductivity is too high. Screen alarm is not cleared, take the machine out of service and alert a
Message qualified service technician.
RO Water Cond High The Reverse Osmosis (RO) water Opening Press the RESET key to clear the message. Perform a Rinse cycle. If
inlet conductivity is too high. Screen alarm is not cleared, take the machine out of service and alert a
Message qualified service technician.
RTD = Zero The RTD (Remaining Time on Warning Reset the alarm. This message has alerted the operator that the
Dialysis) clock has counted down to preset time on dialysis has elapsed (RTD = 0:00). If prescribed
zero. treatment time has not been completed, the operator must take
further action to comply with the prescribed treatment.
Running Diasafe Test This message is advising the operator Advisory Advisory only. No action is required.
of the status of the Diasafe test
Running Online PHT This message is displayed when the Advisory Advisory only. No action is required.
online Pressure Holding Test is in
progress.
Run Access Flow? This message is a prompt for the Warning To proceed now, press CONFIRM. To delay, press Escape. To
operator begin the Access Flow test. cancel, go to the Kt/V AF screen and toggle the Access Flow check
box to Off.
Select Concentrate This message is a prompt for the Advisory To select a concentrate from the menu, use the or (Up/Down)
operator to select a concentrate. keys on the Keyboard to highlight the desired concentrate, and press
CONFIRM. For more information, see Chapter 3, Setting an
Acid/Bicarbonate Type.
Select new goal or rate UF time is out of range. Dialog Enter a new UF Goal or reduce UF time.
Message
Select new Goal or Time UF rate is out of range. Dialog Enter a new UF Goal or reduce UF rate.
Message
Select Program This message is a prompt for the Advisory To proceed, select the desired program and press CONFIRM.
operator to select a program.
Set Arterial Limits This is a message to re-center the Advisory Press and hold Reset for 1 second to re-center the limits.
arterial limits if necessary
Set Blood Flow to 300 This message is a prompt for the Warning To proceed, set Blood Flow to 300 and press CONFIRM.
operator to set the blood flow rate in
preparation for the Access Flow test
Set TMP Limits? This is a message to re-center the Advisory Rising TMP may indicate a leak in the balancing system and should
TMP limits if necessary be investigated.
Press and hold RESET for 1 second to re-center the limits.
Set Venous Limits This is a message to adjust the Advisory Press and hold RESET for 1 second to adjust the limits. Changes in
venous limits if necessary venous pressure during the treatment should be investigated. See
Ven. Pressure Alarm
Short Power Down The machine was switched off for 1 Advisory Verify that the dialysis parameters are as desired.
2 minutes and turned back on. Setup
values have not been set to default
values.
Single Needle On! An action has been initiated that Warning To proceed with the selected operation, de-select the Single Needle
requires the Single Needle option to option.
be off.
SN BP +5 V Error + 5 volts is outside the allowable Alarm See message E.10
range
range
SN BP -12 V Error - 12 volts is outside the allowable Alarm See message E.09
range
range
SN BP Button Alarm Key stuck or held in too long Alarm See message A.16
ALARMS
SHOOTING
SHOOTING
TROUBLE-
SN BP Comm. Timeout Time out when receiving Intel-Hex- Alarm See message A.27
line or overflowed received buffer
SN BP Del. Rate Alarm Actual speed-read back analog Alarm See message A.21
SN BP Direction Alarm Pump is turning in the wrong direction Alarm See message A.13
SN BP EEPROM Error EEPROM error Alarm See message E.05
SN BP EPROM Error EPROM CRC error Alarm See message E.01
SN BP Erasing Error Error erasing Flash ROM while in Alarm See message E.98
Service Mode
SN BP Flash Error Error copying data into Flash ROM Alarm See message E.97
SN BP Level Up Alarm Pressure increase when the Level Up Alarm See message A.25
key is pressed
SN BP Pressure Alarm Arterial pressure-read back analog Alarm See message A.22
SN BP RAM Error RAM check error Alarm See message E.03
SN BP Rate Alarm Pump is not reaching speed at Alarm See message A.11
maximum voltage
SN BP Receiving Alarm Error in received Intel-Hex-line Alarm See message A.28
SN BP ROM Error Flash ROM CRC error Alarm See message E.02
SN BP Rotation Error Pump rotor turning when it should not Alarm See message E.23
be for a second time
SN BP Set Rate Alarm Set speed-read back analog voltage Alarm See message A.20
at X348/14 is out of limits
SN BP Stop Alarm Pump rotor turning when it should not Alarm See message A.29
be
SN BP Tach Alarm Optical tachometer not in range Alarm See message A.24
SN BP Task Error Software task was not completed Alarm See message E.15
correctly
SN BP Timer Error 50 ms second time period exceeded Alarm See message E.14
SN BP Update Error Transmit error during Flash update Alarm See message E.99
SN BP Volt Error Reference Voltage error Alarm See message E.04
SN BP WD Error Watchdog timeout Alarm See message E.06
SN pump in use The OLC test may not be run when Advisory Do not attempt an OLC test when using Single Needle
the Single Needle system is in use.
Standby for Test This message is displayed before the Advisory Advisory only. No action is required.
start of the Alarms and Pressure test
Start Na+ greater than Entered Start Na+ parameter is larger Advisory The Starting Na+ will be set to the highest allowed Na+ level. Press
max. value than allowed. CONFIRM to clear message and accept the maximum allowed value.
Start Na+ less than Entered Start Na+ parameter is less Advisory The Starting Na+ will be set to the lowest allowed Na+ level. Press
minimum value than allowed. CONFIRM to clear message and accept the minimum allowed value.
Super I/O no comm Hardware related error message Opening This will only affect the use of the Single Needle pump system. If
Screen necessary, turn off the machine and try again. If the message is not
Message cleared, alert a qualified service technician.
Switch bloodlines back This message is a prompt for the Warning To proceed, press CONFIRM.
operator return the bloodlines to their
original position
SVS Is On! An action has been initiated that Warning To proceed, turn the SVS option off by selecting the None profile and
requires the SVS to be off. pressing the CONFIRM key on the Touchpad.
SVS not stable An OLC test was attempted when Advisory Wait until the SVS limit tracking phase is complete (maximum of 7
SVS was in conductivity tracking minutes) and initiated an OLC test.
mode.
SVS-Time longer than The SVS time is set for a longer Dialog Press CONFIRM or Escape. Verify that the RTD and SVS time are
RTD period than the treatment time, RTD, Message set correctly.
which is unexpected
System Leak, Cant Run A leak was detected in the Heat Warning Exit the Chemical/Rinse program and return to the Select Program
Exchanger during the Chemical/Rinse screen. Retry the Chemical/Rinse program. If the warning message
program. is still not cleared, call a qualified service technician.
Note: This message means that the Chemical/Rinse
program can no longer be run due to a leak detected in the
Heat Exchanger. However, the machine will still be able to
run Heat Disinfection programs and hemodialysis
treatments per unit protocol.
ALARMS
SHOOTING
SHOOTING
TROUBLE-
Take Lines Off Shunt An action has been initiated that Warning To proceed with the selected operation, dialyzer supply and return
requires the dialyzer supply and lines must be off the shunt. Connect lines to the dialyzer.
return lines to be off the shunt.
Target Kt/V has been set The operator has attempted to set the Dialog The machine has set the target Kt/V to the lowest allowed target.
to min. Target Kt/V to less than the minimum Message Verify that the value is acceptable.
allowed
Temp DAC Error The DAC (Digital/Analog conversion) Warning Press RESET key to reset alarm
for the temperature trim function is The temperature trim function will be disabled until the temperature
outside of its limits. sensors are recalibrated.
Temp Over 95 Degrees Electronic self-test failure. Alarm Turn machine power off and back on. If alarm is not cleared, return
Temp Sensors When the temperature trim function Warning Press RESET key to reset alarm
unmatched needs to change DAC by > 1 C, the
The temperature trim function will be disabled until the machine is
pre and post sensors are verified
turned off and back on.
against one another. This message
occurs if the two temperature sensors
are more than 0.5 C different.
Temp Control not This message is displayed on the sign Advisory Calibrate the temperature control.
calibrated on screen if the temperature sensors
were not matched when they were
verified against one another.
Temperature greater than Entered Temperature value is higher Dialog The temperature will be set to the highest allowed level. Press
max. value than allowed. Message CONFIRM to clear message and accept the maximum allowed value.
Temperature has been The operator has attempted to set a Dialog The temperature will be set to the lowest allowed level.
set to min. Temperature lower than allowed. Message
Test Complete All selected self-tests passed. Advisory Advisory only. No action required.
Test Failed The Alarm and/or PHT Sections of the Test Reset the alarm. Check the setup to see if the alarm can be
automated Test Sequence have failed Alarm corrected and then retest. If the machine fails, turn machine power
Off and back On. If alarm is still not cleared, take the machine out of
Testing temp sensor In rare cases, the machine may be Advisory Wait 10 minutes and start the OLC test again.
put into bypass to verify the
temperature sensor. The OLC test
cannot be run at this time.
TMP is High (toward 500) The TMP has exceeded the TMP high Blood 1) Check the dialyzer supply and return lines for kinks and that the
alarm limit value. Alarm connectors are properly connected to the dialyzer or the shunt.
2) Clean the dialysate line filter screen.
Warning! A rising TMP
may indicate a leak in the 3) Press RESET key to reset alarm. Press the RESET key and hold
balancing system and for two seconds to select new alarm limits or for adjusting the
should be investigated. TMP. If unable to reset the alarm, call your local qualified service
technician.
High UF Goal and low dialyzer KUF coefficient can exceed the
maximum TMP of 520 mmHg. The UF Goal may need to be lowered.
This in turn will lower the UF rate and the TMP. Notify a physician if
the UF Goal has changed.
TMP is Low (alarm at or The TMP has exceeded the TMP low Blood 1) Ensure that the venous transducer protector is dry and the
below 60) alarm limit value. Alarm monitor line is open. Replace the transducer protector, if
necessary.
2) Check the dialyzer supply and return lines for kinks.
3) Check the filter screen in the dialyzer return line to make sure it is
clean.
4) Press RESET key to reset alarm. Press the RESET key and hold
for two seconds to select new alarm limits or for adjusting the
TMP.
Note: Increasing the UF rate can also raise the TMP.
Administer saline as prescribed. Notify a physician if the
UF rate has changed.
Note: Lowering the venous pressure by reducing the
blood flow rate can also be effective, if using a high-
permeable dialyzer. Notify a physician if the blood flow
rate has changed.
5) If unable to reset the alarm, return the blood to the patient if
alarm occurs during treatment. Take the machine out of service
and alert a qualified service technician.
ALARMS
SHOOTING
SHOOTING
TROUBLE-
Tx Clock On The operator has selected the Empty Dialog If the treatment is not yet completed and the bibag disposable must
bibag button when the Tx Clock is Message be changed, lift up on the bibag door, wait 30 seconds to relieve the
running. The bag cannot be emptied pressure, and remove the bag. Put a new bibag disposable on the
using the Empty bibag button when connector and close the door again to continue using the bibag
the Tx Clock is running. system for the treatment.
Tx Clock Paused? Blood is sensed in optical detector Warning Start Tx clock
while Tx clock is paused.
UF Goal greater than Entry value for goal is out of range. Dialog Readjust UF Goal
max. value Message
UF Goal Reached This message is to alert the operator Warning Press RESET to reset the alarm. The preset UF Goal has been
that the preset ultrafiltration goal has reached and the UF Rate will drop to the minimum UF Rate. If the
been reached. patients prescribed UF Goal has not been reached, the operator
must take further action to comply with the prescribed treatment.
UF Is On An action has been initiated that Advisory To proceed with the selected operation, turn the UF pump off.
requires the UF to be off.
UF Profile Error A UF profile calculation error has Alarm Reset the UF parameters
been detected.
UF Pump Alarm UF pump is not connected or is not Alarm Press RESET to reset the alarm. If unable to clear the alarm, return
pulsing properly. the blood to the patient if alarm occurs during treatment. Take
UF Pump Off The UF pump has been off for ten Warning To continue with the UF pump off, press RESET to clear the
minutes. message. This message will not be displayed again.
If you intend for the UF pump to be on, press the UF on/off key on
the control panel. The light above the key will be illuminated.
UF Rate Error A calculation error has been detected Alarm Reset the UF parameters
UF Removed cleared This temporary message is displayed Advisory No action necessary.
when the Tx clock is turned on the
first time after the New Tx key was
pressed. The UF removed has been
set to 0.
UF Removed not cleared This temporary message is displayed Advisory No action necessary.
when the Tx clock is turned on other
than the first time after the New Tx
key was pressed. The UF removed
has been not been set to 0.
Upper Dia. has been set The operator has attempted to set the Dialog Verify that the limit setting is acceptable
to Min [Max] upper diastolic pressure limit higher or Message
lower than allowed. The machine has
set the limit to the highest or lowest
value allowed.
Upper Pulse has been set The operator has attempted to set the Dialog The machine has set the limit to the highest or lowest value allowed.
to Min [Max] upper pulse rate limit higher or lower Message Verify that the limit setting is acceptable
than allowed.
Upper Sys. has been set The operator has attempted to set the Dialog The machine has set the limit to the highest or lowest value allowed.
to Min [Max] upper systolic pressure limit higher or Message Verify that the limit setting is acceptable
lower than allowed.
V104 Stuck Open Bicarbonate concentrate port valve Water Turn machine power off and back on. If alarm is not cleared, return
error. The machine is in bypass Alarm the blood to the patient if alarm occurs during treatment. Take the
ALARMS
SHOOTING
SHOOTING
TROUBLE-
V104/108 Stuck Closed Bicarbonate concentrate port valve Water Check for a kinked bicarbonate concentrate supply line.
error or rinse port valve error. The Alarm
machine is in bypass mode. Make sure that the bicarbonate concentrate connector is firmly
connected. If the bicarbonate concentrate source is a central feed
system, make sure that the line is open.
If the error occurs during a rinse, open the bibag door for at least five
seconds (with no bibag attached). Rerun the rinse program.
If alarm is not cleared, turn machine power off and back on. If alarm
is still not cleared, return the blood to the patient if alarm occurs
during treatment. Take the machine out of service and alert a
Note: If this error occurs upon power up or after any of the

cleaning/disinfecting programs, make sure the blue
bicarbonate connector is firmly plugged into the
bicarbonate port then run the cleaning/disinfecting
program again. If the alarm is not cleared, turn the
machine off and back on and run a Rinse program. If the
alarm is still not cleared, take the machine out of service
V105 Stuck Open Acid concentrate port valve error. The Water Turn machine power off and back on. If alarm is not cleared, return
machine is in bypass mode. Alarm the blood to the patient if alarm occurs during treatment. Take the
V105 Stuck Closed The acid concentrate supply line is Water Check for a kinked acid concentrate supply line.
not pulling in acid concentrate. The Alarm
machine is in bypass mode. Make sure that the acid concentrate connector is firmly connected. If
the acid concentrate source is a central feed system, make sure that
the line is open.
If alarm is not cleared, turn machine power off and back on. If alarm
is still not cleared, return the blood to the patient if alarm occurs
Note: If this error occurs upon power up or after any of the

cleaning/disinfecting programs, make sure the red acid
connector is firmly plugged into the acid port then run the
cleaning/disinfecting program again.
Valve 43 Failure Valve 43 has remained open too long Alarm Turn machine power off and back on. Just before beginning dialysis,
verify that the dialysate flow can be turned off and back on. Do not
initiate or continue dialysis if this cannot be done.
Valve 104 Err Bicarbonate concentrate port valve Water Turn machine power off and back on. If alarm is not cleared, return
error. The machine is in bypass Alarm the blood to the patient if alarm occurs during treatment. Take the
Valve 105 Err Acid concentrate port valve error. The Water Turn machine power off and back on. If alarm is not cleared, return
machine is in bypass mode. Alarm the blood to the patient if alarm occurs during treatment. Take the
Variable Temperature The temperature fluctuates between Dialysate 1) Ensure that water to the machine is turned on.
HIGH TEMPERATURE and LOW Alarm
2) Check the Temperature value in the Home screen. Re-enter it if
TEMPERATURE.
necessary and allow five minutes for the temperature to stabilize.
If unable to attain the prescribed temperature discontinue treatment
Caution: Do not use the Heat Disinfect cycle until the
machine is repaired.
Ven. Pressure Alarm High pressure detected in the venous Blood 1) Check venous tubing for kinks, clotting, or closed clamps.
(with the upper Venous drip chamber. Alarm
Pressure Alarm limit 2) Ensure that the transducer protector is dry and the monitor line is
flashing) open. Replace the transducer protector, if necessary.
3) Check access point for clotting and needle position.
4) Press RESET to reset alarm. Press the RESET key again and
hold for two seconds to select new alarm limits. If alarm wont
reset, return the blood to the patient if alarm occurs during
treatment. Take the machine out of service and alert a qualified
service technician.
ALARMS
SHOOTING
SHOOTING
TROUBLE-
Ven. Pressure Alarm Low pressure detected in the venous Blood 1) Check venous tubing for disconnected line.
(with the lower Venous drip chamber. Alarm
Pressure Alarm limit Note: A low venous pressure alarm may not occur with
flashing) every disconnection or needle dislodgment. Machine
alarms may not occur in every blood loss situation.
2) Ensure that the transducer protector is dry and the monitor line is
open. Replace the transducer protector, if necessary.
3) Press RESET to reset alarm. Press the RESET key again and
hold for two seconds to select new alarm limits. If you are unable
to reset the alarm, return the blood to the patient if alarm occurs
Verify Failed The verification test shows that the Advisory Verify the CLiC device:
CLiC device is not ready for use message
during treatment. Place the CLiC device on the CLiC Verification Filter, which is
attached to its USB cable.

If the message is not cleared:
Select the Test & Options screen-button then select the

Verify Crit-Line button. This will start the verification
process manually.

If the message is still not cleared, the CLiC device cannot be used for

Verifying temp sensors The machine will go into bypass for Advisory Advisory only. No action is required
about 8 minutes while the
temperature sensors are verified.
RTD will pause.
Wait, OLC Aborting Changed blood pump flow rate, Advisory Wait until stable conditions for OLC test to begin again
changed dialysate flow rate, or
unstable conductivity caused on line
clearance test to stop.
Wait: Rinsing Line The machine is rinsing the Advisory Advisory only. No action is required. Line rinsing takes about 45
concentrate lines prior to a cleaning seconds.
or disinfecting program.
WD: 24v Rcvr Err Long Electronic self-test failure. Alarm Turn machine power off and back on. If alarm is not cleared, take the
WD: 24v Rcvr Err Short Electronic self-test failure. Alarm Turn machine power off and back on. If alarm is not cleared, take the
WD: Fail Long Pulse Electronic self-test failure. Alarm Turn machine power off and back on. If alarm is not cleared, take the
WD: Fail Short Pulse Electronic self-test failure. Alarm Turn machine power off and back on. If alarm is not cleared, take the
ALARMS
SHOOTING
Replacing the Diasafe Plus Filter

The Diasafe Plus filter is intended for the preparation of ultra-pure dialysate. If the machine
has a Diasafe Plus filter, it should be replaced at least every 90 days (3 months). You must
also replace the filter if the Diasafe test fails or shows an external leak. To replace the
Diasafe Plus filter:
Warning! The use of the Diasafe Plus filter does not reduce the need for routine
disinfection of your machine and RO system or routine monitoring of the chemical and
bacterial water quality. The disinfection procedure is unchanged with the Diasafe Plus filter
installed.
Warning! The Diasafe Plus filter can only be used in hemodialysis machines fitted with
Diasafe Plus Diafix lock system kits.
Caution: Be sure to remove the plastic tabs on the Diasafe Plus filter inlet and outlet before
inserting the new filter in the machine.
1. Lift up the lock levers on the left side of the filter mount and slide used Diasafe Plus filter
up and out. Follow your clinics instructions for disposal.
2. Fit the fresh Diasafe Plus filter in the groove at the top of the mount and slide it down
until it clicks into place. Push the lock levers down again to lock the filter into its mount.
3. Test the new Diasafe Plus filter: From the Test & Options screen (see page 92), select
the Pressure Test button and press CONFIRM to start the test. When the Pressure
Holding test has passed, select the Diasafe Test button and press CONFIRM to start the
SHOOTING
TROUBLE-
test.
ALARMS
Warning! If the machine fails any of the tests and the cause cannot be corrected, or if it fails
later tests, it should not be used for treatment. Have the machine checked by a qualified
technician to correct the problem.
Warning! After replacing the Diasafe Plus filter, run a Heat Disinfect to disinfect the
machine.
Replacing the 9-Volt Battery

Replace the machines 9-Volt battery if the battery test fails in the Alarm test. Follow the
instructions below:
1. Turn the machine OFF. Locate the battery on the back of the machine and push the black
battery loading cartridge in and to the left. The battery cartridge will pop forward. Slide
the cartridge out.
2. Power the machine ON and run the Alarm test on the Test & Options screen (see page
55). The machine should fail the battery test. If it passes the test, call a qualified
technician.

3. Place a fresh battery in the cartridge and reinsert it back into the machine as shown in
Figure 69. The negative side of the 9-Volt battery should be on top.
Warning! Do not install the 9-Volt battery backwards in the machine, as it will damage the
No Power alarm.
SHOOTING
TROUBLE-
ALARMS
Figure 69 Replacing the 9-Volt Battery
4. Power the machine ON and, using the main power switch on the back of the machine (see
the right side of Figure 69), shut off the power to the machine. Listen for the No Power
alarm, if the alarm does not sound, repeat steps 1-4.
Warning! If the machine fails these tests and the cause cannot be corrected, it should not be
used for treatment. Have the machine checked by a qualified technician to correct the
problem.
Note: Periodically check the power cord for damage (fraying, over-heating, cuts, scrapes,
etc.)

Appendix A
Single Needle Dialysis (Optional)
The 2008T hemodialysis machine can be set up for

either double needle dialysis (see Preparing the
Extracorporeal Blood Circuit on page 48) or single
needle dialysis. Single needle dialysis is a system that
uses two blood pumps to allow blood access to the
patient with a single needle. The pumps alternately
cycle on and off to pull blood from the patient and
return the dialyzed blood with minimal recirculation.
After setting up the concentrates (see Preparing the
Dialysis Delivery System on page 46), use the
instructions on the next page to set up the single needle
bloodlines on the machine.
APPENDIX A
Note: Before using these instructions, the Single Needle Blood Pump module must be
installed in the 2008T hemodialysis machine. The Service Mode Options: Module
Options screen Digital SN Blood Pump option must be set to Yes. See the Single Needle
2008K Series Blood Pump Installation Instructions (P/N 507639) for more information.
Note: The Single Needle Blood Pump module is paired with a specific arterial blood pump
module. It will only work with this blood pump.
Note: Comments are available concerning the expected increased recirculation of blood in
the extracorporeal circuit during a single needle treatment when using the recommended
administration sets, dialyzers, catheters, and fistula needles. Contact Fresenius USA, Inc. at
(800) 227-2572.

Appendix A
Preparing the Single Needle Extracorporeal Blood Circuit
Use Figure 70 below as a guide for connecting the bloodlines using the Single Needle Blood
Pump module. The red lines on the machine are guides for the arterial bloodline (from patient
to dialyzer). The blue lines on the machine are guides for the venous bloodline (from the
dialyzer to the patient). Be sure to use aseptic technique for all bloodline connections.
Compliance
Chamber
Pillow
Figure 70 Module Configuration with Digital Single Needle Pump (third module from
left)
Connecting the Single Needle Extracorporeal Blood Circuit

For the following set of instructions, refer to Figure 11 The Blood Pump Module on page
34 regarding the names of the various blood pump parts. Refer to Figure 13 The Level
Detector Module on page 36 regarding the names of the various Level Detector module parts.
APPENDIX A
To connect the bloodlines:
Warning! Use aseptic technique.
Note: These instructions are for Fresenius Medical Care CombiSet Single Needle
Bloodlines (P/N 03-2696-7) using a new, dry-pack dialyzer. If you use a different bloodline
set, your medical director is responsible for providing alternate instructions.
Fresenius Medical Care manufactures bloodlines for use with the 2008T hemodialysis
machine. The performance of bloodline sets not manufactured by Fresenius Medical Care
cannot be guaranteed by Fresenius Medical Care and are therefore the responsibility of the
prescribing physician.

Appendix A
Arterial Bloodline Setup

1. Close the medication port clamp located on the short line at the top of the compliance
chamber.
2. Snap the compliance chamber into its holder.
3. Connect the arterial monitor line to the pressure port (PSN) on the Single Needle Blood
Pump module using a transducer protector. Verify that the monitor line is unclamped.
4. Locate the pillow on the patient end of the arterial bloodline; the pump segment
directly above the pillow is the first blood pump segment, this pump segment should be
loaded into the arterial blood pump (the first blood pump from the left).
5. Open the arterial blood pump door.
6. If necessary, set the Arterial Blood Pump module for the diameter of the blood pump
segment:
Press the Up () and Down () keys on the Arterial Blood Pump module
simultaneously. The display will flash.
Press the Up () or Down () key on the Arterial Blood Pump module until the
diameter of the pump segment (8.0) being used is displayed.
7. Load the arterial blood pump segment into the arterial blood pump:
a. Press and hold the Start/Stop key on the Arterial Blood Pump module to align the
pump rotor for line insertion.
APPENDIX A
bottom of the yoke.
pump.

Appendix A
8. Drape the second blood pump segment over the top of the single needle blood pumpdo
not insert the single needle blood pump segment into the single needle blood pump at this
time.
9. Snap remaining arterial tubing in the clips along the red guidelines shown on modules.
10. Aseptically connect the patient end of the arterial line to the priming receptacle. Snap the
dialyzer end of the arterial bloodline into the dialyzer holder clip.
Venous Bloodline Setup

1. Close medication port clamp
2. Open the level detector door and roll the venous drip chamber into its holder with the
filter below the sensor heads. Close and latch the door.
Warning! The level detector must be calibrated to the venous line model being used.
Warning! If the venous chamber contains a filter, be sure the filter portion of the chamber
is positioned below the ultrasonic sensor heads of the drip chamber holder.
3. Connect the venous pressure monitor line to the pressure port. Be sure to insert a
transducer protector between the line and the port. Verify that the monitor line is
unclamped.
APPENDIX A
4. Snap remaining venous tubing in the clips along the blue guidelines shown on modules
(do not insert the venous bloodline into the venous clamp yet).
5. Snap the dialyzer end of the venous bloodline into the dialyzer holder clip.
6. Aseptically connect the patient end of the venous line to the priming receptacle.
Dialyzer Setup
1. Mount the dialyzer in its holder, arterial-end up. Screw dialyzer caps onto the dialyzer
ports.

Appendix A
Priming the Single Needle Blood Circuit
There are two different ways to prime the blood circuit on the 2008T hemodialysis machine:
Standard Prime method: This method allows the operator to prime the blood circuit
by controlling the flow of the saline manually.
Prime Amount method: This method limits the amount of saline used in the priming
procedure to a preset volume. The preset volume (Prime Amount) is set in Service
Mode.
Prime the blood circuit according to how your machine was set up. Follow your unit protocol
or dialyzer manufacturers instructions for priming and rinsing dialyzers.
Standard Prime Method
3. Insert the venous bloodline into the venous line clamp and optical detector on the Level
Detector module. Close the optical detector door.
Warning! The tubing beneath the venous drip chamber must be inserted into the venous
line clamp and the optical detector.
4. Hang a saline bag and attach an administration line to the saline port on the arterial
bloodline below the arterial blood pump. Aseptically spike the saline bag.
When primed, clamp the patient end of the arterial bloodline.
with heparin, and load the heparin syringe into the Heparin Pump module. If the heparin
APPENDIX A
pump is not used, clamp the heparin line.
7. Press the Prime key on the control panel.
8. Press the Start/Stop key on the Arterial Blood Pump module and run the pump at a rate
of 150 ml/min. Adjust the flow rate by pressing the (up) or (down) keys. The
compliance chamber will automatically fill to an acceptable level.
Warning! The Level Adjust key on the Arterial Blood Pump module can only be used
to raise the level in the compliance chamber. Do not press the Level Adjust key so long
that the pressure transducer protector becomes wet. Wet transducer protectors must be
replaced to avoid erroneous pressure readings.
9. Run the arterial blood pump to flush additional saline through the dialyzer until a fluid
level is detected in the venous drip chamber. The blood pump will stop when the level
detector detects an acceptable level of fluid.

Appendix A
10. Press the RESET key on the control panel to restart the arterial blood pump and continue
flushing saline through the blood circuit in accordance with established facility protocol
regarding dialyzer rinsing.
11. After the required saline amount has passed through the dialyzer, press the Start/Stop
key on the Arterial Blood Pump module to stop the pump.
12. Clamp the patient end of the venous bloodline.
13. Adjust the fluid level in the venous drip chamber by pressing the appropriate or
level adjust keys on the Level Detector module. Close the venous pressure monitor line
clamp and disconnect the monitor line from the venous pressure port so the port is open
to atmosphere.
15. Set the arterial blood pump rate to 350-400 ml/min. Press the Start/Stop key on the
Arterial Blood Pump module to start the pump and begin recirculation. Do not insert the
single needle blood pump segment into single needle blood pump. If necessary, press the
RESET key to clear any alarms.
16. Ensure that the extracorporeal blood circuit is free of air bubbles.
Note: The dialysate lines will have to be attached at the appropriate point during the
priming process, depending on facility procedure and manufacturers instructions. If 1.5x or
2x dialysate flow (Auto Flow) is selected, be sure that the dialysate flow rate is at least the
Prime Amount Method
APPENDIX A
3. Hang a saline bag and attach an administration line to the saline port on the arterial
bloodline below the arterial blood pump. Aseptically spike the saline bag.
When primed, clamp off the patient end of the arterial bloodline.
with heparin, and load the heparin syringe into the Heparin Pump module. If the heparin
pump is not used, clamp the heparin line.
6. Press the Prime key on the control panel.
7. Press the Start/Stop key on the Arterial Blood Pump module and run the pump at a rate
of 150 ml/min. Adjust the flow rate by pressing the (up) or (down) keys. The
compliance chamber will automatically fill to an acceptable level.

Appendix A
Warning! The Level Adjust key on the Arterial Blood Pump module can only be used
to raise the level in the compliance chamber. Do not press the Level Adjust key so long
that the pressure transducer protector becomes wet. Wet transducer protectors must be
replaced to avoid erroneous pressure readings.
8. The arterial blood pump will start and continue to run until the pre-set amount of saline
has been flushed through the circuit. When the blood pump stops, clamp the patient end
of the venous bloodline.
9. Insert the venous bloodline into the venous line clamp and optical detector on the Level
Detector module. Close the optical detector door.
Warning! The tubing beneath the venous drip chamber must be inserted into the venous
line clamp and the optical detector.
10. Adjust the fluid level in the venous drip chamber by pressing the appropriate or
level adjust keys on the Level Detector module. Close the venous pressure monitor line
clamp and disconnect the monitor line from the venous pressure port so the port is open
to atmosphere.
12. Set the arterial blood pump rate to 350-400 ml/min. Press the Start/Stop key on the
Arterial Blood Pump module to start the pump and begin recirculation. Do not insert the
single needle blood pump segment into single needle blood pump. If necessary, press the
RESET key to clear any alarms.
13. Ensure that the extracorporeal blood circuit is free of air bubbles.
Note: The dialysate lines will have to be attached at the appropriate point during the
priming process, depending on facility procedure and manufacturers instructions. If 1.5x
or 2x dialysate flow (Auto Flow) is selected, be sure that the dialysate flow rate is at least
APPENDIX A
the minimum required rate.
Testing the 2008T hemodialysis machine with Single Needle blood

pump
Follow the instructions in the Testing the 2008T Hemodialysis Machine section on page
55.

Appendix A
Recirculation and Final Set-Up Procedure with Single Needle Blood

Pump
Note: If you are using a reused dialyzer, you cannot run recirculation with the single needle
blood pump segment inserted. Recirculation is achieved with the arterial blood pump.
2. Check the conductivity and pH of the dialysate and test for residual disinfectant before
connecting the dialysate lines to the dialyzer. For more information on collecting a
dialysate sample for testing, see Testing the Dialysate on page 256.
3. Connect the dialysate lines to the dialyzer by matching the color of the dialyzer connector
to the color of the blood tube fitting and then close the shunt door. When done correctly,
the red arterial blood tubing connector and the red dialyzer connector of the dialysate line
should be connected to the corresponding ports at the top of the dialyzer. This is to create
a counter-current flow (blood flowing from top to bottom, dialysate flowing from bottom
to top) inside the dialyzer to maximize clearance.
4. Pull on the dialyzer connectors to make sure they are firmly connected to the dialyzer.
Note: All dialyzer connectors must be fastened tightly to prevent air from entering the
dialysate circuit or to prevent dialysate from leaking from the dialyzer.
5. Reconnect the venous monitor line to the venous pressure port. Unclamp the venous
pressure monitor line.
6. When the dialysate compartment is filled, rotate the dialyzer so the arterial inlet is down.
APPENDIX A
7. After priming the extracorporeal blood circuit, press RESET to clear all alarms. Set the
blood pump rate to 350-400 ml/min and start the blood pump to begin recirculating the
saline through the circuit.
8. Press the (down) key on the Level Detector module to lower the fluid level in the drip
chamber. Verify that the blood pump stops and the venous clamp occludes.
Warning! The test of the level detector system must be run as a precaution and aid to
identifying potential failures. Remove the machine from service if it fails this test.
9. Press the (up) key on the Level Detector module to raise the fluid level in the drip
chamber to an acceptable level.
10. Check blood tubing to ensure that there are no kinks, especially between the blood pump
and the dialyzer.

Appendix A
Warning! Kinked lines can cause hemolysis of the blood.
Warning! If using a dialyzer that has been stored in a liquid disinfectant such as
formaldehyde or Puristeril 340, test the recirculating saline solution for residual disinfectant
according to established facility protocol or the manufacturers instructions. Special rinsing
techniques must also be employed to assure the concentration of disinfectant is reduced and
maintained at an appropriate level. These rinsing procedures are the responsibility of the
medical director. The procedure must include a test for residual disinfectant and techniques
to avoid rebound of the disinfectant. Turning the dialysate flow off when using a reused
dialyzer may allow the chemical disinfectant to rebound (increase) to an unacceptable level.
11. Replace the saline bag with a fresh bag if necessary.
12. Check for a normal dialysate flow by observing the rise and fall of the external flow
indicator located on the dialyzer supply line. The float should drop four times in about
15 seconds for a 500 ml/min flow, or four times in 10 seconds for an 800 ml/min flow.
13. Open the shunt door and verify that the machine goes into bypass mode. In bypass mode,
the float in the flow indicator of the dialyzer supply line should drop and remain at the
bottom of the indicator and an audible alarm may sound.
Note: The 2008T hemodialysis machine can be configured (in Service mode) so that
audible alarms occur only when the optical detector senses blood. If this option is not
selected, an audible alarm will sound when the shunt interlock door is open.
Setting Single Needle Dialysis Treatment Parameters
Follow the instructions in the Setting Treatment Parameters section on page 60. The Single
Needle option on the Test & Options screen will be set after inserting the single needle
blood pump segment in the next section.
Starting Single Needle Dialysis

APPENDIX A
At this point, all treatment parameters and options should be entered. Dialysate should
already be verified for absence of disinfectant, verification of prescription, conductivity, and
pH should also be confirmed. It is now time to insert the single needle blood pump segment
and connect the patient to the 2008T hemodialysis machine via the blood tubing and begin
1. Press the Start/Stop key on the Arterial Blood Pump module to stop the blood pump.
2. Open the single needle blood pump door to insert the single needle blood pump segment.

Appendix A
Caution: If you are using a Single Knob Single Needle Blood Pump module, you must
make sure that the pump is set for the diameter of the blood pump segment.
Note: If you are using a Single Knob Single Needle Blood Pump module, you must
manually load the single needle blood pump segment: Thread the single needle blood pump
segment into the single needle pump using the rotor latch (see Figure 58 #1 on page 130) to
rotate the single needle pump rotor clockwise. Make sure the left and right pump segment
connectors are positioned below the left and right yokes and the line is free from kinks.
3. Load the single needle blood pump segment:

a. Press and hold the Start/Stop key on the Single Needle Blood Pump module to align
rotor for line insertion.
bottom of the yoke.
pump.
APPENDIX A
4. On the Test & Options screen, select the Single Needle toggle-button to set it to On
and press the CONFIRM key to confirm the change.
5. Press the Start/Stop key on the Arterial Blood Pump module to start the blood pump.
Note: If using a Single Knob Single Needle Blood Pump module, set the single needle
blood flow rate to approximately 20% higher than the arterial blood pump rate. The blood
flow rate displayed on the Arterial Blood Pump module with the Single Needle option set to
On equals the average blood flow rate for both pumps.
Note: Allow the system to recirculate several times before connecting the patient to assure
that the extracorporeal circuit is ready.

Appendix A
6. Before starting dialysis, complete the patient assessment per unit policy.
7. Wrap the blood pressure cuff around the patients non-access arm.
Warning! Be sure the cuff is the correct size and placed at heart level. An improperly
fitted cuff may cause inaccurate blood pressure readings due to under or over compression
of the brachial artery. Each centimeter above or below heart level will cause an error of
0.8 mmHg.
8. Verify that ultrafiltration is off (UF light is off), and that the UF Removed button is reset
to zero. The UF removed may be reset by selecting the UF Removed button and then
pressing the 0 key and confirming the change.
9. Verify that the venous line is in the venous clamp and the optical detector. Verify that the
optical detector door is closed.
Warning! Do not infuse the recirculated saline prime into the patient. Discard the
recirculated saline and fill the extracorporeal circuit with fresh saline prior to connecting to
the patient. The volume of fresh saline used to fill the extracorporeal circuit should be equal
to the volume of the dialyzer and blood tubing set in use.
Note: Follow established unit protocol regarding procedures for establishing aseptic blood
connections.
10. Lower the arterial blood pump rate to 150 ml/min and then press the Start/Stop key on
the Arterial Blood Pump module to stop the pump.
11. Connect the patient and initiate treatment according to unit protocol.
Warning! Check all bloodline and dialysate line connections for fluid leaks. Keep access
12. Start the arterial blood pump and adjust the blood flow rate to establish dialysis and the
alarm limits. Establish the prescribed blood flow rate. When the pressure in the
compliance chamber reaches 180 mmHg, the arterial pump will stop and the single
needle pump will start. When the pressure in the compliance chamber drops to 80
APPENDIX A
mmHg, the single needle blood pump stops and the arterial blood pump starts again. The
pumps continue to cycle in this manner for the duration of the treatment.
14. Select the Tx Clock button and press CONFIRM to start the treatment.
15. Check that the UF/SVS/Heparin are on, if prescribed. If applicable, a blood pressure
measurement is initiated.
Warning! When establishing blood flow, ensure that air will not be infused into the
patient.
Warning! Check all bloodlines for kinking. Improper blood flow may cause hemolysis of
the blood.

Appendix A
Monitoring the Single Needle Dialysis Treatment
Follow the instructions in the Monitoring the Treatment section on page 99.
Warning! Administration of intravenous solution during single needle operation requires

the use of a sterile one-way valve between the administration set and the infusion site to
prevent back up of solution.
Single Needle Alarms and Troubleshooting
Follow the instructions in the Alarms and Troubleshooting section on page 153.
Blood Recirculation Procedure during Single Needle Dialysis
Follow the instructions in the Blood Recirculation Procedure section on page 128.
Power Failure during Single Needle Dialysis
Follow the instructions in the Power Failure during Dialysis section on page 129.
Completion of the Single Needle Dialysis Treatment
At the end of treatment, when the RTD timer has counted down to 0:00, an alarm sounds and
the message, RTD = ZERO, appears in the Status Box. An alarm also sounds when the set
amount of ultrafiltrate has been removed. When that happens, the Status Box displays the
message, UF GOAL REACHED. To reset either alarm, press the RESET key. If the UF
GOAL REACHED and RTD = ZERO alarms occur simultaneously, pressing the RESET key
will reset both alarms.
Returning Blood to the Patient
APPENDIX A
1. Select the Tx Clock button and then press the CONFIRM key to stop the treatment
2. Press the Start/Stop key on the Arterial Blood Pump module to stop the pump
3. On the Test & Options screen, select the Single Needle toggle-button to set it to Off
and press the CONFIRM key to confirm the change.
4. Remove the single needle blood pump segment from the single needle blood pump:
a. Open the door and align the rotor by pressing and holding the Start/Stop key until
the pump stops.

Appendix A
b. Press the latch below the rotor to release the left (incoming) side of the pump
segment. Pull the first couple of inches of the pump segment out of the pump.
c. While keeping firm tension outward on the left (incoming) side of the bloodline,
press and hold the Start/Stop key a second time and the pump segment will be
released from the pump head.
5. Replace saline bag with a fresh bag if necessary
6. Rinse the blood in the bloodline back to the patient:
a. Clamp the arterial bloodline directly below the saline T
b. Open the saline line clamps
c. Start the blood pump and set a rate of 150-200 ml/min
d. When the blood has been returned to the patient, turn the blood pump off and close
the saline line clamps
7. Rinse the remaining blood in the arterial bloodline back to the patient:
a. Remove the clamp from below the saline T and then clamp the arterial bloodline
directly above the saline T
b. Open the saline line clamps
c. When the blood has been returned to the patient, close the saline line clamps
Warning! Check all bloodlines and dialysate lines for leaks. Keep access sites uncovered
and monitored. Improper bloodline connections or needle dislodgements can result in
excessive blood loss, serious injury, and death. Machine alarms may not occur in every
blood loss situation.
APPENDIX A
Note: Depending on how your machine was configured, and audible alarm may sound
when the saline solution reaches the optical sensor. Press RESET to silence the alarm.
Continue with the instructions listed in the Removing the Dialyzer section on page 133.

Appendix B
Appendix B
The CDX System (Optional)
The Clinical Data eXchange (CDX) system is an independent PC that is built into the 2008T
hemodialysis machine. The CDX PC can run software programs that are displayed on the
2008T display screen and accessed with the Keyboard, Touchscreen, and Touchpad like any
other personal computer (PC). Pressing the blue CDX key on the keyboard (see Figure 71)
will switch between Dialysis Mode and CDX Mode.
Figure 71 The Keyboard The CDX key
The 2008T hemodialysis machine will automatically switch from CDX Mode to Dialysis
Mode:
During hemodialysis alarms
By pressing any control panel key except for the Power key (see Figure 72 on the next
page)
APPENDIX B
If no input (keyboard, touchpad, etc.) is received after two minutes when blood is sensed
and the Tx Clock is running
Note: CDX mode is unavailable during an alarm when blood is sensed and the Tx Clock is
running.

Appendix B
Figure 72 The Control Panel with keys used by the CDX system
When the machine is in CDX Mode, the keyboard and touchpad control only the CDX
system. The table below lists machine controls that change when used in CDX Mode.
Table 34 CDX Mode Controls
Feature Function
The CONFIRM key on the touchpad functions like the left button on
a computer mouse, press to select an item.
The Escape key on the touchpad functions like the right button on a
computer mouse, press to bring up an item specific menu.
The Touchpad controls an on-screen cursor for the CDX Mode

application.
Enter numerical values; hold the Shift key to input the symbols
above the numbers; press the Fn Lock key to select the keys
secondary function (F1-F12).
Move the cursor in the direction specified by the arrow.

APPENDIX B
Note: Holding down the Shift key while pressing an arrow key will
shift to the secondary function printed on the key.
Pressing the blue CDX key will switch back and forth between
Dialysis Mode and CDX Mode.
Note: The blue CDX key will not switch to CDX Mode during an
alarm if blood is sensed and the Tx Clock is running

Appendix B
Feature Function
The blue Fn (Function) Lock key selects the secondary function of

keys with blue function numbers (F1-F12) at the top of the
keyboard. Press the Fn Lock key and press a function key to select
that function.
Note: Older versions of the keyboard instead feature a Fn key
which must be held down to select the secondary functions of the
blue function number keys.
The Fn Lock light in the upper left corner of the keyboard indicates
the function lock status: when the light is on, the function lock is on.
Press the Fn Lock key again to turn off the function lock.
Caps lock light: Pressing the Caps lock key turns on the Caps lock
light. When the Caps lock light is on, typing on the keyboard will
display capital letters.
Note: The Caps lock feature is not applicable when setting
parameters in Dialysis Mode.
Ctrl + Fn Lock + Z Pressing the Ctrl, Fn Lock, and Z keys at the same time will cause
the CDX system to restart
Control Panel Keys Pressing the New Tx, UF on/off, Prime, Stat/Deflate, Mute, or
Reset key on the control panel while in CDX mode will switch the
machine back to Dialysis mode. The operator must then press the
intended key again when in Dialysis mode to initiate that function.
Machine Connections
The 2008T hemodialysis machine has two USB ports. USB port 1 is located on the right side
of the display screen and protected with a flap (see Figure 73 on the next page). It is used
only for updating the hemodialysis machine software. Nothing should be connected to this
USB port in Dialysis Mode.
Warning! Do not connect devices requiring an external AC power connection to the

machine's USB ports (for example: printers, card readers, or USB hard drives that plug into a APPENDIX B
wall outlet). Only freestanding (self-powered) devices such as USB flash drives are
permitted. Inserting a powered USB device into your machine's USB ports may adversely
affect the machine's electrical safety and patient isolation.
USB port 2 is located on the back panel of the machine (see Figure 74). It is used to access
the CDX system. Additionally, the back panel features an Ethernet port for the CDX PC.

Appendix B
USB Port 1
Figure 73 USB Port 1 on Right Side of Display Screen
USB Port 2
APPENDIX B
Ethernet Port
Figure 74 CDX PC Access on the Back Panel

Appendix B
Instructions for Clinic Information Systems Personnel
The CDX system may be used to run various Medical Information Systems (MIS) normally
housed outside of the 2008T hemodialysis machine and connected through its serial port.
The CDX system houses that functionality inside the 2008T hemodialysis machine to reduce
cabling and increase user convenience.
Note: The selection, installation, and maintenance of the MIS application is performed by
the clinic. No MIS is sold as part of the 2008T hemodialysis machine. The operating
system factory-installed on the 2008T hemodialysis machine is for testing purposes only.
Note: The clinic should have a paper patient treatment record or flow sheet available in the
event of an MIS application failure.
The 2008T hemodialysis machine runs independent of the CDX system so there is no
capacity for the installed MIS to control the 2008T hemodialysis machine.
Operating System and Software Installation
The user of the CDX PC is responsible for installation of the operating system and
application for clinical use. This may be installed by either of the following methods:
Caution: Refer to the 2008T Technicians Manual (P/N 490130) when accessing the 2008T
hemodialysis machine electronics card cage.
Booting from a USB drive, with the operating system pre-installed, connected to the USB
port on the back panel (see Figure 74).
Booting from a USB device to install an operating system image on the existing compact
flash drive.
APPENDIX B
The BIOS of the CDX PC supports booting from many devices. If booting from anything
other than the built-in compact flash device is required, the boot order in the BIOS may need
to be updated.
Caution: Incorrectly altering the BIOS could result in the CDX PC not booting up properly.
To recall factory BIOS settings, select the Load Optimized Defaults in the BIOS.

Appendix B
To update the BIOS for operating system installation
1. Press the Power key on the 2008T hemodialysis machine to start the machine. While on
the Select Program screen, press the blue CDX key on the keyboard (see Figure 71).
CDX mode will be displayed.
2. Press the Ctrl + Fn Lock + Z keys simultaneously to restart the CDX system.
3. Press the DEL key when prompted as the CDX system computer boots up.
4. Next, go to the Advanced BIOS Features screen.
5. Specify the first boot device to be as required.
6. Once the boot order has been set, save the changes and restart the system to begin the
installation process.
Installing MIS software on the CDX PC

After the operating system has been installed, the MIS software may be set up in a manner
similar to a PC.
Data Storage
Data storage is on a removable Compact Flash (CF) card holding at least 4GByte of data.
The CF card appears as a standard hard drive to the CDX PC.
Note: CF cards are flash based storage and a wear out mechanism exists. CF cards contain
internal features to wear level the writing to avoid premature failure. However, it would be
advisable to keep writing to a minimum. Writing 5 Gbytes or less per day should not present
a problem.
Also note that the 2008T hemodialysis machine may be powered off at any time. There is no
requirement that the user do a PC shutdown before power is removed. Because of this, it is
recommended that the operating system implemented be tolerant to this situation, or the
operator should be instructed to shut down the operating system before shutting off power.
APPENDIX B
The use of a read only operating system is recommended if the user will not shut down the
operating system.

Appendix B
CDX PC Specifications for the Intel Atom D525 Processor

Operating System
Operating User installed (shipped with a Linux OS password = password)
system The CDX system supports 32 and 64 bit operating systems (Windows XP, Windows
XP embedded, Windows 7, Windows 8, and Linux)
BIOS Boot from USB storage
Boot from compact flash device
Boot support for PXE boot (network boot)
Processor Intel Atom D525 @ 1.8Ghz, Intel ICH8M chipset
Memory
RAM DDR3 Memory, 4GB installed
SO-DIMM module
Hard drive space Removable 32GB Compact Flash based memory for data storage of the operating
system and other files. An optional 64GB Compact Flash card (P/N 362650-64)
without an operating system installed is also available. Please contact the Fresenius
Medical Care Spare Parts department or your sales representative for more
information and pricing.
Video Display
Display size 15
Display 1024 x 768, 18bits per pixel, LVDS output
resolution Video controller: Intel D525 chipset
Chipset Intel D525 chipset, driver available at: www.intel.com
Audio
Speaker Additional speaker on back panel
Codec Realtek HD Audio, driver available at: www.realtek.com
Input Devices
Keyboard Hardwired PS/2 connection
Touchpad Hardwired PS/2 connection
Touchscreen ELO touchscreen single-touch protocol. Hardwired to COM2.
Driver available at: www.elotouch.com
Connections
USB USB 2.0 port on back of machine, additional port on PC board
APPENDIX B
Note: Any hardware expansion to the system will require the use of USB devices.
More USB connections are available by adding a self-powered USB hub.
Wired Network 10/100 Ethernet with medical grade isolation: Realtek chipset 8103 or 8105
Driver available at: www.realtek.com
Wireless IEEE802.11b/g/n dual band, supports 64/128-bit WEP, WPA, WPAPSK, WPA2,
Network WPA2-PSK. RT3572 USB chipset. Driver available at: www.mediatek.com
Serial COM1: Connects to the 2008T functional processor board to support data transfer
from the 2008T hemodialysis machine to the CDX PC.
COM2: For use with the touchscreen

Appendix B
Drivers
All drivers (except for the touchscreen) are available at www.aaeon.com, under the
ETX-LN product, or at www.advantech.com under the SOM-4463B1 product;
touchscreen driver available at www.elotouch.com
CDX PC Specifications for the Intel Atom N270 Processor

Operating System
Operating User installed (shipped with a Linux OS password = password)
system
The CDX system supports Windows XP, Windows XP embedded, Windows 7,
Windows 8 (32-bit), and Linux operating systems
BIOS Boot from USB storage
Boot from compact flash device
Boot support for PXE boot (network boot)
Processor Intel Atom N270 Processor @ 1.6Ghz
Intel 945GSE chipset
Memory
RAM DDRII 533 Memory, 1GB minimum
SO-DIMM module
Hard drive space Removable 4GB or 16GB (at least 4,017,807,360 bytes) Compact Flash based
memory for data storage of the operating system and other files.
Video Display
Display size 15
Display 1024 x 768, 18bits per pixel, LVDS output
resolution
Video controller: Intel 945GSE chipset
Chipset Intel 945GSE chipset
Driver available at: www.intel.com
Audio
Speaker Additional speaker on back panel
APPENDIX B
Codec Realtek AC97

Driver available at: www.realtek.com
Input Devices
Keyboard Hardwired PS/2 connection
Touchpad Hardwired PS/2 connection
Touchscreen ELO touchscreen protocol
Driver available at: www.elotouch.com

Appendix B
Connections
USB USB 2.0 port on back of machine, additional port on PC board
Note: Any hardware expansion to the system will require the use of USB devices.
More USB connections are available by adding a self-powered USB hub.
Wired Network 10/100 Ethernet with medical grade isolation: The Intel Ethernet adapter is part of
the 945GSE chipset. Intel 82562 physical layer interface
Driver available at: www.intel.com
Wireless IEEE802.11b/g, supports 64/128-bit WEP, WPA, WPA-PSK, WPA2, WPA2-PSK.
Network RT73/RT257x USB chipset.
Or
(one of the
IEEE802.11b/g/n dual band, supports 64/128-bit WEP, WPA, WPAPSK, WPA2,
following)
WPA2-PSK. RT3572 USB chipset.
Driver available at: www.mediatek.com
Serial COM1: Connects to the 2008T functional processor board to support data transfer
from the 2008T hemodialysis machine to the CDX PC.
COM2: For use with the touchscreen
Additional Drivers
Most operating systems will install the necessary hardware drivers automatically.
Drivers are also available at: www.aaeon.com, under the XTX-945GSE product
CDX System Disclaimer

LIMITED WARRANTY. FRESENIUS MEDICAL CARE WARRANTS THAT THE CDX
SYSTEM WILL PERFORM SUBSTANTIALLY IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE OPERATIONAL
FEATURES OF ITS PUBLISHED SPECIFICATIONS AT THE TIME OF SALE, UNDER
NORMAL USE IN ACCORDANCE WITH THIS OPERATORS MANUAL, AND FOR A PERIOD
OF 180 DAYS FROM THE DATE OF INVOICE UNLESS OTHERWISE AGREED TO BY THE
PARTIES. FRESENIUS MEDICAL CARE DISCLAIMS ANY AND ALL OTHER WARRANTIES
FOR THE CDX SYSTEM, WHETHER EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT
LIMITED TO THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A
PARTICULAR PURPOSE, ACCURACY, NON-INFRINGEMENT, NON-INTERFERENCE,
COMPATIBILITY WITH SOFTWARE PROGRAMS, INTEGRATION, AND THOSE ARISING
FROM COURSE OF DEALING, COURSE OF TRADE, OR ARISING UNDER STATUTE.
FRESENIUS MEDICAL CARE DOES NOT WARRANT THAT THE CDX SYSTEM WILL
PERFORM AT A PARTICULAR SPEED OR DATA THROUGHPUT RATE, OR WILL BE
UNINTERRUPTED, ERROR-FREE, SECURE, OR FREE OF VIRUSES, WORMS, DISABLING
CODE OR CONDITIONS, OR THE LIKE. FRESENIUS MEDICAL CARE SHALL NOT BE
LIABLE FOR LOSS OF DATA, OR IF CHANGES IN OPERATION, PROCEDURES, OR
SERVICES REQUIRE MODIFICATION OR ALTERATION OF THE CDX SYSTEM, RENDER
THE SAME OBSOLETE OR OTHERWISE AFFECT ITS PERFORMANCE.
APPENDIX B
LIMITATION OF LIABILITY. IN NO EVENT WILL FRESENIUS MEDICAL BE LIABLE FOR

ANY DAMAGES, INCLUDING WITHOUT LIMITATION DIRECT OR INDIRECT, PUNITIVE,
SPECIAL, INCIDENTAL, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES, LOSSES OR EXPENSES
ARISING IN CONNECTION WITH THE CDX SYSTEM OR USE THEREOF OR INABILITY TO
USE BY ANY PARTY, OR IN CONNECTION WITH ANY FAILURE OF PERFORMANCE,
ERROR, OMISSION, INTERRUPTION, DEFECT, DELAY IN OPERATION OR TRANSMISSION,
COMPUTER VIRUS OR SYSTEM FAILURE, EVEN IF FRESENIUS MEDICAL CARE, OR
REPRESENTATIVES THEREOF, ARE ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGES,
LOSSES OR EXPENSES. USE OF SOFTWARE IN CONJUNCTION WITH THE CDX SYSTEM IS
AT PURCHASERS RISK.

Appendix C
Concentrate Types
The 2008T hemodialysis machine can be set up for various concentrate types. If a
bicarbonate-type concentrate is to be used, both bicarbonate concentrate and acid concentrate
must be connected to the machine. The specific bicarbonate type is selected in Service Mode
during calibration. Bicarbonate solution is not stable over time. Make a fresh batch for each
treatment according to the manufacturers instructions.
Warning! The machine must be labeled to indicate the type of concentrate for which it is
configured. Check the composition (i.e., Na, Cl, K, Ca, Mg, HCO3) and pH of the dialysate
solution after the machine is installed or after the machine is modified for different
concentrate types. Check the conductivity and approximate pH of the dialysate solution
with an independent device before initiating dialysis. Improper conductivity or pH could
result in patient injury or death.
The table on the following page provides a data reference for ensuring the compatibility of
the concentrates selected and instructions on the proper mixtures ratios.
Warning! Acetate concentrates are used individually with the machine. No bicarbonate
concentrate is used. The 2008T hemodialysis machine is a standard 1:34 proportioning
machine. When it is at a facility that uses 1:44 acid, be sure to use the keys and labeling as
indicated. Use of 1:44 acid with a 1:34 acetate machine may cause patient injury or death.
APPENDIX C

Appendix C
Table 35 Concentrates Data
35X 36.83X 45X 36.1X Acetate

(Salt Spiked
Bicarbonate)
Base Mix (Acetate :

Ratio Water)
Acid : Bicarb : 1 : 1.23 : 1 : 1.83 : 1 : 1.72 : 1 : 1.26 : 1:
Water : Total 32.77 : 35 34 : 36.83 42.28 : 45 33.84 : 36.1 34 : 35
Na+@ base
138 mEq/l 138 mEq/l 137 mEq/l 138 mEq/l N/A
mix ratio
Bicarbonate
@ base mix 32 mEq/l 35 mEq/l 33 mEq/l 32 mEq/l N/A
ratio after
reaction (35-3) (39-4) (37-4) (36-4)
Acid
Concentrate
Mix Ratio
Acid : Other 1 : 34 1 : 35.83 1 : 44 1 : 35.1 1 : 34
Bicarbonate
Concentrate
Mix Ratio
Bicarbonate : 1 : 27.46 1 : 19.13 1 : 25.16 1 : 27.6 N/A
Other (Bic = 81.25g/L)
Sodium
Bicarbonate 84.0 g/L 65.95 g/L 81.25 g/L or 84.0 g/L None
Concentrate NaHCO3 NaHCO3 + 79.25 g/L NaHCO3
composition 23.53 g/L NaCl or 72 g/L
NaHCO3
APPENDIX C

Appendix C
Estimated bibag disposable run times (minutes)
The bibag disposable contains a fixed volume of bicarbonate powder. Refer to the tables below to make
sure enough run time* (including any set-up time and potential pre-treatment delays) is available to
complete your treatment using one bag.
Table 36 650g bibag Disposable Estimated Run Time (Minutes)*
650g Bicarbonate Setting (mEq/L or mmol/L)

40 39 38 37 36 35 34 33 32 31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24
800 180 185 189 195 200 206 212 218 225 232 240 248 257 267 277 288 300
Dialysate flow QD
700 206 211 217 222 229 235 242 249 257 265 274 284 294 305 316 329 343
(mL/min)
600 240 246 253 259 267 274 282 291 300 310 320 331 343 356 369 384 400
500 288 295 303 311 320 329 339 349 360 372 384 397 411 427 443 461 480
400 360 369 379 389 400 411 424 436 450 465 480 497 514 533 554 576 600
300 480 492 505 519 533 549 565 582 600 619 640 662 686 711 738 768 800
200 720 738 758 778 800 823 847 873 900 929 960 993 1029 1067 1108 1152 1200
Table 37 900g bibag Disposable Estimated Run Time (Minutes)*
900g Bicarbonate Setting (mEq/L or mmol/L)

40 39 38 37 36 35 34 33 32 31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24
800 240 246 253 259 267 274 282 291 300 310 320 331 343 356 369 384 400
Dialysate flow QD
700 274 281 289 297 305 313 323 332 343 354 366 378 392 406 422 439 457
(mL/min)
600 320 328 337 346 356 366 376 388 400 413 427 441 457 474 492 512 533
500 384 394 404 415 427 439 452 465 480 495 512 530 549 569 591 614 640
400 480 492 505 519 533 549 565 582 600 619 640 662 686 711 738 768 800
300 640 656 674 692 711 731 753 776 800 826 853 883 914 948 985 1024 1067
200 960 985 1011 1038 1067 1097 1129 1164 1200 1239 1280 1324 1371 1422 1477 1536 1600
* Run times are estimates and may vary per unit protocol. Run times include estimated preparation and treatment
time. Highlighted run times indicate 10+ hours of treatment time.
** To estimate run times for bicarbonate settings lower than what is listed in the table, use a bicarbonate selection
of 24 (mEq/L or mmol/L).
APPENDIX C

Appendix C
Adding New Concentrates or Changing the Type

New concentrates can be either selected from a pre-programmed list or by entering the
concentrate manually. This process is performed in Service Mode.
Step 1
Power the machine On into Service Mode by pressing the CONFIRM key when prompted
during the power up sequence.
Step 2
Select the Options screen-button and then the Enter Conc screen-button.
Step 3
Verify that the correct family of concentrates is selected. If it is not, select Change Type and
select the correct family using the or (up/down) keys on the Keyboard.
Select the
Change Type
button and use
the Keyboard to
change the
concentrate type
of dilution to the
desired family
Figure 75 Selecting the Concentrate Type
Step 4
Do one of the following:
Select Add from Catalog if the concentrate is available in the pre-programmed list or
APPENDIX C
Select Add New and create a new concentrate manually.

Appendix C
To add a concentrate from pre-programmed catalog:

Select the Add From Catalog button. A list of the pre-programmed concentrates for the
selected concentrate family will appear. Highlight the desired concentrate by using the
Keyboard and then pressing CONFIRM.
Select the Add

From Catalog
button and the
pre-programmed
concentrate list
appears.
Figure 76 Adding Concentrates from the Catalog

APPENDIX C

Appendix C
To add a new concentrate that is not in the catalog

Select the Add New button. Modify all of the constituents to match the concentrate. If a dry
concentrate is being used, set the GranuFlo option to Yes (by selecting the GranuFlo
toggle-button and pressing CONFIRM when the YES toggle is selected). Select the Conc
Name button and then input the desired alphanumeric name using the keyboard. Press
CONFIRM to confirm your changes. After all of the constituents are correctly entered and
the name of the concentrate has been chosen, select the Enter Conc screen button to verify
that the concentrate was entered into the list (see Figure 77 Adding a new concentrate
below).
Note: If the new concentrate is Acetate, determine the value for the Sodium (Na+),
Potassium, (K+), Calcium (Ca++), Magnesium (Mg++), Acetate, and Dextrose. The
calculated values are Chloride (Cl-) and Acetic Acid.
Note: When GranuFlo is selected, the acid concentrates Acetate value of 8 mEq/l will be
displayed as 4 mEq/l each in the Acetic Acid and Na Acetate fields.
Select the Conc

Name button
and enter the
desired name.
Modify all
constituents to
match the
concentrate label.
Figure 77 Adding a new concentrate

APPENDIX C

Appendix C
To add a Citrasate concentrate that is not in the catalog:

On the Add New Concentrate screen, set the Citrasate option to Yes (by selecting the
Citrasate toggle-button and pressing CONFIRM when the YES toggle is selected). The
Acetic Acid button will change to a Citrate meter-box. Modify all of the constituents to
match the concentrate. Select the Conc Name button and then input the desired
alphanumeric name using the keyboard. Press CONFIRM to confirm your changes. After
all of the constituents are correctly entered and the name of the concentrate has been chosen,
select the Enter Conc screen-button and verify that the concentrate was entered into the list.
Note: If an acetate concentrate is selected, the Citrasate option is not available.
In Dialysis Mode, the dialysate composition list will now show a meter box for Citrate:
Citrate
meter box
Figure 78 Dialysate Composition with Citrate on the Dialysate screen

APPENDIX C

Appendix C
Auto Flow and Idle Mode
Using Auto Flow
With Auto Flow selected, the dialysate flow is proportional to the blood flow rate. As the
blood flow rate increases, the dialysate flow rate will increase also. The dialysate flow will
only adjust within the range of 300 or 500 (depending on a Service Mode selection) to 800
ml/min. During a treatment (blood sensed) with Auto Flow selected, the dialysate flow rate
will only change when the user changes the blood flow rate (water alarms and alarms that
stop the blood pump will not change the dialysate flow).
See Auto Flow Service Mode Selections on page 265 to set the Auto Flow option in
Service mode.
Table 38 Dialysate Flow Auto Flow Features
Feature Function
The prescribed dialysate flow rate, in ml/min, is entered on the

Home screen. The rate, displayed in ml/min, can be entered from 0
to 800 in increments of 100. Auto Dialysate Flow may be selected
by scrolling up past 800. 1.5x or 2x may be displayed, depending
on the setup in Service Mode. If one of the automatic selections is
selected, the dialysate flow rate will be set to approximately either 1.5
times or 2 times the blood flow rate. The dialysate flow rate will then
be between 300 (or 500 depending on the setup in Service Mode)
and 800 ml/min, in 100 ml/min increments.
Idle Mode also affects the dialysate flow rate of the machine when
turned on or after a Rinse or Disinfection program.
Warning! Setting the dialysate flow to a rate that is too

low can adversely affect dialyzer clearance and reduce
treatment efficacy. If Auto Flow selects a flow rate below
that prescribed, the dialysate flow may be manually set to
the desired value.
After the flow rate selection has been confirmed, the Dialysate Flow
button displays the current dialysate flow rate. If Auto Flow is
active, the flow rate will be indicated with the letter a preceding the
flow rate as shown to the left.
APPENDIX C

Appendix C
To set Auto Flow,

select the
Dialysate Flow
button.
Use the key to raise the

value past 800. Depending on
the Service Mode Auto Flow
Selection, the button will
display either 1.5x or 2x.
Press the CONFIRM key to

save the change. The Auto
Flow rate will have an a
preceding the value. Auto
Flow will begin in about 30
seconds.
Note: To stop Auto

Flow, select the
Dialysate Flow button
and scroll down to the
desired flow rate and
press CONFIRM.
Figure 79 Setting the Default Dialysate Flow
Depending on Service Mode selections, the operator may have a choice of 1.5x and/or 2x for
the dialysate flow rate. A selection of 1.5x is appropriate for Optiflux dialyzers that have
excellent distribution of flow in the dialysate compartment. Other types of dialyzers should
probably be set at 2x. See the blood flow rate table on page 265 for information regarding the
actual dialysate flow relative to the blood flow.
Warning! When the dialyzer is connected during setup, be sure that the dialysate flow rate
is at least the minimum required rate.
Note: Dialysate flow changes are generally delayed about 30 seconds after a change in the
blood pump rate to prevent unnecessary flow adjustments during priming and to allow the
machine to stabilize before determining the new dialysate flow rate.
Note: With Auto Flow, even though the dialysate flow is expressed as a multiple of the
blood flow rate, the dialysate flow is not exactly the calculated multiple of the blood flow.
The dialysate flow changes in increments of 100 ml/min only. In order to be conservative
with lower dialysate flow rates, each transition point to the next higher dialysate flow rate is
APPENDIX C
somewhat earlier than one would calculate. See the table on page 265 for more details.

Appendix C
Auto Flow Service Mode Selections
Figure 80 Auto Flow Service Mode Screen
Table 39 Auto Flow and Idle Mode Features
Button Function
The Auto Flow Minimum option selects the dialysate flow rate during
dialysis when Auto Flow is selected:
300 800 ml/min or
500 800 ml/min (default selection)
There are four available choices for Auto Flow in dialysis:
BothThe operator can scroll to either 1.5x or 2x (default
selection).
1.5XThe operator only has a choice of 1.5x (plus the normal flow
rates).
2.0XThe operator only has a choice of 2x (plus the normal flow
rates).
NoneThe operator cannot choose any Auto Flow options.
See the blood flow rate table on page 265 for more information.
The Default Dial Flow toggle-button is used to set the default

APPENDIX C
dialysate flow rate the machine runs after exiting Idle Mode, either
500 or 800 ml/min (if 1.5x or 2x Auto Flow was not set). The user is
then free to set the prescription.

Appendix C
Idle Mode
Regardless of Auto Flow selections, the machine will take control of the dialysate flow
during idle periods.
During idle periods, the machine will run dialysate flow at 300 ml/min provided the
following conditions are met:
A long power down, rinse, disinfect, or self test has just occurred
No new dialysate flow rate has been set
Conductivity is within limits
The blood pump is off
The Tx Clock has not been started
or
Tx has ended (i.e., RTD counted to 0, blood not sensed, and blood pump is off)
Idle Flow is cancelled when the blood pump is turned on, a new dialysate flow rate is
selected, or the treatment has started (i.e., RTD > 0 or blood is sensed). The dialysate flow
will then be the selected default dialysate flow (see page 251) or what the user has entered on
the Home screen.
APPENDIX C

Appendix C
Auto Heat Disinfect

The Auto Heat Disinfect option is a special feature* that allows the user to program the
2008T hemodialysis machine to automatically run a heat disinfection program according to a
schedule. In the Options: Default Settings screen the user may select a start time (Start
Prg) and any day(s) of the week toggle-button(s).
This program affects only the start time of the Heat Disinfect, all other settings function as
usual. With the machine on and set up for rinse, the Heat Disinfect program will run at the
selected time(s).
Note: If another rinse is running when the Auto Heat Disinfect is set to run, the Auto Heat
Disinfect will start after the first rinse completes.
Setting Auto Heat Disinfect Times

1. Go to Service Mode and select the Options: Default Settings screen (see below).
2) Select Auto
Disinfect to
display the Auto
Disinfect screen.
Figure 81 Service Mode: Options: Default Settings Screen

APPENDIX C
*The Auto Heat Disinfection feature is only available with kit P/N 190679. Contact the
Fresenius Medical Care Spare Parts department or your sales representative for more
information and pricing.

Appendix C
3) Select Start 4) Select the desired

Prg and, using day(s) of the week
the keyboard, button(s) on which the
enter the time at Auto Heat Disinfect
which the Heat should run. The blue
Disinfect should X will change from Off
automatically to On, indicating the
begin. Heat Disinfect will run
Note: The clock on that day at the
is a 24 hour specified time (set in
clock, so 0:00 is the Start Prg button).
midnight and
13:00 is 1:00
5) Select Pre-Rinse
PM.
Time button and enter
the desired time for a
rinse that runs before
the Auto Heat Disinfect
program.
Note: The heater will be
off during the pre-rinse.
6) Press CONFIRM.
Figure 82 Setting Auto Heat Disinfect Schedule
7. Exit Service Mode and go to the Start-Up screen after powering on.
8. Ensure that both dialysate lines are on the shunt.
9. Place both concentrate connectors in their respective ports. The Auto Heat Disinfect
program will automatically run at the selected time(s).
Warning! Do not run a Rinse program at the end of the treatment day before allowing the
Auto Heat Disinfect program to run. Doing so will not allow the RO (permeate or product)
water to flow into the machine during the Auto Heat Disinfect program. Leave the machine
on in the Select Program screen with the concentrate connectors in their ports at the end of
the treatment day. The Heat Disinfect will then run automatically.
Note: The dialysate lines must be on the shunt and both concentrate connectors must be in
their respective ports for the Auto Heat Disinfect program to run.
Note: At the end of the treatment day, perform an Acid Clean and leave the machine on the
"Select Program" screen.
APPENDIX C

Appendix C
Creating Custom UF Profiles

Four custom UF profiles can be defined on the 2008T hemodialysis machine.
Step 1
To enter a custom UF profile, turn the machine on into Service Mode by pressing the
CONFIRM key when prompted during the power up sequence.
Step 2
Select the Options screen-button and then the UF Profile screen-button. The four UF
Profiles that can be modified will be displayed on the left side of the screen numbered from 5
8.
Step 3
Select the desired profile to modify and it will then be enlarged with each of the 12 segments
displayed in small edit boxes below the profile.
Step 4
One by one, select the yellow numbered button below each of the 12 segments. Enter any
number from 0 to 100 using the number keys or up and down arrow keys on the keyboard.
Press CONFIRM when done.
Select the desired

profile and it will be
enlarged on the
screen.
Modify each of the

12 segments by
entering, with the
key pad, any
number from 0 to
100 in the box
below each
segment.
APPENDIX C
Figure 83 Creating Custom UF Profiles

Appendix C
Testing the Dialysate

The operator should test the dialysate for proper conductivity, pH, and residual disinfectant
before each dialysis treatment.
The Dialysate Sample Port is special connector on the dialyzer supply line. Opening the
connection allows the operator to conveniently draw a dialysate sample from the 2008T
hemodialysis machines dialysate flow path. This sample may then be used to test the
dialysate for conductivity, pH, and residual disinfectant.
Switch
Trigger
Metal
Connector
To syringe
Figure 84 Dialysate Sampling from the Dialysate Sample Port (Port Open)
To draw a dialysate sample from the Dialysate Sample Port
1. Verify the following:
The dialysate lines are on the shunt
The machines conductivity and temperature readings have stabilized
The independent conductivity meter has been properly calibrated
Warning! Wear appropriate personal protection equipment (PPE) when obtaining dialysate
samples from the dialysate port.
2. With the plunger pushed all the way in, connect a 10 cc syringe to the metal connector on
the dialysate sample port.
3. Press down on the dialysate sampler port trigger and flip the switch to lock the port in the
APPENDIX C
open position (see Figure 84). The dialysate path will now be open through the dialysate
sample port to the syringe.
4. Pull back on the syringe plunger to draw the dialysate into the syringe.

Appendix C
5. Close the dialysate sample port: Flip the switch away from the trigger and release the
trigger (see The Shunt Interlock on page 34 for picture of dialysate sample port with
the switch pushed away from the trigger). The dialysate sample port is now closed again.
6. Disconnect the syringe from the dialysate sample port and discard first sample.
7. Reconnect the syringe to the dialysate sample port, open the dialysate sample port and
collect the required amount of dialysate for testing per clinic protocol.
Warning! When connecting a syringe directly to the dialysate sample port, do not inject
used dialysate back into the system.
Note: If the testing sample is measured in a container, be sure to rinse the container with
dialysate at least three times in order to bring the container up to the temperature of
dialysate for proper conductivity.
8. Close the dialysate sample port and disconnect the syringe. Use the facilitys standard
measuring devices and follow the devices instructions to test the dialysate sample per
clinic protocol for:
Conductivity - for example, set the meter to read conductivity, connect the syringe,
and observe the readings. If the reading is not reasonably close to the theoretical
conductivity value (TCD), check the meters calibration and retest the dialysate
sample. If the reading is still not within limits, take the 2008T hemodialysis machine
out of service and contact a qualified technician.
pH - for example, using pH paper, dip the indicator strip in the dialysate for one (1)
second and immediately compare it to the manufacturers color chart. The color on
the indicator strip will indicate the dialysates pH. If the reading is not between 6.9
and 7.6, test with another pH indicator strip. If the reading is still not within the
specified limits, take the 2008T hemodialysis machine out of service and contact a
qualified technician.
Residual disinfectant - see Testing for Disinfectant on page 151 for more
information
Warning! After testing the dialysate through independent means (e.g., using a conductivity
meter and pH paper or meter), verify that the conductivity is reasonably close to the
theoretical conductivity value (TCD) and the pH is between 6.9 and 7.6. The machine must
also be free of residual disinfectant. If these conditions are not met, do not initiate dialysis.
9. Document the conductivity, pH, or residual disinfectant test readings in the patient
treatment record or flow sheet.
Note: Make sure the dialysate sample port switch is locked away from the trigger and the
trigger is not pressed down after taking a dialysate sample. Allowing the trigger to stay
depressed will cause fluid leaks.
APPENDIX C

Appendix C
Available Software & Hardware Treatment Options and

Default Settings
The following options are available on the 2008T hemodialysis machine and selected from
the Service Mode in either the Treatment Options screen or Hardware Options screen.
Forced Test
Upon power up and entering dialysis (except after a power failure or short power down), the
machine will be in Standby. In Standby, the blood pump doesnt run (except for Prime and
Level Adjust). The ultrafiltration and Sodium Variation System cannot be turned on.
STANDBY FOR TEST is displayed as a low priority message.
The test sequence will automatically start 30 seconds after the test criteria have been met.
Standby ends with the initiation of the test (whether by the operator or automatically).
Spread Limits
When activated and no blood leak alarm exists, the RESET key can be used to spread the
arterial and venous alarm limits by 300 mmHg for 30 seconds. The TMP alarm limits will
completely open. After 30 seconds the limits will reset around the current pressure readings.
Auto Blood Pressure Reading

This option can be used to select the method for determining when to take a blood pressure
reading. With Interval selected, the readings occur at the time interval selected. With
Clock Time selected, the blood pressure is taken at specified times (e.g. every half hour on
the hour and half hour).
Auto Heat Disinfect

In the Options: Default Settings screen the user may select a start time (Start Prg), days of
the week toggle-buttons, and a pre-rinse time to automatically run a Heat Disinfect program.
This program affects only the start time of the Heat Disinfect, all other settings function as
usual. With the machine on and set up for rinse, the Heat Disinfect program will run at the
selected time(s).
Note: Requires special activation for this feature, contact Fresenius Medical Care Spare Parts
department or your sales representative for more information and pricing.
APPENDIX C
Off After Heat Disin

Set in the Options: Default Settings screen, the user may choose to automatically power
down the machine after an Auto Heat Disinfect program is run.

Appendix C
Allow Slow Flow

The Allow Slow Flow option allows the machine to run dialysate flows of 100 or 200 ml/min.
This feature is activated in Service Mode and requires a temperature calibration. Please refer
to the 2008T Hemodialysis System Calibration Procedures manual (P/N 508032).
SVS
The SVS (Sodium Variation System) feature may be enabled or disabled (software version
2.34 or later).
Heparin Dwell
The Heparin Dwell option displays the Heparin Dwell button on the Heparin screen. The
button acts as a five minute timer; after a manual heparin bolus is administered and the
operator selects and confirms the Heparin Dwell button, causing the yellow Status Light to
flash for five minutes while the heparin is dwelling.
Kt/V Graph Tolerance

Either a 0% or a 15% tolerance from the target Kt/V is selectable in Service Mode. If 15% is
selected and the projected Kt/V is less than 85% of the target, the operator will be alerted. If
0% is selected and the projected Kt/V is less than 100% of the target, the operator will be
alerted.
Kt/V Default
The default Kt/V (target or minimum value) is selectable in the Service Mode.
Language
The operating screens may be setup so that they are in either French (Canada), Spanish
(Mexico) or English (USA). Service Mode is always in English.
Arterial and Venous Pressure Limits

The width of the venous and arterial pressure windows are set by these options. The
windows may be set to a fixed width for all treatments or the user may be allowed to set the
limits for each treatment in the Test & Options screen. The arterial window may be set to a
total width of 120, 160, or 200 mmHg. The venous window may be set to for
100 asymmetric, or 120, 160, 200 mmHg width. If 100 asymmetric limits are chosen, the
lower venous limit will tighten to the selected value after a short time delay. This value is
selected with the 100 Asymmetric Limits parameter entry button in Service Mode. The
APPENDIX C
choices are 20, 25, 30, 35 mmHg. The lowest value that does not cause frequent nuisance
alarms should be chosen.

Appendix C
Online PHT
The online pressure holding test (PHT) is enabled or disabled with this button. Normally, the
PHT should be set to Yes.
Arterial Chamber
This option is used to define whether the arterial chamber is pre-pump or post-pump. The
range of the display is different depending on the location of the chamber.
Audible Alarms
This option may be set so that audible alarms do not occur in certain situations. With Yes
set, audible alarms will occur in any alarm situation when either blood is sensed in the venous
bloodline or the lines are off the shunt. If No is selected, audible alarms only occur when
blood is sensed. Note: Regardless of this setting, the machine responses, such as bypass or
blood pump and venous clamp operation are unaffected.
T and C Mode
This is for manufacturing operations only and should never be selected by the facility.
0 Arterial Limit
With this option set to yes, the upper arterial limit cannot be above 0 (with pre-pump arterial
monitoring only) when blood is sensed unless the spreading limits function is active.
Beacon (Status Light)

There are four possible selections for this option: Alarm, FDS08, OLC, Status:
With Alarm selected, the red light acts the same as the audible alarm. The yellow light
illuminates when warnings occur. The green light is illuminated when there are no
alarms or warnings.
With FDS08 selected, the red light acts the same as the audible alarm. The yellow light
is based on a flag sent from FDS08 that indicates the machine is set outside of established
dialysis order limits. The green light illuminates when the blood volume processed has
been achieved as required by the FDS08 dialysis order.
With OLC selected, the red light acts the same as the audible alarm. The yellow light
is illuminated when the projected Kt/V is less than 100% of the target Kt/V (depending
on selected Service Mode option). The Green light is illuminated if there are no alarms,
and the necessary OLC parameters have been set (Volume, Target Kt/V, and OLC
APPENDIX C
enabled) and the Kt/V is projected to be at least 100% of target (depending on selected
Service Mode option).
With Status selected, the lights act the same as the Red/Yellow/Green indicator lights
on the machine.

Appendix C
DIASAFE Plus Filter

This option defines whether or not a Diasafe Plus filter is present in the machine. As some of
the timing of various functions is dependent on the volume in the filter, this option must be
set properly.
HE Leak Test
The HE (Heat Exchanger) Leak Test is available in software versions 2.53 and later. Setting
this option to Yes will run a four minute pressure holding test on the Heat Exchanger after
the Chemical/Rinse programs 45 second pre-rinse.
Clean, Rinse, and Disinfect times

The times for these various programs may be set in the Service Mode.
Extended Pre-Rinse
With this option set to yes, the pre-rinse time for heat disinfect is increased to 20 minutes
with reduced flow and higher fluid temperature through the drain line.
Recirculate Option
If active, a RECIRC GOAL and TIME can be selected. When Recirculation is initiated, the
preselected goal and time with the calculated rate will automatically display on the Dialysis
screen and start ultrafiltration.
Prime Amount
A desired prime volume from 1001000 ml can be selected. This allows Prime to continue
until the selected volume has been delivered (measured by the blood pump speed).
Acid and Bic Alert Default

The operator may use the option to sound an alert when the concentrate jugs are low. This is
setup in the Dialysate screen. These default values are set using these parameter entry
buttons.
Max. UF Rate
The maximum UF rate that machine is limited with this selection. The choices are 1000,
2000, 3000, 4000 ml/h.
APPENDIX C

Appendix C
Crit-Line
The Crit-Line option must be set to Yes in Service Mode in order to use the Crit-Line in a
Clip (CLiC) device during a hemodialysis treatment. Note that the BTM and BVM module
options are unavailable if Crit-Line is selected.
Crit-Line Graph
The operator can choose to display either the BV (Blood Volume) or Hct (Hematocrit) graphs
on the Crit-Line screen. The default Crit-Line graph is the BV graph.
Other Options
There are other options on these screens that may not be specifically described here.
Generally, these are setup options that are based upon the presence or absence of other
modules or hardware.
Options which require a key for activation

Certain options are extra cost or limited in availability and must be activated by use of a
special code stored on the functional board. Examples of this sort of feature include OLC.
Upon purchase of such a feature, use the following procedure to activate it on the machine.
Caution: This procedure should be performed by a qualified individual. Be sure to follow

electrostatic discharge (ESD) procedures when removing the board and replacing the
EEPROM chips on the board.
To transfer the option, the EEPROM hardware key is placed in IC20 on the functional
board in place of the calibration EEPROM. Save the calibration EEPROM as it must be
returned to the same machine. Be sure to match the notch on the EEPROM with the
socket.
Return the functional board to the machine and turn on the power.
Upon power up the functional board reads the contents of the memory from the
EEPROM key.
The message New feature loaded. Power off. Replace eeprom. is displayed.
Turn off power, replace the EEPROM hardware key with the calibration EEPROM,
and turn the power back on.
Note: The key may be used only once. If the key is reused, the machine locks up and
displays the message Eeprom already used. Power off. Replace eeprom.
APPENDIX C

Appendix C
Equipment Storage and Maintenance

Follow the storage and maintenance procedures for dialysis equipment used for Intermittent
Hemodialysis (IHD) in the ICU setting.
Warning! Possible explosion hazard if used in the presence of flammable anesthetics.
Storage Location
If the dialysis unit is incorporated in the hospital, the equipment should be stored so that it
will not be damaged. The maintenance of the equipment is normally part of the duty of the
dialysis service technician. Depending on the disinfectant and the storage time, frequent
flushing of the equipment is necessary.
If it is more convenient to store the equipment close to the ICU, the dedicated storage space
should have an access to tap water, power and a drain. The room should be well vented, if
disinfectant is used.
Storage Preparation
Before storing the 2008T hemodialysis machine, the hydraulics should be disinfected. It is
also necessary to wipe the external parts of the machine with a surface cleaner. Frequency of
disinfection and length of the dwell time depend on the disinfectant and shall be determined
by acceptable culture result. The following table lists commonly used procedures to store
equipment and then return it from storage. Validate your own procedure according to the
hospital policy. After prolonged storage, use a bleach disinfectant prior to patient use.
Table 40 Disinfectant Information
Disinfectant Program Dwell time Retest and Repeat

Formaldehyde Fill Hydraulic Unlimited 3 4 weeks
(Service Mode)
Bleach Chemical Disinfection Only for time of 24 hours
program disinfection program
Puristeril 340 Chemical Disinfection Only for time of 24 hours
Renalin program disinfection program
Heat Heat Disinfection Recirculate and shut 24 hours
program machine off
APPENDIX C

Appendix C
Machine Specifications
Dimensions
Floor space Approximately 54 cm wide by 63 cm deep
Height 149 cm
Total weight Approximately 90 kg
Operating conditions 60 100 F (15.5 38 C)
Relative Humidity 10% to 90%, non-condensing
Storage conditions Room temp, 6 months, Do not freeze
Relative Humidity 10% to 90%, non-condensing
Electrical
Power SupplyMain Single phase AC 117 V 10% 60 Hz 3 Hz must be
connected to a circuit which is equipped with a hospital
grade receptacle and is protected by circuit breaker and
ground fault interrupter (GFI). Resistance from chassis to
ground must be < 0.2 ohm.
Power Consumption Does not exceed 12.5 amps
Fuses 6.3 amp medium blow fuse, 2 each
16 amp double pole rocker switch circuit breaker for heater
External Connections Isolated RS232 and Ethernet ports; leakage current
isolation per UL 60601-1 between the machine and external
computer
Heat Dissipation to Room 600 to 700 BTU/hr
Electromagnetic compatibility See EMC Declaration on page 271
Electrical safety (UL 60601-1)

Protection against electric shock Type: Safety class I Degree: Type B
Type CF: Only BPM Blood Pressure Cuff
Leakage currents According to UL 60601-1
Water
Ingress Rating IPX1 (Vertical drip-proof protection)
Back Flow Prevention Integral back flow prevention provided by external vent to
APPENDIX C
atmosphere in water inlet circuit.

Water Pressure Min 20 psi; max 105 psi
Water Temperature Min 10 C; max 25 C

Appendix C
Water Quality Current national (U.S.) Standards for the Quality of Water:
ANSI/AAMI 13959:2014, Water for hemodialysis and related
therapies
ANSI/AAMI 26722:2014, Water treatment equipment for
hemodialysis applications and related therapies
Other related standards include:
ANSI/AAMI RD62:2006, Water treatment equipment for
hemodialysis applications and related therapies
Drain 3 feet maximum height. Must comply with local codes and must
maintain a free fall air gap between drain hose and building drain.
3 meters (approximately 10 feet) maximum drain hose length.
Rinsing Temperature 37 C. Flow rate 620 ml/min. Time between 10 and 60
minutes (internally selectable)
Dialysate
Dialysate Quality Current national (U.S.) Standards for the Quality of Dialysis Fluid:
ANSI/AAMI 11663:2014, Quality of dialysis fluid for hemodialysis
and related therapies
ANSI/AAMI 23500:2014, Guidance for the preparation and quality
management of fluids for hemodialysis and related therapies
Other related standards include:
ANSI/AAMI RD52:2004, Dialysate for hemodialysis
Dialysate Flow Adjustment Dialysate Flow button
Range Accuracy: 5%
Sequential (0)/100/200/300/400/500/600/700/800ml/min., selectable in
the Dialysis screen; Additionally: 1.5X or 2.0X dialysate flow rate
based on the Blood Pump rate (Qb):
Qb w/1.5X selected Qb w/2.0X selected Qd

0 165 0 150 300
166 215 151 215 400
216 315 216 265 500

315 and below 265 and below 500
316 415 266 315 600
416 480 316 365 700
481 and above 366 and above 800
Note: All flow rates are approximate. Dialysate flow will not adjust
unless the blood pump is adjusted at least 15 20 ml/min.
(if Auto Flow Minimum 300 Qd is set in Service Mode)
(if Auto Flow Minimum 500 Qd is set in Service Mode)
Partial Dialysate Collection From Drain line, intermittent collection using a 3 Liter PD drain bag as
a collection device with a Safe-Lock connector (optional).
Concentrate Supply
Concentrate Quality Current national (U.S.) Standards for the Quality of Concentrates:
APPENDIX C
ANSI/ AAMI 13958:2014, Concentrates for hemodialysis and related

therapies
Concentrate Pressure Max suction height 3 feet; Max supplied pressure 2 psi
Note: Max supplied pressure is 10 psi with bibag kit installed.

Appendix C
Proportional Mixing System

Acid Volumetric, selectable:
1:34
1:44
1:35.83
1:35.1
Note: Citrasate is for use with 1:44 concentrates only.
Acetate 1:34
Adjustment Range 130 to 155 mEq/L Na+
Bicarbonate Volumetric, selected with associated acid ratio
1:27.46
1:19.13
1:25.16
1:27.6
Adjustment Range 20 to 40 mEq/L Bicarbonate (post-reaction, after mixing with the
acid and purified water).
Monitoring Conductivity Average Accuracy: 1.5%
Method: Temperature compensated electronic conductivity
meter with adjustable alarm limits.
Temperature compensated conductivity display with
automatically set alarm windows 0.5 mS/cm around calculated
conductivity*. User can adjust an additional 0.5 mS/cm within
this range.
Optional bibag Dry Bicarbonate Temperature compensated conductivity display with
automatically set alarm windows 0.5 mS/cm around calculated
conductivity*, limited to 0.4 mEq/L @ 24 mEq/L bicarbonate or
less.
With alarm window set at 0.5 mS/cm:
User can move alarm window up or down an additional:
0.2 mS/cm @ 40 mEq/L
0.1 mS/cm @ 35 mEq/L
no adjustment @ 29 mEq/L
*Conductivity is based on the concentrates compositional data
entered in the Dialysate screen at the standard temperature of
25 C.
Range of Display 10.0 to 17.0 mS/cm. At 25 C. Alarm limits will not go below 12.5
or above 16.0 mS/cm.
Dialysate Heating 35 to 39 C Accuracy: 0.3 C (measuring accuracy under
Nominal Value of Temperature calibration conditions for a dialysate flow of 500 ml/min)
(selectable in 0.1 C steps)
APPENDIX C
Temperature Display Range 35 to 39 C with alarm limit window automatically

adjusted to 2 C above and below set point. Alarm window will
not go below 30 or above 41 C. Heater 1.3 kW, electronically
controlled.

Appendix C
Heat Disinfection
Temperature 83 8 C at NTC 3
Flow Rate 600 ml/min
Pre-rinse either 7 min @ 600 ml/min or 20 min @ 300 ml/min
(user selectable). 10 min @ 600 ml/min for DIASAFE PLUS
equipped machines.
Time Between 10 and 60 minutes (internally selectable)
Auto Heat Disinfect Pre-rinse Time Between 15 and 30 minutes (user selectable) @ 600 ml/min
(standard) or 350 ml/min (extended pre-rinse). Note: Heater is
off during pre-rinse.
Auto Heat Disinfect Pressure 25 psi < pressure < 90 psi
Note: Silicon inlet/drain tubing set #M38512 must be used with
this option.
Chemical Disinfection
Temperature 37 C (set point applicable)
Flow Rate 620 ml/min
Time Between 10 and 60 minutes (internally selectable)
Blood Pump
Display of flow rate 8 mm blood line: 20 600 ml/min
6.35 mm blood line: 20 465 ml/min
Accuracy: 10% tested at - 200 mmHg
Internal diameter of pump segment 2.6 to 10 mm (0.1 to 0.4)
Tube length 32 cm minimum (12-5/8)
Min. pump segment wall thickness 1.26 mm
Durometer 80 shore A nominal
Level adjust Up only
Power outage use The pump can be manually operated with a hand crank.
Single Needle System

Two Pump Procedure With two blood pumps, pressure control system with alternating
blood pumps. Alarm after 15 or 30 seconds without an
alternation of the pumps.
Heparin Pump
Type of Syringe 10 12 ml disposable syringe
APPENDIX C
Administration Rate 0 to 9.9 ml/hr

Accuracy: 5%
Monitoring Monitoring end of stroke
Bolus From 0.1 to 9.9 ml volume

Appendix C
Monitoring Elements: Blood Circuit

Arterial Pressure Monitor -300 to +500 mmHg with 3 automatically set time-delayed alarm
window limit values ( 60, 80, and 100 mmHg of actual
pressure (Single Needle 80 mmHg).
Venous Pressure Monitor -80 to +500 mmHg with 3 fixed window limit values of 60, 80,
and 100 mmHg of actual pressure. There is also an
asymmetric range initially set to 80 mmHg which increases the
lower limit after 60 seconds (Single Needle 80 mmHg).
Accuracy 20 mmHg or 10% of indicated reading, whichever is greater
TMP Monitor +60 to 520 mmHg with automatically set time delayed window
limit values of 60 (conventional dialysis) and 40 mmHg (high
flux dialysis). Compensation for upward drift.
Level detector Ultrasonic impulses detect fluid level in the drip chamber.
Optical Sensor Optical transmission used to detect opaque or non-opaque
presence in the blood tubing.
Clamp Closes with any blood alarm
Level Adjust Allows the level in the drip chamber to rise to maintain the
desired fluid level in the drip chamber
Blood Leak Detector Two color light source transmitter / sensor with a resolution of:
minor > 0.35 ml/min of blood (hematocrit = 25%)
alarm > 0.45 ml/min of blood (hematocrit = 25%)
Ultrafiltration Control
UF Pump Volume Accuracy 1% (for Pdi > -500 mbar)
where Pdi = dialysate pressure on the inlet side of the dialyzer
Fluid Removal Rate from Patient 0 4000 ml/hr

Dialysate flow rate at 100 ml/min: Accuracy (on total volume
removed): (1% UF rate + 18 ml/hr)
Adjustment Range of UF Rate Volumetric Control, 0-4000 ml/hr
1000, 2000, 3000, and 4000 ml/hr, internally maximum rate
Adjusted in 10 ml increments
UF Time Digital Display (0-9:59 hrs), selectable in increments of 1 min
UF Goal Digital Display (0-9,990 ml), selectable in increments of 10 ml
UF Profiles Eight UF profiles are available for the removal of fluid from the
APPENDIX C
patient. Four are preset and four may be defined by the user.
Remaining Time of Dialysis (RTD) 0-9:59 hours auto transfer from UF time, counting down in 1-
minute increments. Can adjust manually.

Appendix C
UF Removed Display Digital display max 9,999 ml counting in 1 ml increments.

Additional Monitoring Alarm in case of power failure.
Alarm in case of water shortage.
Functional Options
Access Flow (Qa) Minimum Qa: Will not determine the Qa if less than the blood
(Optional, requires OLC) pump speed.
Maximum Qa: 2000 ml/min
Auto Heat Disinfect Allows the user to program the 2008T hemodialysis machine to
automatically run a heat disinfection program according to a
schedule.
bibag System A hardware option to generate dialysate solution online from a
dry bicarbonate powder. The bicarbonate powder is contained in
a disposable bag called the bibag disposable which connects to
the 2008T hemodialysis machine through the bibag connector.
Blood Temperature Monitor (BTM) A means of temperature control for the patient and for
(Optional) evaluating adequacy of access flow by measuring temperature
changes in the arterial and venous lines after temporary
excursions in the dialysate temperature.
Blood Volume Monitor (BVM) A module that measures the relative blood volume (hematocrit)
(Optional) as a means of determining if the fluid refilling rate from the body
to the blood is insufficient to support the selected ultrafiltration
rate. A fast rate of decrease or steeper slope in the blood
volume trend graph may signal an upcoming hypotensive event.
CLiC (Optional) A system that non-invasively measures hematocrit, oxygen
saturation, and percent change in blood volume in real time and
displays it on the Crit-Line screen (displayed instead of the
BTM BVM screen). The Crit-Line in a Clip (CLiC) device plugs
into the 2008T machine and clips onto a disposable cuvette in
the bloodline in order to perform the measurement.
Diasafe Plus Filter A means of filtering the dialysate to reduce bacteriological and
endotoxin exposure
Online Clearance (Optional) Dialysate Flow rate: 300 800 ml/min
# of Tests: 1 6 during each treatment
Sodium Variation Profiles Three preset profiles (step, linear, and exponential) for
increasing, then decreasing the sodium concentration in
dialysate.
Sodium Variation System (SVS) A means for temporarily increasing the sodium concentration at
the beginning of dialysis for patient comfort.
User Interface
Language The operating screens may be set to either French (Canadian),
APPENDIX C
Spanish (Mexico), or English (USA)

Appendix C
Blood Pressure Module

Technique Measures systolic, diastolic pressures, and heart rate (pulse
rate) using oscillometric method. MAP measured.
Cuff Deflation Interactive computer controlled. Determination for adults
requires approximately 25-30 seconds depending on starting
point, heart rate and motion artifact.
Cuff Inflation Typically 5 - 10 seconds from 0-250 mmHg
Interval Settings Interval times: 5 - 60 minutes in increments of 5 minutes
Clock Time: 5, 10, 15, 20, 30, 60 minutes
Performance Limits
Cuff Pressure Range 10-325 mmHg
Initial Cuff Inflation 180 mmHg or adjusted by host
Systolic Determination Range 60-260 mmHg
MAP Determination Range 35-220 mmHg
Diastolic Determination Range 30-200 mmHg
Pulse Rate Determination Range 40-180 BPM
Cuff Inflation Rate 5 seconds
Determination Time Normal 25-30 seconds
Overpressure Cut Off 325 mmHg
Transducer Drift Auto Zeroing
Leakage Rate (Max) 3 mmHg/min in 3 minutes
Pressure Rate Offset Auto Zeroing
Alarm Preset Values for Adult

(Internal alarm values preset to provide alarm limits in the event
individual values are not entered)
Systolic 200/80
MAP 120/70
Diastolic 110/50
Pulse 120/50
Inflation Pressure Auto
APPENDIX C

Appendix C
Manufacturers EMC Declaration
Guidance and manufacturers declaration electromagnetic emissions

The 2008T hemodialysis machine is intended for use in the electromagnetic environment specified below. The
customer or user of the 2008T hemodialysis machine should ensure it is used in such an environment.
Emissions test Compliance Electromagnetic environment guidance
RF Emissions Group 1 The 2008T hemodialysis machine uses RF energy only for its internal functions.
CISPR 11 Therefore, its RF emissions are very low and are not likely to cause any
interference in nearby electronic equipment.
RF Emissions Class A The 2008T hemodialysis machine is suitable for use in all establishments other
CISPR 11 than domestic and those directly connected to the public low-voltage power
supply network that supplies buildings used for domestic purposes.
Harmonic Not
emissions applicable
IEC 61000-3-2
Voltage Not
fluctuations/ applicable
flicker emissions
IEC 61000-3-3
APPENDIX C

Appendix C
Guidance and manufacturers declaration electromagnetic immunity

customer or the user of the 2008T hemodialysis machine should assure that it is used in such an environment.
Immunity test IEC 60601 test level Compliance level Electromagnetic environment
guidance
Electrostatic 6 kV contact 6 kV contact Floors should be wood, concrete, or
discharge (ESD) 8 kV air 8 kV air ceramic tile. If floors are covered with
(Level 3) (Level 3) synthetic material, the relative humidity
IEC 61000-4-2 should be at least 30%.
Electrical fast 2 kV for power supply 2 kV for power Mains power quality should be that of a
transient/burst lines supply lines typical commercial and/or hospital
1 kV for input/output 1 kV for input/output environment.
IEC 61000-4-4 lines lines
Surge 1 kV line(s) to line(s) 1 kV line(s) to line(s) Mains power quality should be that of a
2 kV line(s) to earth 2 kV line(s) to earth typical commercial or hospital
IEC 61000-4-5 environment.
Voltage Dips, short <5 % UT <5 % UT Mains power quality should be that of a
interruptions, and (>95 % dip in UT) (>95 % dip in UT) typical commercial or hospital
voltage variation on for 0.5 cycles for 0.5 cycles environment. If the user of the 2008T
power supply input hemodialysis machine requires
lines 40 % UT 40 % UT continued operation during power mains
IEC 61000-4-11 (60 % dip in UT) (60 % dip in UT) interruptions, it is recommended that
for 5 cycles for 5 cycles the 2008T hemodialysis machine be
powered from an uninterruptible power
70 % UT 70 % UT supply or a battery.
(30 % dip in UT) (30 % dip in UT)
for 25 cycles for 25 cycles
<5 % UT <5 % UT
(>95 % dip in UT) (>95 % dip in UT)
for 5 seconds for 5 seconds
Power-Frequency 3 A/m 3 A/m Power frequency magnetic fields should

(50/60 Hz) magnetic be at levels characteristic of a typical
field location in a typical commercial or
hospital environment.
IEC 61000-4-8
NOTE UT is the a.c. mains voltage prior to application of the test level.
APPENDIX C

Appendix C
Guidance and manufacturers declaration electromagnetic immunity

customer or the user of the 2008T hemodialysis machine should assure that it is used in such an environment.
Immunity test IEC 60601 test level Compliance level Electromagnetic environment guidance
Portable and mobile RF communications
equipment should be used no closer to any
part of the 2008T hemodialysis machine,
including cables, than the recommended
separation distance calculated from the
equation applicable to the frequency of the
transmitter.
If abnormal performance is observed such as

TMP alarms or blood leak alarms, additional
measures may be necessary, such as re-
orienting or relocating the equipment.
Recommended separation distance
Conducted RF 3 Vrms 3 Vrms 1.2 P

IEC 61000-4-6 150 kHz to 80 MHz 150 kHz to 80 MHz
Radiated RF 3 V/m 3 V/m 1.2 P 80 MHz to 800 MHz

IEC 61000-4-3 80 MHz to 2.5 GHz 80 MHz to 2.5 GHz
2.3 P 800 MHz to 2.5 GHz
where P is the maximum output power rating

of the transmitter in watts (W) according to
the transmitter manufacturer and d is the
recommended separation distance in meters
(m).
Field strengths from fixed RF transmitters, as

determined by an electromagnetic site
survey, a should be less than the compliance
level in each frequency range. b
Interference may occur in the

vicinity of High Frequency Surgical
Equipment (such as
electrocautery devices) or other
intentional radio frequency
emitting equipment typically
marked with the following symbol:
NOTE 1 At 80 MHz and 800 MHz, the higher frequency range applies.
NOTE 2 These guidelines may not apply in all situations. Electromagnetic propagation is affected by absorption and
reflection from structures, objects, and people.
a
Field strengths from fixed transmitters, such as base stations for radio (cellular/cordless) telephones and land
mobile radios, amateur radio, AM and FM radio broadcast and TV broadcast cannot be predicted theoretically
with accuracy. To assess the electromagnetic environment due to fixed RF transmitters, an electromagnetic site
survey should be considered. If the measured field strength in the location in which the 2008T hemodialysis
machine is used exceeds the applicable RF compliance level above, the 2008T hemodialysis machine should be
APPENDIX C
observed to verify normal operation. If abnormal performance is observed, additional measures may be
necessary, such as re-orienting or relocating the 2008T hemodialysis machine.
b
Over the frequency range 150 kHz to 80 MHz, field strengths should be less than 3 V/m.

Appendix C
Recommended separation distances between

portable and mobile RF communications equipment and the 2008T hemodialysis machine
The 2008T hemodialysis machine is intended for use in an electromagnetic environment in which radiated RF
disturbances are controlled. The customer or the user of the 2008T hemodialysis machine can help prevent
electromagnetic interference by maintaining a minimum distance between portable and mobile RF communications
equipment (transmitters) and the 2008T hemodialysis machine as recommended below, according to the maximum
output power of the communications equipment.
Rated maximum output power of Separation distance according to frequency of transmitter
transmitter m
W 150 kHz to 80 MHz 80 MHz to 800 MHz 800 MHz to 2.5 GHz
d = 1.2 P d = 1.2 P d = 2.3 P
0.01 0.12 0.12 0.23
0.1 0.38 0.38 0.73
1 1.2 1.2 2.3
10 3.8 3.8 7.3
100 12 12 23
For transmitters rated at a maximum output power not listed above, the recommended separation distance d in
meters (m) can be estimated using the equation applicable to the frequency of the transmitter, where P is the
maximum output power rating of the transmitter in watts (W) according to the transmitter manufacturer.
NOTE 1 At 80 MHz and 800 MHz, the separation distance for the higher frequency range applies.
NOTE 2 These guidelines may not apply in all situations. Electromagnetic propagation is affected by absorption
and reflection from structures, objects, and people.
CDX System Wifi Adapter

IEEE802.11b/g Adapter
Radio Frequency (RF): 2.412 Ghz to 2.462 Ghz
Power: 61mW
Modulation: Direct Sequence Spread Spectrum, Orthogonal Frequency Division Multiplexing
IEEE802.11b/g/n dual band Adapter

Radio Frequency (RF): 2.412 Ghz to 2.462 Ghz, 5.18 Ghz to 5.825 Ghz
Power: 110mW
Modulation: Direct Sequence Spread Spectrum, Orthogonal Frequency Division Multiplexing
CLiC Wireless Printer

Radio Frequency (RF): 902.217 Mhz to 927.492 Mhz
Power: 52mW
Modulation: Frequency Hopping Spread Spectrum Frequency Shift Keying
Product Improvement Policy

The 2008T hemodialysis machine was designed and built to comply with these product
specifications. It is the intention of Fresenius USA, Inc. to improve products continuously, a
process which may result in modifications to specifications or equipment produced in the
future. Such product improvements shall not incur any obligation to make similar changes or
improvements to equipment previously produced. These changes or improvements may or
APPENDIX C
may not be applicable or usable with previously produced equipment. Where possible,
improvements will be made available at reasonable prices. Any such improvement shall not
be construed as corrections of any perceived deficiency.

Appendix C
Warranty
SALE of the machine or parts described or referenced herein is expressly conditioned upon the
terms and conditions set forth below. Any additional or different terms or conditions set forth by
the Purchaser to Fresenius USA, Inc., (herein called "the Company") shall not be effective or
binding, and the terms set forth herein shall not be modified or amended, unless assented to in
writing by an authorized official of the Company located in Waltham, Massachusetts.
LIMITED WARRANTY: The Company warrants to the Purchaser that the equipment delivered
is free from defects in material or workmanship for the periods specified below, provided the
equipment is used and maintained in accordance with the original manufacturer's operating
instructions:
A. Mainframe chassis, and electronic components, lamps, etc. shall be warranted for one hundred
and eighty (180) days from the date of installation or 2,000 metered hours, whichever occurs first.
B. Consumables are not covered under warranty. Consumables are those parts used in the
performance of a Preventive Maintenance procedure as described in the Preventive Maintenance
Procedures booklet. This includes routine calibrations, electronic and hydraulic, as outlined in the
Preventive Maintenance checklist.
The Company will repair or replace, at its option, using new or reconditioned parts and/or
assemblies, any parts subject to this warranty, which are proven defective in materials or
workmanship. Such repair and replacement will be made without cost to the Purchaser, and the
Company reserves the right to determine the location at which the repair or replacement will be
accomplished. The Warranty does not apply to any equipment which is misused, abused,
neglected, tampered with, damaged by accident, flood, fire, or other hazard, subjected to abnormal
or unusual electrical or fluid stress, improperly installed or operated, or not maintained in
accordance with the routine maintenance schedule set forth in the operating manual for the
equipment. Routine maintenance is not covered under warranty. Modifications, alterations,
installation and service by other than a FRESENIUS USA, Inc. authorized representative may
void the warranty.
WARRANTIES APPLICABLE TO EQUIPMENT EXTEND ONLY TO THE PURCHASER,
AND ARE NOT ASSIGNABLE OR TRANSFERABLE, AND SHALL NOT APPLY TO
AUXILIARY EQUIPMENT, DISPOSABLE ACCESSORIES, OR LIGHT SOURCES. THE
FOREGOING WARRANTY SHALL BE IN LIEU OF ANY OTHER WARRANTIES,
EXPRESSED IMPLIED OR STATUTORY, RESPECTING THE EQUIPMENT OR ANY
PARTS OR COMPONENTS THEREOF, AND THE COMPANY MAKES NO IMPLIED
WARRANTY OF MERCHANTABILITY OR FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.
THE PURCHASER'S SOLE AND EXCLUSIVE REMEDY IN CONTRACT, TORT, OR
UNDER ANY OTHER THEORY AGAINST THE COMPANY RESPECTING THE
EQUIPMENT AND ITS USE SHALL BE THE REPLACEMENT OR REPAIR OF THE
EQUIPMENT AND ITS PARTS AS DESCRIBED ABOVE, AND NO OTHER REMEDY
(INCLUDING, WITHOUT LIMITATION, CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES) SHALL BE
AVAILABLE TO THE PURCHASER. The Company shall have no further obligation or liability
with respect to the equipment or its sale, operation and use, and the Company neither assumes,
nor authorizes the assumption of, any obligation or liability in connection with such equipment.
REFER ALL SERVICING AND INFORMATION REQUESTS TO:
Fresenius USA, Inc.

APPENDIX C
Attention: Service Department

4040 Nelson Avenue
Concord, CA 94520
Telephone: (800) 227-2572

Glossary
Air LockA condition caused by air entering the concentrate supply lines when not enough liquid
concentrate is available. Air lock causes dialysate conductivity to be low.
Alarm WindowThe allowable range without alarm for the arterial, venous, and transmembrane
pressures, and the dialysate temperature and conductivity during treatment. Transition of either value
outside the window will trigger an alarm. The conductivity alarm window is graphically represented in
the Dialysate screen as the area located between the upper and lower alarm limits of the conductivity bar
graph. The alarm window can be widened or narrowed, or shifted up or down within the hard limits. The
temperature alarm window is 2 C of the set temperature value within the temperature hard limits (30
C to 41 C). The arterial and venous limit window width is also selectable. The position of the window
is set automatically.
Asymmetric LimitsThis is an option to select venous limits that are not symmetrical. If asymmetric
limits are chosen, the lower venous limit will tighten to the selected value after a short time delay. The
lower venous limit choices are 20, 25, 30, 35 mmHg. The lowest value that does not cause frequent
nuisance alarms should be chosen.
Auto FlowA dialysate flow option in which the dialysate flow is proportional and linked to the blood
flow rate. Auto Flow may be approximately either 1.5 times or 2 times the blood flow rate between 300
(or 500 depending on the setup in Service Mode) and 800 ml/min, in 100 ml/min increments. The
dialysate flow rate on the Home screen is preceded by the letter a when auto flow has been set.
Back FiltrationThe movement of dialysate across the dialyzer membrane and into the patients blood.
It can be caused by a change in pressure or concentration gradient between the dialysate and the blood.
Balancing ChambersA hydraulic unit inside the 2008T hemodialysis machine consisting of two
chambers that ensure that the amount of fresh dialysate entering the dialysate flow is equal to the amount
of used dialysate being drained.
Base Na+The prescribed base sodium level for the Final Dialysate, viewable in the SVS subscreen.
The default Base Na+ value is carried over from the value entered in the Na+ button in the Dialysate
screen. Changing the value in either button will change the value of the other.
BicAbbreviation for bicarbonate.
BiofilmBiological residue from treatment that collects on machine drain lines.
Blood SensedThe venous line runs through an optical detector below the venous line clamp. When the
line is opaque, the machine uses this Blood Sensed information for a number of alarm or informational
messages or warnings.
BTM (Blood Temperature Monitor)This is an optional module that can control or monitor the
temperature and energy supply to the patient. It may be used to determine the recirculation of blood
within the patients access.
ButtonAn area on the display screen that can be selected and will cause an action by the software.

Glossary
BVM (Blood Volume Monitor)This is an optional module that can measure the relative fraction of
blood cells within the circulating fluid. It can be used to estimate how the machines ultrafiltration rate
relates the fluid refilling rate from the extra-cellular compartments. If ultrafiltration rate is excessive
compared to the refilling rate, a hypotensive event is more likely.
Bypass ModeBypass mode occurs when the dialysate goes outside alarm limits for temperature or
conductivity. In bypass mode, valves inside the 2008T hemodialysis machine redirect the flow of
dialysate to bypass the dialyzer internally until temperature and conductivity are back within acceptable
limits. The 2008T hemodialysis machine can be manually put into bypass mode by lifting the shunt door.
Compliance ChamberA blood-holding receptacle similar to a drip chamber. Compliance chambers
are part of the arterial bloodline used in single-needle dialysis.
ConcAbbreviation for concentrate.
CLiC DeviceAbbreviation for Crit-Line in a Clip. See Crit-Line in a Clip for more information.
Crit-Line in a ClipThe Crit-Line in a Clip (CLiC) device is used to non-invasively measure a
hemodialysis patients hematocrit, oxygen saturation and percent change in blood volume. These
measurements occur in real time in order to provide a more effective treatment. The measurements are
displayed on the 2008T hemodialysis machines Crit-Line screen. Under the direction of a physician,
the clinician/nurse can increase or decrease the ultrafiltration (UF) rate in order to remove the maximum
amount of fluid without the patient experiencing the common dialysis related complications which
include hypotension, nausea, cramping and vomiting.
The system consists of software for the 2008T hemodialysis machine, a Crit-Line in a Clip (CLiC)
device, a CLiC device-specific verification filter which is used to calibrate and verify the CLiC device,
and a disposable Crit-Line Blood Chamber.
DialysateAqueous fluid containing electrolytes and usually buffer and glucose, which is intended to
exchange solutes with blood during hemodialysis. This is the Final Dialysate, See Final Dialysate for
more information.
DIASAFE Plus filterA filter that is placed in the dialysate fluid path after the addition of the acid and
bicarbonate concentrates, shortly before the dialysate is delivered to the dialyzer. It substantially reduces
the level of bacteria and endotoxin (pyrogenic material) in the dialysate.
eKt/VEquilibrated Kt/V or double pool Kt/V. This accounts for rebound of urea after the treatment is
stopped. The shorter the treatment time, the greater the percentage difference between spKt/V and eKt/V.
We use the Tattersall formula to calculate eKt/V.
Fill ProgramOccurs when water level in the air separation chamber gets too low. The air separation
chamber is part of the hydraulic system inside the 2008T hemodialysis machine. This program is used to
remove excessive air from the hydraulic system. The machine will normally go into a Fill program when
the dialyzer is first connected to the dialyzer lines, and the air within the dialyzer is being purged.
Repeated Fill programs during operation, however, could indicate a leak in the dialysate delivery system,
and should be brought to the attention of a qualified technician.
Final DialysateThe prescribed dialysate that is delivered to the dialyzer (patient) by the hemodialysis
machine after the proportioning (mixing) of the acid concentrate, bicarbonate concentrate, and water. The
final dialysate may also be referred to as the post-reaction dialysate (i.e. after proportioning (mixing) of
the acid concentrate, bicarbonate concentrate and water by the dialysis machine).

Glossary
Flow IndicatorA clear, cylindrical section of the dialyzer supply line that allows observation of the
dialysate flow. When the dialysate flow is on, a small float inside the cylinder bobs up and down in
rhythm to the dialysate pump. When the flow is off, the float sinks to the bottom of the cylinder.
Hard LimitsUnchangeable limits that are hard coded in the software and define the maximum and
minimum, alarm-window values for the arterial, venous, and transmembrane pressures, and the dialysate
temperature and conductivity. Hard limits are not apparent unless the user attempts to set a value outside
the hard limit range.
HemolysisRupture of red blood cells. This may be caused by hyponatremia (low blood sodium),
dialysate that is too hot or too dilute (hypotonic), chloramines, copper, or nitrates in dialysate water,
bleach in the dialysate, low dialysate conductivity, too-high arterial pressure or kinked blood tubing.
Idle ModeWhen dialysis is first entered after a long power down, if a water alarm (temperature or
conductivity) exists, the dialysate flow will be 800 ml/min until the machine is up to temperature and
conductivity. The dialysate flow then drops to 300 ml/min while the machine is idle. The machine will
also enter Idle Mode after a treatment is finished (RTD = 0, blood not sensed, and Blood Pump stopped,
and the dialysate flow rate > 300 ml/min). This mode is terminated when treatment is started (RTD > 0 or
blood sensed by the optical detector) or the dialysate flow rate is changed manually.
KecnEffective Clearance as determined with conductivity measurements. The calculated clearance
based on the change in conductivity of the pre-dialyzer versus post dialyzer dialysate. Kecn appears in
OLC Data subscreen of the Kt/V AF screen.
KeysAre located on the control panel, outside the display screen. Keys are used to enter numbers,
confirm selections on the display screen, and activate certain functions.
KoAOverall mass transfer coefficient multiplied by surface area of a dialyzer.
Kt/VA measure of therapy delivered to the patient. (K = clearance rate, t = time, V = urea distribution
volume). The Kt/V value shown are Single Pool Values (spKt/V). The OLC system is used to determine
the effective dialyzer clearance used for this determination.
KUFAn ultrafiltration coefficient that describes how permeable a dialyzer is to water. It is a direct
function of surface area and is defined as the number of millimeters of fluid per hour that are transferred
across the membrane per mmHg TMP.
Long Power DownThe act of turning off the machine for longer than two minutes. Certain
information stored in memory is lost after two minutes, and some treatment parameters are reset to their
default settings. Power failures are not the same as long power downs, and treatment data are saved when
power to the machine is interrupted in such instances. (See short Power Down and Power Failure
recovery)
Numeric KoASee KoA.
OLC (Online Clearance)This is an optional system that can determine the effective conductive
clearance of a dialyzer up to six times during dialysis.
OverrideAll protective systems are in operation during treatment. During a blood leak alarm, the user
has the option to temporarily suspend (override) a protective system by pressing and holding the RESET
key for three seconds. During a blood leak override, the machines blood leak monitor is inactive for
three minutes. The Status Box will indicate a blood leak override is in effect.
Peracetic acidA disinfectant used in the Chemical/Rinse program to disinfect the hydraulic system.

Glossary
PillowSmall blood reservoir on the Single Needle bloodline. It is located before the first blood pump
segment.
Positive PressureCondition that exists when air or fluid pressure inside the dialysate lines is greater
than outside of the lines. If an opening occurs, air or fluid will flow out of the system.
Post-Reaction BicarbonateThe prescribed Final Dialysate bicarbonate that will be delivered to the
dialyzer in the Final Dialysate after the proportioning (mixing) of the acid concentrate, bicarbonate
concentrate, and water. The post-reaction bicarbonate value is entered on the Dialysate screen in the
Bicarbonate button.
Power Failure Recoverywhen power to the machine is lost, many dialysis parameters are stored and
recovered when the power is restored to the machine.
Pressure Holding Test (PHT)There are different Pressure Holding Tests. A PHT verifies the integrity
of the hydraulic system, which is necessary for accurate fluid balance and UF control. An extensive
Pressure Holding Test is available in Self Test. An Online Pressure Holding Test is done every 12
minutes during treatment. It lasts about seven seconds, depending on the dialysate flow rate (two cycles
of the balancing chamber). The online PHT must be selected in Service Mode.
Pure UltrafiltrationA treatment option in which the ultrafiltration pump draws excess fluid off the
patient while the dialysate flow is turned off. See also Sequential Dialysis.
Puristeril 340A chemical used to clean and disinfect the 2008T hydraulic system.
Reverse Osmosis (RO)A method for purifying water by forcing it through a semipermeable membrane
that prevents the passing of mineral ions.
RTDRemaining Time on Dialysis. The amount of time remaining until the end of the treatment. RTD
is viewable in the Home screen.
Screen Access ButtonAny of the eight blue buttons located in the row along the bottom of the display
screen. Selecting one of these buttons will bring up the corresponding treatment screen on the display
screen.
Sequential DialysisA two-stage form of dialysis treatment in which the first stage consists exclusively
of ultrafiltration. In the first stage, there is no dialysate flow while the ultrafiltration pump draws excess
fluid off the patient. After the determined amount of fluid has been drawn, the second stage, usually a
standard dialysis treatment, occurs.
Service ModeA functional state of the 2008T hemodialysis machine that allows technicians to
calibrate the machine or program various software features and options that are only accessible in Service
Mode.
Single Needle DialysisThis is a system with the use of two blood pumps to allow blood access to the
patient with a single needle. The pumps alternately turn on and off to pull fluid from the patient and then
return the dialyzed blood with minimal recirculation.
Short Power DownRefers to the act of turning off the power with the Front Panel Power Key to the
machine for less than two minutes. Certain information stored in memory is only stored for up to two
minutes. After that, it is erased. (See Long Power Down and Power Failure Recovery.)
Sodium Variation System (SVS)A program that varies the concentration of sodium in the dialysate
during treatment. Increased sodium at the onset of treatment is sometimes prescribed to prevent cramping
in the patient. Increasing sodium results in increased levels of other electrolytic constituents and a higher
level of conductivity.

Glossary
SVS ProfileA programmable feature for varying the level of sodium in the dialysate throughout the
course of treatment.
SVS TimeTime length in hours and minutes prescribed for SVS program.
Theoretical Conductivity (TCD)The expected conductivity of the dialysate based upon the
concentrate type, and sodium and bicarbonate values entered in the Dialysate screen. TCD is measured in
milliSiemens per centimeter (mS/cm) and is corrected to 25C.
TransducerAn electronic device inside the 2008T hemodialysis machine that reads the pressure inside
the arterial and venous drip chambers. The drip chamber and transducer are connected via a thin tube that
is part of the extracorporeal blood circuit.
Transducer Protector (TP)a small, disposable, plastic cap containing a hydrophobic, paper filter that
fits over each pressure port. It is inserted between the pressure monitor line and the pressure port
connection and is used to prevent the transducer from becoming wet or contaminated with blood. There
are two transducer protectors for each connection, a disposable external TP that is to be replaced with
each treatment. A second internal TP is also installed.
Ultrafiltration (UF)Ultrafiltration is the process of drawing off excess fluid from the patient during
treatment. The 2008T hydraulic system is a closed system that uses a separate UF pump for greater
accuracy.

Index
Minimum....................................... 251
# Selection button ............................ 251
# of Tests button................................ 110 Auto Heat Disinfect .................. 253, 258
1 B
1.5x Dialysate flow ..........See Auto Flow Back Filtration .................................. 276
2 Balancing Chambers ......................... 276
Base Na+............................................ 276
2x Dialysate flow .............See Auto Flow Base Na+ button ............................ 65, 84
9 bibag
Changing ....................................... 127
9-Volt Battery
Cleaning ........................................ 140
Alarm ............................................ 129
Connecting ...................................... 46
Replacing ...................................... 218
Connector ........................................ 39
A Disposable ................................. 39, 40
Access Flow ...................... 108, 112, 269 Disposable run time ...................... 244
Acid Door ................................................ 40
Connector ........................................ 39 Emptying ....................................... 135
Type Setting .................................... 69 Option ........................................... 269
Types ............................................. 243 Specifications ................................ 266
Acid & Heat Disin program ...... 138, 149 Switching to liquid bicarbonate ...... 99
Acid Clean program .................. 143, 149 Bic ................................. See Bicarbonate
Acid/Bicarbonate Alert ....................... 65 Bicarbonate
setting .............................................. 71 Alert ........ See Acid/Bicarbonate Alert
Actual Conductivity ................ 64, 72, 86 Alert Setting .................................... 71
Actual Time data box ........................ 114 Connection ...................................... 48
Air lock ............................................... 47 Connector ........................................ 39
Air Lock ............................................ 276 Type Setting .................................... 69
Alarm Types ............................................. 243
Position button ................................ 65 Biofilm .............................................. 276
Types ............................................. 155 Blood Alarms .................................... 155
Width button ................................... 65 Blood Pressure ...... 12, 94, 179, 258, 270
Window ................................... 72, 276 Cuff ................................................. 37
Alarms ............................................... 153 Graph............................... 94, 123, 125
Arrow ..................................... See Cursor Module ............................................ 37
Arterial Drip Chamber Module ........... 32 Screen ............................................ 125
Arterial pressure monitoring ............. 102 Test ................................................ 125
Arterial Width button .......................... 93 Test, unscheduled .......................... 125
Asymmetric Limits ........................... 276 Blood pump
Auto Flow ........... 76, 101, 249, 265, 276 hand crank ..................................... 129

Index
preparing for treatment ... 50, 222, 229 Manually verifying.......................... 93

Blood pump module ............................ 33 Removal ........................................ 134
description ....................................... 33 Clock ........................................... 96, 258
illustration ....................................... 34 Compliance Chamber........................ 277
Blood Pump Rate button ....... 33, 77, 102 Conc .............................. See Concentrate
Blood Recirculation .................. 128, 231 Conc button ......................................... 65
Blood Sensed .................... 178, 200, 276 Concentrate Connectors ...................... 39
Blood Temperature Monitor Screen116, See Concentrate Containers
also BTM Connector caps ................................ 39
Blood Tubing ............ 37, See Bloodlines Disinfecting ................................... 141
Blood Volume Change graph............ 122 Treatment Setup .............................. 47
Blood Volume Monitor Screen116, See also Concentrates ............... 242, 245, See also
BVM Acid/Bicarbonate Types
Blood Volume Processed Conductivity
data box ................................. 110, 114 Actual .............................................. 72
Bloodlines ... 37, See also Extracorporeal Button.............................................. 76
Circuit Limits .............................................. 72
Priming............................................ 52 Monitoring .................................... 101
Priming (Single Needle) ............... 224 Testing........................................... 257
Removing ...................................... 134 Theoretical ........................ 72, 86, 280
Setup ............................................... 49 Confirm key, description .................... 29
Blue key .............................................. 28 Control Panel ...................................... 22
Bolus button ........................................ 88 Crank ......... See Blood pump, hand crank
BP............................. See Blood Pressure Crit-Line ............................................ 277
BTM .................................. 116, 269, 276 Blood Chamber, connecting............ 51
Button................................................ 276 Clipping to bloodline ...................... 97
BV ............................. See Blood Volume Graph selection option .................. 262
BVM ................................. 116, 269, 277 Manually verifying.......................... 93
Bypass mode ............................... 41, 277 Print ............................................... 134
Screen ...................................... 27, 100
C Cursor ............................................ 29, 61
CDX
Key .................................. 28, 233, 234 D
Mode ............................................. 233 Default Dial Flow button .................. 251
PC Specification............................ 238 Delivered Kt data box ....................... 115
Restart system ............................... 235 Delivered Kt/V
Speaker............................................ 30 Equilibrated data box .................... 115
USB port ......................................... 30 Single-pool data box ..................... 115
Central Venous Catheter ..................... 18 Dialogue Box .............................. 26, 154
Chemical/Dwell program .................. 147 Dialysate ........................................... 277
Chemical/Rinse program .................. 145 Dialysate Alarms ............................... 157
Citrasate ...................................... 66, 248 Dialysate Flow button ........... 65, 76, 249
Citrate................................................ 248 Dialysate Flow button, monitoring ... 101
Cleaning and Disinfection................. 136 Dialysate path...................................... 38
CLiC device119, 269, 277, See also Crit- Dialysate Sample Port ....................... 256
Line Dialysate Screen
Clipping to bloodline ...................... 97 settings ............................................ 63

Index
Dialyzer Hematocrit graph .............................. 123

Holder ............................................. 43 Hemolysis ......................................... 278
Requirements .................................. 40 Heparin Bolus ..................................... 88
Diasafe Plus filter .............................. 277 Heparin Delivery system, preparing ... 89
Diasafe Plus Filter Heparin Dwell ............................. 88, 259
Replacing ...................................... 218 Heparin Prime button .......................... 88
Testing....................... 58, 93, 146, 218 Heparin pump...................................... 35
Disinfectant, testing for ............. 151, 257 Heparin Rate button ............................ 88
Heparin screen
E setting parameters in ....................... 87
eKt/V ................................................. 277 High Flux button ................................. 93
Electrolyte profile ............................... 86 Home screen
Electromagnetic monitoring the treatment ............... 100
Emissions ...................................... 271 Hour Meter .......................................... 30
Environment.................................. 271
Immunity ....................................... 271 I
Empty bibag button ........................... 135 Idle Mode .................................. 252, 278
Enable OLC button ........................... 109 Inflation Pressure button ..................... 95
Escape Key Infuse Bolus button ............................. 88
Keyboard ......................................... 28 Infusion Time button........................... 88
Touchpad......................................... 29 Interval button ..................................... 96
Ethernet Port ............................... 30, 235 IV Pole .......................................... 20, 43
Exp buttonSee Exponential Profile (SVS)
button J
Exponential Profile (SVS) button ....... 84 Jugs ............. See Concentrate Containers
Extracorporeal Circuit .... 19, 49, See also K
Bloodlines
Kecn .................................................. 278
F in OLC table .................................. 115
Fill Program ...................................... 277 Keyboard ............................................. 28
Final Dialysate ............................ 66, 277 Keys .................................................. 278
Flow Indicator ................................... 278 KoA ................................................... 278
Fluid Sample Port ............................... 39 Kt/V................................................... 278
Fn Lock key ........................................ 28 Kt/V Calculator button...................... 109
Kt/V graph ........................................ 110
G Kt/V screen ....................................... 108
GranuFlo ..................................... 66, 247 KUF........................................... 104, 278
Green button
Heparin...................................... 91, 99 L
SVS Profile ............................... 85, 99 Level Adjust key ........................... 33, 34
Level Detector Adjust key .................. 37
H Level Detector module ........................ 36
Hard Limits ....................................... 278 Light .............................. See Status Light
Hardware key .................................... 262 Lin buttonSee Linear Profile (SVS) button
Hct ................................... See Hematocrit Linear Profile (SVS) button ................ 84
Heat Disinfect program ..... 144, 149, 253 Load Syringe button............................ 88
Heater switch ...................................... 30 Long Power Down ............................ 278

Index
Lower Dia button ................................ 95 PHT ............... See Pressure Holding Test
Lower Pulse button ............................. 95 Pillow ................................................ 279
Lower Sys button ................................ 95 Plasma Na+ data box ......................... 114
Positive Pressure ............................... 279
M Post-Reaction Bicarbonate ................ 279
Machine Power Failure ............................ 129, 231
Lock-up or unresponsive............... 158 during chemical disinfection ......... 151
Machine Specifications ..................... 264 resumption procedure.................... 131
Mains Power Supply switch................ 30 Power Failure Recovery .................... 279
Manual OLC Test button .................. 109 Power key
Manually turning the blood pump..... 130 description ....................................... 23
MAP ............. See Mean Arterial Pressure Pressure and Alarm tests55, 226, 228, 231
Maximum UF Rate ....................... 79, 81 Pressure Holding Test ....................... 279
Mean Arterial Pressure ..................... 125 Pressure port
Moving the machine ........................... 43 arterial ............................................. 34
Mute key ........................................... 156 venous ............................................. 37
description ....................................... 23 Prime Amount ............................. 53, 225
N Prime key
description ....................................... 24
NaturaLyte .......................................... 66 Pump segment ..................................... 37
New Treatment key ............................. 61 Pure UltrafiltrationSee Sequential Dialysis
New Tx key ....... See New Treatment key Puristeril 340 ..... 143, 145, 149, 263, 279
No Power alarm .................................. 31 residual testing .............................. 151
No-flow dialysis .. See sequential dialysis
None (SVS) button.............................. 84 R
Normal Status.................................... 154 Rate button ...................See Heparin Rate
O Recirculation .... See Blood Recirculation
Reset key
O2 Sat .................. See Oxygen Saturation description ....................................... 24
OLC....................... See Online Clearance Reverse Osmosis ............................... 279
OLC Data button ............................... 109 Rinse program ................................... 142
OLC Data screen ............................... 114 RO ......................... See Reverse Osmosis
Online Clearance ....................... 108, 278 RS 232 Port ......................................... 30
Online PHT See Online Pressure Holding RTD................................................... 279
Test in Kt/V graph ................................ 110
Online Pressure Holding Test58, 126, 279 RTD button ......................................... 76
Optical Detector .................................. 37 monitoring ..................................... 101
Override ............................................ 278
Oxygen Saturation graph .................. 123 S
P Screen Access Button ....................... 279
Select Program screen ................. 46, 136
P art. SEQSee Sequential Dialysis, See Sequential
See Pressure port, arterial ................ 34 Dialysis
P ven............... See Pressure port, venous Sequential Dialysis...................... 81, 279
Patient ID button ................................. 93 Service mode ..................................... 279
Peracetic acid .................................... 278 Short Power Down ............................ 279
pH Testing......................................... 257 Shunt Interlock .............................. 21, 41

Index
Single Needle .............................. 49, 267 Transducer......................................... 280

Single Needle button ........................... 93 Transducer Protector ........... 50, 222, 280
Single Needle Dialysis ...................... 220 Transmembrane pressure
Sodium Variation System ........... 83, 279 monitoring ..................................... 104
Speaker Treatment Clock button ...................... 77
CDX Mode ...................................... 30 Treatment Parameters
Dialysis Mode ................................. 30 entering ........................................... 62
Standard Prime ............................ 52, 224 Treatment Summary.................... 26, 105
Start Na+ button................................... 84 Trends screen .................................... 105
Start/Stop key (blood pump) ............... 34 Troubleshooting ................................ 157
Stat/Deflate key................................. 126 Tx Clock button ................................ 101
description ....................................... 24
Status Box ................................... 26, 153 U
Status Light ................................. 25, 260 UF Goal button ................................... 75
Flashing ........................................... 88 UF on/off key ...................................... 77
Step Profile (SVS) button ................... 84 description ....................................... 24
Storage and maintenance .................. 263 UF Profile.................................... 78, 255
Storage Preparation ........................... 263 UF Profile button ................................ 77
SVS ......... See Sodium Variation System UF Rate button .................................... 75
SVS Profile ....................................... 280 UF Rate button, monitoring .............. 100
Button........................................ 65, 77 UF Removed button ............................ 76
setting .............................................. 85 UF Removed button, monitoring ...... 101
SVS Time .......................................... 280 UF Time button ................................... 75
SVS Time button................................. 84 UF Time button, monitoring ............. 100
Switches Ultrafiltration ........................ 38, 78, 280
Heater .............................................. 30 Ultrafiltration coefficient104, See also KUF
Power .............................................. 30 Upper Dia button................................. 95
Syringe button ..................................... 88 Upper Pulse button.............................. 95
Upper Sys button................................. 95
T USB Port ....................... 21, 25, 235, 236
Target Kt/V ....................... 109, 259, 260
data box ......................................... 115 V
less than 85 percent ....................... 111 Venous Line Clamp ...................... 36, 37
TCD.......... See Conductivity, Theoretical Venous pressure
Temperature button ............................. 76 monitoring ..................................... 103
Temperature button, monitoring ....... 101 Venous Width button .......................... 93
Test & Options screen Verify Crit-Line button ....................... 93
Setting treatment parameters........... 92 Volume (OLC)
TestingSee Pressure and Alarm Tests, See Button............................................ 109
Pressure and Alarm Tests Data box ........................................ 114
Theoretical ConductivitySee Conductivity, Volume (sound pressure level) ........... 30
Theoretical W
Timer ......................... See Heparin Dwell
TMP ......... See Transmembrane Pressure Warning Status .................................. 154
Total Infused button ............................ 88 Water Supply maintenance ............... 141
Touchpad............................................. 29 Wheel Lock ......................................... 43

2008T Hemodialysis Machine Operator's Manual

Uploaded by

Copyright:

Available Formats

2008T Hemodialysis Machine Operator's Manual

Uploaded by

Document Information

Original Title

Copyright

Available Formats

Share this document

Share or Embed Document

Sharing Options

Did you find this document useful?

Is this content inappropriate?

Copyright:

Available Formats

2008T Hemodialysis Machine Operator's Manual

Uploaded by

Copyright:

Available Formats

2008T Hemodialysis Machine

P/N 490122 Rev N

2 2008T Machine Operators Manual P/N 490122 Rev N

About this manual ........................................................................................................................ 7

2008T Machine Operators Manual P/N 490122 Rev N 3

4 2008T Machine Operators Manual P/N 490122 Rev N

2008T Machine Operators Manual P/N 490122 Rev N 5

6 2008T Machine Operators Manual P/N 490122 Rev N

About this manual

2008T Machine Operators Manual P/N 490122 Rev N 7

Chapter 6Alarms and Troubleshooting

8 2008T Machine Operators Manual P/N 490122 Rev N

Corrosive Substance Hazard: A corrosive substance hazard warning

Mandatory Action: A command describing required action to maintain

Note: Notes are advisory comments or recommendations regarding

Degree of protection against electric shock: Type B

Degree of protection against electric shock: Type CF Blood

RF transmitter: Intentional Radio Frequency (RF) transmissions for

2008T Machine Operators Manual P/N 490122 Rev N 9

Key A key is a pressure-sensitive, raised pad found on the control panel

10 2008T Machine Operators Manual P/N 490122 Rev N

Some Side Effects of Hemodialysis

2008T Machine Operators Manual P/N 490122 Rev N 11

Blood Pressure Module Contraindications

12 2008T Machine Operators Manual P/N 490122 Rev N

2008T Machine Operators Manual P/N 490122 Rev N 13

14 2008T Machine Operators Manual P/N 490122 Rev N

2008T Machine Operators Manual P/N 490122 Rev N 15

Warning! Possible Explosion Hazard if used in the presence of flammable anesthetics.

16 2008T Machine Operators Manual P/N 490122 Rev N

2008T Machine Operators Manual P/N 490122 Rev N 17

Using a Central Venous Catheter

Assembly, installation, adjustment, or repair is to be performed only by persons authorized by

Fresenius USA, Inc. (800) 227-2572

18 2008T Machine Operators Manual P/N 490122 Rev N

The 2008T hemodialysis machine is designed to perform hemodialysis in hospitals and

Function of the 2008T Hemodialysis Machine

Organization of the 2008T Hemodialysis Machine

2008T Machine Operators Manual P/N 490122 Rev N 19

Figure 1 2008T Hemodialysis MachineFront View

20 2008T Machine Operators Manual P/N 490122 Rev N

Figure 2 2008T Hemodialysis MachineRear View

2008T Machine Operators Manual P/N 490122 Rev N 21

The Control Panel

Figure 3 The Components of the Control Panel

22 2008T Machine Operators Manual P/N 490122 Rev N

Figure 4 Control Panel Keypad

Table 1 Control Panel Keypad Keys

Silence an alarm for two minutes or until another alarm occurs.

2008T Machine Operators Manual P/N 490122 Rev N 23

Start an unscheduled, manual blood pressure measurement when the cuff is

24 2008T Machine Operators Manual P/N 490122 Rev N

Figure 5 Treatment Display Section

2008T Machine Operators Manual P/N 490122 Rev N 25

operation it displays the operational mode of the machineDialysis. During alarm

Figure 6 Control Panel Treatment Display Section

View current treatment data including treatment time remaining, UF data,

View charts that provide graphic views of treatment effectiveness (Kt/V),

26 2008T Machine Operators Manual P/N 490122 Rev N